Mazatrol M2 Operator Manual 4h2b1d

ri·,' V~')""" ," , .~

,

.

f~.~,,--~ ~ --------------rJ

:, 0 ;

.

· ..

'

OPERATING MANUAL ' ~-FOR

1ft It Z It It: '---"

:

'---"

MAZATROLCAM . ~" . M-2

,

'' --''

>

;

'--.-

Type

SERIAL NUMBER:

--

,

I

,~

' ''--..-

\,

,

"---'

!"'"-''--'---------~.-. --CONTENTS Paoe o . 1.

\,,,,,-/

I 1. 1

NC 1.1

CYCLE START

I 1. 1

1.2

FEED HOLD

I 1. 1

1.3

NC RESET

I

1.1

1.4

TPS

I

1.2

1.5

VFC

I

1.5

1.6

Neasurement of Tool Length

I

1.6

1 .7

Determination of Coordinate System by TPS function

I

1. 12

1.8

Re-starting

I

1. 14

1 .9

Coolant

I

1. 15

1.10 Tool select

I

1. 16

1.11 ATC stop

I

1. 17

1.12 Tool change

I

1.18

1.13 Tool No. Setting

I

1. 19

1.14 Machine Lock

I

1.20

1.15 Single Block

I

• .£.4

I

1.23

......

.:

................................... ................ . '

..

1.16 Optional stop

2.

,.,,.,

1.17 Feed Speed Override

I 1 .24

1.18 DRYRUN

I 1.25

1.19 Spindle Override

I

1.26

1.20 Rapid Feed

I

1.27

1.21 Slow Feed

I 1.28

1.22 Rapid Feed Speed Deceleration

I

1. 29

1.23 Return to No.1 zero point

I

1.30

1.24 Screen off

I

1 . 31E

DISPLAY

I

2.1

2.1

General

I

2.1

2.2

General Operation

I 2.3

2.3

POSITION/COMMAND Display

2.4

Graphic Display

2.5

I 2.7 .,.

J.

2.9

Program

I

2.17

2.6

TOOL FILE Display

I

2.28

2.7

Tool Data Display

2.8

Tool Layout Display

..........

I 2.31 I 2.35

MOOS022 Li ~

~ .~--~---------------~--

Page 2.9

Parameter Display

2.10

Alarms ~.

ii. iii.

I 2.41

................ ...... .

I 2.45

'

Alarm Display

I 2.45

Diagnosis Display

I 2.47

Time Control

I

2.48

3.

APPENDIX 1.

LIST OF PARAMETERS

I 3.1

4.

APPENDIX 2.

LIST OF ALARMS

I 4.1

5.

BUBBLE MEMORY (OPTION)

6.

Mirror image (Option)

7.

Time study function

8.

MAZAK CAM SYSTEM (Option)

I 5.1

........................................ . I

6.1

I 7.1 E

................................... .. . l8.1 '

ii

-------------------~-Introduction: The MAZATROL CAM . M-2 is CNC equipment specially developed for machining centers.

It allows easy and quick progrannning in , daily conversational

language., . The MAZATROL CAM M-2 has various functions for reduction of set-up time and for many other purposes.

Of course, it allows the

conventional style of prograrmning. This manual describes the operating procedures of the MAZATROL CAM M-2 (excluding the EIA/ISO progrannning functions).

For details of

progrannning and EIA/ISO progrannningfunctions, please refer to: 1. MAZATROL CAM M-2 Programming Manual 2. MAZATROL CAM M-2 ErA/ISO Progrannning Manual.

NOTE: The specifications of the MAZATROL CAM M-2 may be subjected to change without previous notice for remodeling .

.

-----

--=-........-------------~, . -

PART I 1.

.

-

-

. - - --

-~ - • •

•

~ ---.-

_. -

- -

',

-

-

- _

• • _

" ,

.- .~-- • •

-

-- •

•

••

-

-

-

p

-~-

-

-

-

• •• -

~~--

-~ -~ ~ .-

-

-

-

-

-

-. -

~ - ,-- - -~-- -

OPERATION

NC 1.1

CYCLE START This key switch is used to execute a program or command in the auto mode or MDI mode. Hhen the key is once depressed and released again, the command becomes valid, the CYCLE START lamp is illuminated, and the program and command are executed.

1.2

When the command has been executeu, the lamp goes out.

FEED HOLD When the FEED HOLD signal is tumed on during automatic operation (auto MDI), all the axes which have been being moved are decelerated and stopped. Re-starting can be performed with the automatic starting (CYCLE START) signal.

G)

Even when the FEED HOLD signal is valid, M,S, T and B are executed. Make a temporal stop of M or B, if so desired, on a single block basis.

® FEED HOLD is

suspended when the mode is changed from the auto to the

manual mode (HSx1, HSx10, JOG, RAPID, No.1 ZERO, or No.2 ZERO) during automatic operation.

~ When FEED HOLD is valid, interruption by the manual operation (HSx1, HSx10, JOG, RAPID, No. 1 ZERO or No. 2 ZERO) is possible.

~ FEED HOLD is invalid during the tap cycle.

It becomes valid after

the end of the tap cycle. 1.3

NC RESET The reset function >lorks when the

IRESET I button

on the control

is pressed. When the NC reset

1S

pressed during machine operation, the machine feed

speed is decelerated and the machine feed is stopped finally.

I 1.1

~-----------------~-1.4

TPS If thelTPS/(tip path storage) key is depressed before transfer (quick feed,

slow feed, manual pulse .generator or stepping)of the spindle according to the program when manual interruption is to be executed during an automatic operation to manually transf~r the spindle, that position will be stored.

When the ICYCLE

START Ikey is depressed after returning to the auto mode, the spindle automatically returns to the former position and starts automatic. operation. Program.

TPS is valid either in the

M~ZATROL

Program or-in the EIA/ISO

The TPS function is effective in a maximum of four positions.

(1) When a stop point only has been stored:

*

Tool path at interrupt (

automatic stop(~~~~

a)

Turn on the au::omatic pausedFEEDHOLD!) Dr

b)

After making certain that the tool has stopped

make a cha.ngeover

to the manual mode and depress thelTPSI ( tip path storage) key~ c)

Move the tool from

CD

to

®

position' in the manual mode.

Hold or -stop point

*

Tool path upon re-start of automatic operation ( a)

Return to auto mode and depress

b)

The tool approximates from

®

as it has paused or stopped. normal automatic operation. I 1.2

to

~

)

thelCYCLE STARTlkey.

CD

)

linearly at the same feedrate

Then, the machine restarts the

--==-------.-.:..-------------~-

_ _ (2)

When stop point and turning points have been stored:

*

--

Tool path at interrupt ( ~ a)

b)

-'---'

)

Turn on the automatic pause(IFEED HOLDI) or automatic stop(!SINGLE BLOCK I ) Move the tool from (!) to @ and further to @) in the manual mode.

c) ' --

While moving the tool to

N, depress thelTPSlkey at points

0,@,Q)and(9.

"---

-' - -

f

Hold or stop point

*

(F)

R:

Rap:(.d feed

F:

Feed while holding or stopping

Tool path at re-start of automatic operation ( ~ a)

Return to auto mode and depresslCYCLE STARTlkey.

b)

The tool moves from

®

Further, the tool moves quick feed speed. c)

When it reaches

@,

)

® at the quick feed speed. from ® to ® through 0 at the to

it moves directly to

(!)

at a speed

equivalent to that before tool hold or stop and resumes automatic operation normally.

I 1.3

---=::--------------~(3)

When only turning points have been stored:

*

c:::;»

Tool path at interrupt ( a) Turn on the automatic pause ( 1""1-FE-E-D-H-O-L-D....1 )or automatic stop ( ISINGLE BLOCKI ). b) c)

Move the tool from manual mode.

CD

to

While moving the tool to and @ .

G)

@

® ,

[TFS)

~p ~ (F)

'-

*

®

and further to

ITPS/

depress the

(9rps)

w

at points

6@

c::;>

If

in the

~R)

¢~p ~

is

(F)

R:

Rapid feed-

F:

Feed while holding or stopping

Tool path re-start of automatic operation (

+)

a)

Return to auto mode and depress thelCYCLE STARTlkey.

b)

The tool moves from

c)

The tool moves from

® ®

to

(0

at the quick feed speed.

to

0

at a speed equivalent to that

before hold or stop. d)

The automatic operation continues as if position([)where ITPSI has been initially turned oit~ were stop point CD. In other words, the machine goes on automatically operating after the coordinate system has been shifted from

CD

to

G).

NOTE: Except when deliberately shifting the tool pathe, do not fail to turn on the ITPs] key at the pause or stop point.

If not,

the cutting program with that tool will be executed at a position offset from the coordinate system already established. I 1.4

~~----------------~-1.5

VFC This function may be effectively used when it is desired to alter a program overridin~

to the cutting speed and feedrate. both already changed by speed and feedrate during the automatic operation.

a spindle

This function is effective

VFC is invalid in the EIA/ISO Program.

for both rough and .finish machining.

Example:

Results of override (30.0 mm/min) 2.4 mm/rev.

Program

Override

Feed · speed

20.0 nun/min

150% (30.0 mm/min)

Peripheral speed

2mm/rev.

120% (2.4 nun/rev.)

CD

Apply override and turn on thelVFcl key during cutting.

Lamp is illuminated

- Lamp is illuminated

~ When that machining sequence has been completed, the VFC lamp goes out and the programmed feed speed

Lamp goes out

I

and peripheral speed are changed

Upon completion

to the newly overriden speeds.

I Note

\j

11: The VFC function is invalid

in the rapid feed mode, in the manual program

mode or in the

tap cycle. INote2~About override in the tap cycle o Feed speed override Program

Although the varied speed

After change

Feed speed: (20.0 mm/min)~30.0 mm/min

is displayed, the actual cutting feed speed remains

Peripheral speed

(2

mm/rev~) ~

unchanged.

2.4 mm/rev.

o Spindle override This is valid even in the tap cycle.

In this case.

the feed speed is also automatically changed. (See "Spindle Override".) I 1.5

~------~~--------~-1.6

Measurement of Tool Length For measurement of tool length, any of the following methods is used: i)

Fully automatic If the tool, whose length is to be measured is set in the MDI mode, its length~ll automatically be measured and entered in the "LENGTH" column in the tool data.

(This method is applicable only

to those tools whose tips are aligned with the centerline of the spindle. ) ii)

Semi-automatic This method is effective for measuring length of tools whose tips are not aligned with the centerltneof the spindle (face mill, etc.).

After measurement, the tool length is added to the

"LENGTH" column automatically. iii)

,Manual The tool length is measured mannally using the TPS function. this case, the

mesuring block.is not used.

' --

I 1.6

In

~--~~~--~----------~-i)

Fully automatic tool length measurement{with measuring block)

"--

Zero machine point

~ ... O" ......

In the MDI mode, position the measuring block. (In a certain machine model. the measuring block is fixed. If so, this operation is unnecessary.)

*

tool length

Turn on the IMSR UNI OUT I in the menu or input (IINPUTI) and start (ICYCLE STARTI) the M33 code and the measuring block will come out.

~~

~

lit

E-c ~

C1I

~,

also acceptable.)

~ Select and depress the!T MSR AUTO! key from the

Q)

a

®

(Ij ~

(Ij

Po.

,--.

C1I

()

c::

®

(Ij"l:!

.u

C1I

'P4

a

co > 0

t:l

Tool positioning" point . (skJp signal:

A I I

A message will appear. asking "POCKET NUMBER?" lengths are to be measured. Example:

ON)

Column

menu. (See Note 1) Then, set the pocket Nos. of the tools whose

~---'----; t t--~ Table

Call the TOOL DATA screen. (Any other picture 1S

To take measurements of the three tools 1n pockets Nos. 4,5 and 6. input as follws:

mom 0

CD

[I]

/INPUTI After setting. the pocket Nos . selected inG) on the TOOL DATA screen will be inverted and the cursor will move to the "LENGTH" position for the

Measuring block Note1: If the measuring

0

applicable pocket Nos. When thelCYCLE STARTlkey

1S

turned on ATC is

block is not set. the

executed automatically to measure the length of

IT MSR AUTOI will not

the specified tools.

be valid nor will theCZ)

When the length of each tool has been measured,

pocket Nos. be invert-

the tool length is put automatically into the

ed.

"LENGTH" sector of the tool data.

Note2: The single block i s ® After completion of measurement. return the valid . measuring block.

* Depress

thelMSR UNIT INlmenu key or set M34 and

depress the !INPUTI, ICYCLE START~ Note3: With the meas~ring block being set, switch to the automatic operation mode and the measuring block will return automatically.

Since switching to the

automatic operation mode with the plunger of the measuring block being with the tool will mar the surface of the plunger, avoid such operation. In such an instance, push the Z axis away after switching to the manual operation mode: I 1. 7

1fl

~------------------~-ii)

Semi-automatic tool length measurement(with measuring block) Mount the tool whose 1enth is to be

(2)

measured to the spindle by executing ATC.

'Zero machine point

*

CHANGE I menu key. Input the pbc~et

.c

number corresponding to the tool to

~

r-IW

o o

In the MOl mode, depress the ITOOL

C

be measured and turn on thelCYCLE START I

Q)

E-Ir-I

key and tools will be automatically chang

'-

@\

~ Q) ~

Q)

---

~ .~ ~E-I

111

c:t.. "-

Q)

ed.

~ Locate the measuring block. (On some machines

®

the measuring block may be permanent1v

(.)

mounted. In this case. skip this sten.)

C

111-0

~

It)

-rl

o

*

Q)

>

a0

positioning point (Skip signal: ON) -0

' ......-

In the MOl mode, depress thelMSR UNIT OUTlmenu key.

Otherwise, set M33 and

d.e press the IINPUTb ICYCLE START

I

and the measuring block will come out. Call the TOOL DATA screen. (Any other picture is also acceptable.)

Tabl¢

~easur-f4\ 1llg \2.J Manually put the tool tip to the center~ block line of the measuring block.

~-r--~~8

~ Change to the MOl mode and depress the

CD

IT MSR MANUALlmenu key. (NOTE 1) The question "MEAS.WITH SPINDLE TOOL? will appear on the screen. Then, depress the IINPUTlkey. The applicable pocket No. on the TOOL DATA screen will be inverted and the cursor will move to the "LENGTH" column • Depress the ICYCLE STARTlkev, and the axes will be moved automatically to measure the

(2) After

tool length.

~

competion of

measurement. restore the measuring block.

' -.-

I 1.8

After measurement, the Z-axis is automatically moved to the starting noint and the measured value of the tool length is displayed.

~------------------~--

Note 1:

If the measuring block

1.S

not located properly, the

IT MSR

MANUAL I menu key will not be effective or the pocket No. on the screen will not be inverted. Note 2:

As started above, semi-automatic measurement of tool length will be impossible if the tool whose length is to be measured is not mounted in the spindle bv ATC.

ATC cannot be executed if a value

of the tool length is put in the tool data. Therefore,a provisional numerical value must be put into the tool data . as the tool length of such tool. *Other in the fully automatic tool length measurement mode, are measurements made (ATC is executed) even when there is no data in "LENGTH". Note 3:

Like i) fully automatic tool length measurement, the single block is valid.

Note 4:

Same as Note 3 of i)

"--

---0".

I 1.9

------~-----------~-iii)

Manual tool length measurement{without measuring block) (1) Mount the tool whose length

Ori~~~al

position of .machine

~s

to be measured in the spindle by operating ATC.

*

In the MOl mode, depress the

ffOOL CHANGEI menu key.

Input the

tool pocket No. and turn on the ICYCLE STARTlkey. .

Then, ATC will be executed . ~.

See Note 1. (2) In the manual mode(rapid feed,

slow feed, step, manual impulse generator), move the axis mtil the tip of the tool touches the standard block or the workpiece whose height

Machine position

Tool length

has been already determined. (3) Select the

Reference height

TOOL DATA screen with the

display select key. Depress the

~t?ndard'

block

ITEACHI menu key. Then. the pocket No. of the tool

Table

mounted on the spindle will be inverted on the screen and the cursor will flicker at the LENGTH column.

, ' --- '

(4) Enter the height of the standard block(or the height of the workpiece)with the ITEACHI inversed. Example: When the height of the standard block(or th e height of the workpiece)is 50mm: ITEACHI

[I] [QJ IINPUT I

(5) After setting the measured value of the tool length is automatically displayed in the ~n

-.-...-'

11.10

the tool data.

LENGTH

column

~--~--------------~-Note 1.: As in ii) the semi-automatic tool length measurement, ATC ·can not be executed in manual tool leneth measurement unless a value is put Ln the LENGTH column in the tool data. input the approximate tool length beforehand.

I 1.11

It is necessary to

~------------------~-1.7 Determination of CoorclinCite System by TPS function (1) Select the PROGRAM screen.

e

Original position of Turn on the menu key IwpC MSR STARTI. EB machine The menu will be changed. (Note 1)

...>EE------------__ ~.

~

.

Position of coordinates (2) To call the fundamental coordinate Deviation it;l the toof system(WPC) progrannned for the .1 ' . I radius directionl applicable work No., turn on I~ the IwpC SEARCH I and depress r=II~N=P~U=TL

I

!

(3) The WPC unit is diaplayed at the

.,

,•, I,

,

top of the program screen •

L.~

The cursor flickers at the X-

WorkpiecE.

r- Position of the end of· workpiece

axis position. (4) Move the X-axis in the manual mode so that the tool may touch the

(WPC pos i tion)

workpiece. (5) With the tool touching the work-

Note 1: If no tool is mounted on

piece, turn on the ITEACHl,

spindle, an alarm will result.

and the

menu will be inverted. Input the tool radius and depress the IINPUT~ (See Note 2).Then, the tool radius corrected at the current

position

will be set and displayed as the value on the X-axis of WPC. At the same time the cursor will flicker at the Y-axis posiiton. (6) For the Y~axis, the system operates as referred to in (4) . and (5).When WPC coordinate value of the Y-axis is

diaplayed~ . thecursor

flickers

at the -Z-axis position. (7) If it is desired to set WPC point on the Z-axis to Z=O on the measured face of a workpiece, turn on menu ITEACHI after moving·.the cutting.. edge to the measured face of the workpiece. Then, input If

I 1.12

[I)[Q]

0 ..

CJlIJ IINPUT I is

input

----------~~------~--

instead

of 0, the coordinates systeffi

of the Z-axis is determined position

in the

shifted by 20.5mm from the

measuring surface of the workpiece in the positive direction. Note 1: If no tool is mounted on the spindle,an Note 2: When the tool is applied to the negative

alal~

will result.

measuring end

of the workpiece, the workpiece end is moved from the coordinate position by a distance e~ual to the tool radius in the positive direction. Therefore, input a positive tool radius. Example:When the tool radius is 20mm as in the above figure, depress the keys to set:

OJ I]] IINPUT I When measurement is made at the positive end of the workpiece, the negative sign is neary beacause the workpiece end is moved from the current coordinate system position by the distance equal to the tool radius in the negative direction. depress the keys to set:

EJ

(!J

[£1IINPUTI

I 1.13

~~-------------------~-1.8 Re-starting:

In the automatic operation mode, turn on the key.

RESTART

menu

Questions will appear on the screen, asking the unit No. and

sequence No . for the work No. which has been selected.

Input desired

Nos. 1. Mode: Automatic operation

2. Select and turn on the

IRE START I

3. Input desired unit No., answering the message a'sking "UNIT NUMBER INPUT?" Examp 1e:

rn IINPUT I

4. A question asking "SEQUENCE NUMBER

INPUT

?" Input sequence No.

in the unit set in the step 3 above. Example: Q] IINPUTI 5. Press the ICYCLE STARTlkey, and the program will be executed to the end, starting from the sequence of the machining unit so input. In the above example, the program starting at unit No. 2 and sequence No. 3 will be executed. NOTE: Restarting will not executed 1n the sub-program. Reason: Even when work No. of the sub-program is searched and restarting is attempted, the execution will not return to the main program.

Also, if the CONTINUE (CONTI) of the end mode

for the sub-program is set to "1", execution will be repeated within the sub-program. If WPS is not defined in the sub-program, the tool will not

move according to the coordinatesystam for the main program' because all the axes wiil work in the machine coordinate system.

I 1.14

--------------------~-1.9 Coolant: When thelCOOLANTlkey on the control is depressed, the menu will be put in the coolant mode.

(The coolant menu can be called

~n

any

mode and on any screen.) The menu allows the three kinds of coolants--flood coolant, mist coolant and a1r blast.

Each kind of coolant is provided with the AUTO,MANUAL and OFF

modes. AUTO: When the M code 1S used to control the coolant, this mode should be switched on. MANUAL:

When this mode is selected, each coolant is turned on,no matter if the machine is operating manually or automatically.

OFF:

It cancels the AUTO or MANUAL mode.

*

The ICOOLANTIswitch will be turned off if the key is depressed

aga1n. Then, the coolant menu will disappear and the menu will be put to the original status. Even when the coolant menu has disappeared the coolant mode once set is valid. Note 1:With the

ICOOLANT I key

ON, any menu other than the

coolant menu cannot be operated norI!13.lly.

With the

~ key on the operation kept depressed, however, any menu can ,be operated normally.

I 1.15

------------~------~-1.10 Tool select: When the ITOOL SELECTI is selected in the MDl mode, the magazine can be rotated to the specified position. Operating procedure Using the menu select key, select the ITOOL SELECTI in the MDl mode.

A message asking "POCKET NUMBER?" will appear on the screen.

Set the pocket No. of the magazine and turn on the ICYCLE START I switch.

Then, the specified tool will rotate to the ATC reference

position for positioning. However, if no tool is entered for pocket No. specified by the TOOL SELECT

or if there is no tool length

da~a

in the tool data

entered, (100)"TOOL DAT ERROR (INCOMPLETE) " will be displayed and nothing will be executed.

I 1.16

--------------------~-1 • 11 ' ATC stop: When thelATC STOplkey on the :.on~rol is turned on the ATC operation currently being executed will continue to operate to the end.

Upon execution of the next ATC operation, the

machine will stop at the zero point of the machine.

To re-start

the machine, depress thelATC STOplkey again to clear the/ATC STopl status and turn On the ICYCLE START Ikey to resume:':ATC operation .

'~'

I 1.17

~~.-------------------~-1.12 Tool change: In the MDI mode, turn on the!TOOL CHANGij, using the menu. A message will ask "POCKET NUMBER?". of the tool

Then, key in the pocket No.

to be mounted in the spindle and lINPUTl

\f,hen the

!CYCLE START! switch is turned on, the spindle is automatically returned to the zero point.

If any tool has already been mounted on the spindle,

the tool is returned to zero position and the specified tool is mounted on the spindle by execution of ATC. If a pocket No. the same as that of the tool already mounted is inputted, no operation will appear to be performed and the cycle will terminate innnediately. If no tool data are entered for _the tool specified by the tool change function of if there is no tool length in other data entered, the (100) "TOOL DATA ERROR" will displayed and no operation will be execited: Note:

During execution of ATC,

a series of operations are performed

even when the tool has been mounted in the spindle.

If the

IRESETlkey is depressed when thelCYCLE START Ilamp is on,note the following: The NC unit

~s

memorizing the pocket No. of the tool currently

mounted on the spindle. ("TXX" on the CRT indicates the pocket No. of the tool on the spindle.) In ATC operation, the pocket No. is updated immediately when execution of ATC has been completed. (Then, the I CYCLE START I lamp wi 11 go out.) Even if a tool has been completely mounted onto the spindle, therefore, a pocket number or numbers prior to the ATC only is stored in the NC unit when thelRESETlkey is depressed befo~e the NC unit updates the pocket number. In such a case input the new pocket No. by selecting the ITOOL NO. SETlfrom the menu in the MDI mode. (See operating procedures for tool No. setting below.)

I 1.18

--------------~----~-1.13 Tool No. Setting: Depress thelMENU SELECTlkey ~n the MDl mode, and call the ITOOL NO. SETI menu.

When this key is turned on, "TOOL NUMBER?" will appear.

Then, input a numerical value and

INPUT

and the IlTXX" on the

position screen will be updated to the numerical value inputted. USE: (1) This function is used when the tool on the spindle is manually replaced with a new one or when the tool has been removed from the spindle manually.

In the former case, it is necessary to inform the N/C unit

of the pocket No. of

the newly replaced tool.

In the latter case,

the pocket No. "0" must be made known to the NC unit. Reason: The NC unit can know the pocket No. of the tool mounted on the spindle only in the ATC mode.

The NC unit can

not get any pocket No. when the tool mounted on the spindle has been replaced or removed in the manual operation mode. Therefore, it is necessary to teach the NC unit such pocket number unit.

~~ ¢f~J -V

10

MDI

~

q

Pocket No.

,. TOOL NUMBER ? "

Pocket No. 10

Display on [ position screen T10

Updated value

------------ -

--

----~

Tl

J

(2) This function may be used to input the pocket No. of a new tool

when the NC unit is displaying the old pocket No. although the old tool has been replaced with a new one because thelRESETlkey was depressed or the emergency stop switch was depressed during execution of ATC. (See "Tool Change".)

I 1.19

~~----------------~-1 • 14 Machine Lock: Call the IMACHINE LOCKlmenu.

(The IMACHINE LOCKlmenu can be called

1n any of the auto, MDI and manual modes,)

Once thelMACHINE LOCK! is

turned on, the position of each axis on the POSITION screen or the "CURRENT" (current position) on the COMMAND screen will be displayed as if the machine axis are moving according to the command if the axis trasfer command is given.

The machine lock function is valid to GOO, GOl (+F)

send command for X-, Y-,

Z~and

(4) axes in the MDI mode, the axis trans-

fer command in the manual mode and in the auto mode. However, if the ATC command is given after machine locking, the axis transfer will normally not be displayed.

Machine locking during

execution of ATC is valid only when the block is terminated once (see NOTE 1) after completion of ATC and thelCYCLE STARTlswitch is depressed again.

To turn on the 11'1ACHINE LOCK

I not

only on performance of ATC

but also in the midcourse of a block in a certain program being run, stop the block once and then depress the ICYCLE START

I key

again

and the machine will be effectively locked. If the !MACHINE · LOCKlmenu key is depressed again when the machine

lock function is valid, such function will be cleared.

However, the

machine lock function remains valid to the block under execution.

If

thelCYCLE STARTlswitch is depressed again after a block stop, the axes will move according to the command. (See Note 2) NOTE 1. Block stop It means that thelCYCLE START I lamp goes out and the execution of a program stops when the block currently under execution comes to an end.

This term. is used for the automatic operation

which is executed according to a series of blocks.

NOTE 2. Extreme care must be paid in transfer of axes after clearing · of the machine lock function. In the automatic operation, the axes are going to move according to the instructions given by the next block, irrespective of the amount" shifting of the machine during the time when the machine is being locked. Thus the tool might interfere with the workpiece.

I 1.20

~-----------------~--

NOTE 3:

After clearing of the machine lock function, the displayed data may differ from the actual machine position in most cases.

Correct the displayed data in the followinng manner:

i) Call the COMMAND screen.

ii) Correct the POSITION values for X-,Y-,Z- and (4) axis at the MACHINE at the left center of the values on the

~~CHINE

sc~en.(*The

stand for the actual position.)

To do this, change the mode to the manual mode and put the cursor to the shiftl°,J.

~key.

X~axis

of the CURRENT with the cursor

Input the value of the X-axis as displayed

on the MACHINE and set (depress I INPUTl) it. Practice the same steps for the Y-, Z- and (4) aX1S.

*

POSITION

on

the COMMAND screen contains the same information

as that in the position display on the POSITION screen. If · POSITION on the COMMAND screen ~s corrected as described above, the position display on the POSITION screen will be automatically corrected too.

I 1.21

-------------------~-1.15

Single Block: In the automatic operation mode (including MDI mode ), call the Is INGLE BLOCKlby selecting the menu.

When the Is INGLE BLOCKI

is put to on, the cutting program after this in the auto mode will be executed by one block each time thelCYCLE START I switch is turned on. If the ISINGLE BLOCKI is put on during execution of a block,

that block will be terminated once and then the program will be executed by one block each time thelCYCLE STARTlswitch is turned on. If the ISINGLE BLOCKI is put off during execution of a block,

that block will be terminated once.

Then, the program will be

executed continuously when thelCYCLE STARTlswitch is depressed again·. NOTE 1: Once the Is INGLE BLOCKI is put to on, using the menu,the single block function remains valid even when the menu is changed.

To put the single block function to off, the

ISINGLE BLOC@key may be depressed again. NOTE 2: Because the command in the MDI mode is executed block by block, operation may not seemingly vary whether the ISINGLE BLOCKlkey is turned on or off. However, the fulJ-automatic tool length measurement and semi-automatic tool length measurement are executed according to a plural number of blocks (equivalent to the operation according to the G code command).

If measurement is

made with the Is INGLE BLOCKlkey turned on, only a single block may be executed.

I 1.22

-------------------~-1.16 Opt.ional stop: In the automatic operation or MDI mode, call and turn on the ~PTIONAL

STofl.

If the automatic operation is started in this status,

the machine will be block-terminated when the M01 of M code set in the program has been executed.

Then, thel CYCLE START I lamp will go out.

To restart the machine, depress th~ ICYCLE STARTlswitch, and the remaining part of the program will be executed. In case M01 of the M code is not set

~n

the program although

the IOPTIONAL STOplmenu has been selected or in case the IOPTIONALSTOpl menu is not selected although M01 is set properly, the machine will not block-terminated but will continue operation. When the optional stop function is valid and the machine is block-terminated, the coolants stop temporarily. of the machine, the coolants also start again •

.~

I 1.23

Upon re-starting

~/-------------------~-1.17 Feed Speed Override: This function allows to apply override to the cutting feed speed during the auto mode or MDI mode operation. and

,·,,1 keys,

Using the '·. . 1

the amount of override can be increased and decreased.

The effective range of override is 07. to 2007..

Whenever the

or r~1 key is depressed the amount of override varies by 107..

I'AI When

either of these keys is held down, the amount of override continues to increase or decrease. segment in 7..

The set value is displayed on the digital

The amount of override thus set is valid to all the

three axes in common. NOTE 1: When the VFC function also valid.

~s

utilized, the override function is

However, the VFCfunction is invalid during the

tap cycle. (See "VFCI!) NOTE 2: When the amount of override is 07., the axes will not be shifted during cutting feed. NOTE 3: Even if the amount of override is changed during the tap cycle the actual feed speed will not vary.

I 1.24

~' -------------------~-1.18

DRY RUN When the DRY RUN signal is turned on, the feed speed controlled by the F code during automatic operation is changed to the set value for the feed speed in the manual mode.

(See Table)

Table

~

GOO dry run is not executeCl

GOO dry run is executed

GOO, G28, G30

Set value for quick feed

Set value for manual feed speed

Gal, G02, G03

Set value for manual feed speed

Set value for manual feed speed

Connnand

..

I 1.25

--------------------~-1.19

Spindle Override: During automatic operational override can be applied to the spindle r.p.m.

Using therA.landrTlkeys, the amount of override

can be increased and decreased. 0% to 150%. '--

Whenever the '·A.I or

override varies by 10%.

The effective range of override is

rT I key is depressed the amount of

When either of these keys is kept depressed,

the amount of override continues to increase or decrease the set value is displayed on the digital segment in percentage. NOTE 1: When the VFe func·t ion is

u'~ilized,

this function may also be

valid. (See: "VFe':') NOTE 2: When the override is zero, the spindle will not rotate.

When

the spindle stops rotating during cutting, the axes also stop because of the synchronous feeding. NOTE 3: Although this function is valid in the tap cycle, ' it should not be utilized in principle.

In case override is applied to the

spindle speed before tap machining, put the set value of the override to 100%. Since the feed is synchronized, overriding the spindle speed in a tapping cycle will automatically change the feedrate.

In the spindle feed speed is changed too much or

spindle feed speed is changed during tap machining overload will be applied to the tapping tool, resulting in damage to the tool or in abnormal cutting.

-'

I 1.26

----~-------------~-1.20

Rapid Feed: When thelRAPIDlmode key on the control is depressed once, the mode is changed into the rapid feed mode. select key (+X, -X, +Y, -Y, +Z(+4) or -Z(-4»

When axis direction is depressed, the axis

thus selected moves ~n the specified direction at the rapid feed speed as long as such key is kept depressed.

The rapid feed speed can be

set with the parameters. (See Note 1) For safety, however, the rapid feed speed is reduced to 50% of the value set with the parameters until the

zero point return has

been accomplished after switching-on of the power source. When the a'Xis direction keys for two or three axes are put to on at a time

~n

the rapid feed mode, the axes also moves at a time.

The rapid feed mode will be cancelled if any other mode (automatic operation, MDI, No.

zero point return, No. 2 zero

point return, HSx1 or HSx10 or slow feed mode) is selected. NOTE 1: Parameter: MACHINE CONSTANT NO.2 RF1 through RF 4 (X-axis through 4-axis) Unit: nnn/min (0.1 inch/min)

I

1.27

--------~--~------~-1.21

Slow Feed: When the

I JOG I mode

key on the control is depressed

once, the mode is changed into the slow feed mode.

When the

axis direction select key (+X,-X,+Y,-Y,+X(+4) or -Z( -4»

is

depressed, the axis thus selected moves 1n the specified direction at the slow feed speed as long as such key is kept depressed The slow feed speed can be set in the range of 0 between 2000. Omm/min with the

1'... 1and,

on the digital segment on the

rAI I'T'I

NOTE: Upon

switching

is Omm/min.

rT'1 keys. cont~ol

Such speed is displayed

.

Speed increase key Speed decresase key on the power source, the slow feed speed

At the speed of Omm/min, the axes will not

move even if the axis direction select key is depressed.

* When

the dry run function is valid, the cutting feed

speed during automatic operation is changed into the set value of the slow feed speed.

If the axes stop at the

cutting feed block despite the fact that the dry run function is valid, take care because the set value of the slow feed speed might possible be left at Omm/min. The slow feed mode will be cancelled if any other mode(automatic operation, MDI, No.1 zero point return, No.2 zero point return, rapid feed, HSx1, or HSx10 mode) is selected.

"---

I 1.28

------~------------~-1.22

Rapid Feed Speed Deceleration: ~ben

the IRAPID REDUCE I mode key on the control is depressed

once, the mode is changed into the rapid feed speed deceleration mode. When this mode is selected, the zero point return speed, positioning speed during the auto mode or -MDI mode operation as well as the shifting of axes in the IRAPIDFEEDI mode are all ?ecelerated. The rapid feed speed deceleration mode is cleared when the I RAPID REDUCElmode key is depressed again. NOTE: Decelerated rapid feed speed is determined in the following manner: Decelerated rapid feed speed (X-axis) = RFl x ~~ RFl: Parameter (set value of rapid feed speed for X-axis) (For ¥-axis and Z-axis(or 4-axis), RF2 and RF3 (or RF4) are respectively used instead of RFl. ly, RFl RFR~

General-

= RF2 = RF3.)

Parameter (Deceleration rate of decelerated rapid feed speed) The value is set in %.

Example: I f the rapid feed speed is 12 m Imino and RFR is 50%, the decele-

rated quick feed speed will be: 12 m/min x

~~O = 6

m/min.

I 1.29

--------------------~-1.23

Return to No.1 zero point Depressing No.1 zero point return key on the operation will put the system into No.1 zero point return mode.

Just

after the machine has been switched on or if the machine coordinate system data owned inside the NC unit have been destroyed due to emergency stop etc., use this function for positioning to teach the NC unit the zero point of the machine coordinate system.

Once the machine coordinate system zero

point has been set, moreover, the machine can be returned to the zero point at a high speed in this mode by use of No. 1 zero point (machine coordinate system zero point) axis selection key (-X, -Y, -Z or -4) or of the all axis zero point return key. a)

Cradle type zero point return With the machine positioned at the zero point when switched on, depress the negative axis direction selecting key in No.1 zero point return mode and the machine will move a little in the negative direction.

After

that, it will move automatically in the positive direction and will be decelerated so that No.1 zero point will be positioned.

(In this case, the machine coordinate system

will be set inside the NC unit.) b)

Straight type zero point return Unless the machine is positioned at the zero point when switched on, depress the negative axis direction selecting key and let the machine move 100 thru 15Omm. Then depress the positive key and move the machine.

Thus

the machine will be decelerated near to the zero point so that the zero point will be positioned. (In this case, the machine coordinate system is set inside the NC unit.) NOTE:

Soft limit and No.2 zero point are unavailable . until completion of the initial zero point return, such as just after switching on the machine.

I 1.30

----------------~-~'-1.24

Screen off In the auto mode or MDI mode, what is displayed on the screen can be erased and blacked out.

To do this, push the ISCREEN OFF

I key

on the auto mode menu when the" position/conunand/graphic screen is being displayed. WORK .NO. SEARCH

WORK LIGHT

MACHINE LOCK

SINGLE BLOCK

OPTIONAL STOP

DRYRUN

BLOCK SKIP

SCREEN OFF

RESTART

~Auto

menu

The screen is recovered when either menu key, reset key, run key or cursor key is pushed.

Also, the screen will be recovered if

any alarm is caused.

NOTE) The shape and tool path on the graphic display remain cancelled even when the screen is recovered after erasion.

I 1.31E

mode

------------~-----~-'--- ' 2.

Display 2.1

General This instruction manual mainly describes the operation of displays. For display specifications, programming methods and NC operation

-

methods using displays,see the other sections. The present NC system is a dialogue type. Almost all operations are displayed, therefore, progress can be made merely by answering question messages from the NC unit.

For

those operations which emerge from display,(including the selection of a display), however, positive performance thereof is merely required. The present NC system can be operated without any particular problem if the description of the operation display configuration diagram given on the next page, including display functions, is observed. Displays are available in 19 types, i.e. 9 main displays and 10 auxiliary. There are a total of 58 display types based on form, though their -..., ..,...

objectives and functions are identical.

The main display which has

an auxiliary display is limited to two types only,Le., PROGRAH display and ALARM display.

To display the main display on the CRT,

first depress the IDISPLAY SELECT

I key which will

cause the menu

to be displayed, then depress the applicable menu key.

The main

display selection menu cannot be displayed from the main display, not to speak of from the auxiliary display, but only by depressing the IDISPLAY SELECTlkey. The auxiliary display can be generally called out of the main display.

I 2.1

' '''-- ..

~ '.- --~----------~--~--.

. ... ...

-

,

,

.... _...

..

-.~.

-

-'

.-I-

. _- -

-._-

......

.-

~.

" ,

.

....

POSITION

.- ...

.-

.. -' - '

.-.

2.3

? 1

-,

I-

COMMAND

... --....

' ''--''

? t... I--

GRAPHIC 2 Sii DETAILED INFORMATION

2.Si I--

2.1 GENERAL

2,6

2.2 GENERAL

PROGRAM

f-- I--

TOOL FILE """"-

OPERATION

2. Sill. PROGRAM CONTROL

2.5iv CASSETTE I/O

2.7 I--

-

TOOL OFFSET DATA

TOOL DATA

'TAPE I/O

I-

DNC I/O

'--

BUBBLE DIRECTORY

2.8 r--

2.9ii CUTTING CONDITION PARAMETER

2.9 ,' - -

PARAMETER

WORK OFFSET PARAMETER

- ALARM

'---

Ei

EXPlanation item numbe~

v

~ain

"" display Heading or image designation

*1

2. lOti DIAGNOS.

2.10i

,

,

) _

2.10iii TIME CONTROL

~----~vr-----------------------J}

auxiliary display

Operation Description/Display Configuration Diagram *1 *2

*2

"

TOOL LAYOUT r---

I-

*1

Please refer to EIA/ISO Operating Manual. Please refer to Optional Manual. I 2.2

*2

~~--------~----~~-.- _ .'

2.2 - General Operation Displays and keys employed 1n Display operations

1)

--...--

-

-

MAZATROL l --- ---- ---- - - ---- -- - - - - - - - - - -------- -M-.-----

'----~---------- -

- - - - - ---

..-..

~I--, menu -

7

(

'I.)

I I 1 I 1 I· I" r--i~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~::::~~

ke~s

t--_

,

POWER

data keyed in with ten keys.

~ nOD·0 D DOD 0 ~. ~J++-- MENU

DISPLAYmenu SELECT--~~--~'L-J RESET

r--- questionaire SELECT

...

--+'0'.L;.;jJ 9~0~' :: 0u .~ps L:..-J

-I ON - - + .OJ

0%

,

POWER OFF

r.I(AO

'.1'''' KJ...

oQl 01 0 ,

---/-@J

VFC

~~X t~~

r.-o---cooo.·~1

6-'0

~

0

0

0

~~ ~ ~ ~

ro-.o..c =0., 0

0

0

VWI, -~ .... :.:

r ' cco 0

0

0

O. \

nnAnn POOoOil

0

Cli;r-, :

0

0

0 _

.iv~· ~

\

t~n

,

keys

cursor. control keys NOTE) After switching on the power, it takes five to ten seconds before the screen gets ready for checking of the status of the interior of the NC.

--....--

I 2.3

--~----------------~-2)

Usage

The menu indicates the information which can betaken -

for the operator's response to the question displayed.

'--

Then, the operator must select the

men~

which will

vary from time to time, including a type of data to be inputted, a command to clian.&e the f1:ow of operation or an instruction to put the machine into operation. On the menu,if the frame only is displayed without any

information to be selected, use ten keys and others to operate the system.

----

(Example)

Menu displayed in response to the tool name data on the tool file display

ENDMILL

FACEMILL

CHAm'. BALL CUTTER ENDMILL

ALL ERASE

ERASE

PAGE

RETURN

~--------~y----------~

Data to be inputted (names and types of tools)

To cancel the registration of a tool

--

I 2.4

Operation controls PAGE: To change the display to another 32 pieces. RETURN: To return the ' display from which the tool file display has been called.

-------------------~--

B

MENU keys

Nine keys have the same funtion as the menu displayed on the screen.

Whenever the menu changes, as a matter of course, the

function of each key will also vary. ' ---

In other words, one key will perform the functions of several types of key.

C

MENU SELECT key On

the same display, a wide variety of operations and/or

controls are available, so many data may be inputted for a certain item.

If nine menus are insufficient, the displayed menu

will be divided. Depressing thelMENU SELECTlkey will permit a menu not yet displayed to be displayed.

ID I CURSOR

CONTROL key

I

Four keys are available to move the cursor.

Every time any

of the keys is depressed, the cursor will move to the next stop position(an item which can be normally inputted.)

I 2.5

--------------------~--

Note : If the cursor is not displayed on the screen when needed

(Le. the displarto which data are to be keyed in), depress

[JJ or [IJand

the cursor will appear.

I E I INPU1' key I 1'his key is used to inform the NC unit that a numerical input or menu selection has been completed correctly.

The computer in

the NC unit receives the information and proceeds to execute the process (setting check, setting display for related items, menu-selected processing, etc.)

(Example)

ISNOI 1'OOL

NOM-0

Rl F""'MILL

o

,

Transferred by means of .1INPU1' I

--

/

.NOM-0

?

IF I CLEAR key I o

Canceling data being inputted (ICLEAR!) 1'he data which are being inputted with ten keys (as long as the IINPU'I'lkey is not depressed) can be cleared by depressing the

o

ICLEAR I

key.

Erasing data already inputted (

~

+

ICLEARI )

If data have been inputted for an item, which may not require an input or which cannot be inputted, depress the "Decimal point" key and ICLEAR !key

in that order .

can be erased. o

Erasing an alarm message

I 2.6

( ICLEAR! )

Then, the data

------~----~------~-.---. An alarm message can be erased by the

ICLEAR I key. (Some

alarm messages, however, are not erasable.

See the alarm

picture.) I G I RE SET key I This key is used to initialize the NC unit. be used to turn off an alarm.

It may also

(Seethe alarm picture.)

IHI DISPLAY SELECT key With the picture selecting menu displayed, the syatem is ready to recieve a menu key input. This key can be depressed, with any display or under any condition, except when the computer is executing, e.g. an external input or output is being processed gr program control status being renewed. 2.3

POSITION/COMMAND Display

Function outline

.... _. '

1)

o

Displaying operations to display machine operations

How to call

CD

@

I

I.

Depress the DISPLAY SELECT For the menu displayed in the lower part of the picture, depress

the key corresponding to

IpOSITIONI or ICOMMANDI.

'-./

POSITION

COMMAND

t

t

GRAPHIC

~------4-------To

PROGRAM TOOL FILE

TOOL TOOL PAR DATA LAYOUT

display the POSITION image

To display the COMMAND image

I 2.7

DIAGNOS.

--------------------~-2)

Image

x: - 12345.678 y

w: 9999

"7

cAC1\lAi. ...T• • CTOQLiI>l&UI'IlO.I SPliIIIl 10000 IltII ~. ""'~. 0 ,), SOO arT • . , ' ,( )

n

12000. 1.2

RIM,_.n

I

n/U'l'

" " ,,,.,)

CICIUIITU

o

~

100

no

o •

1-IU4'. 6"

'''',nO.6'' ~lnU.'71 ... ,nu.• 71

, InU. "1

-..

,-In..,.'"

C ACIVAL DATA"

I 10 I

-

(,) )00 ...... 10000 12000.

n

,-tz,.5.'" 1-12)65.'" .12"' .• 7.

1I-1U4). ' "

".1

C LOAD .1'11 ,.

c:n-JP' ) ...-.' ~.~'~oo~ IJOI ..... ftD . . . . .) .{TIIO', "~'~::~. . ~,oo~~ "IMI_

lilT

1.2 n/UY crurru.

...

I

__

""«

I!m!!!l

....

POSITION image

' i l a CIXID.)

1-ln4).'"

1-I1>n . '"

C 1'OOL .II> DItUIt

I~

WPC

'-Inu .• "

'-IUU.'" A--1J)U.'"

I so t

••

" 'un.'''.

1-12"".6" '-12)U.61'

:tOO

,n

, lun.'"

_.-

<1AUt~,.

srlllL ,

_IT .. ,ttM

--,,,"(,,,,)

U: (19q9 T: qqq

L 12.345.678 ,/4. . - 12.345.678

.....In",:'" ...."-

....,.,.

199981

12345.678

COMMAND image

The menu display is necessary for operating the machine.

3)

Operation A

Current position change 1

Move the cursor to the axis (x,y, z or A) to be changed.

2

Key in a new value and depress the ~

B

I INPUT I .

The new value will be displayed.

Parts counter change Move the cursor to a counter to be changed (two types of values available, i.e. field-proven integrating value and setting.) Parts count

12

(16)

t Field-proven integrating value

2

Key in a new value and depress the -

1 Setting

IINPUT I

The display will change to the new value.

I

2.B

~~------~--------~-Note : The parts count ~s meaningful at the end when the 2.4

,.

--

COUNT

unit of program only

is set to 1.(Start counting.)

Graphic Display o

To display a programmed shape or tool path two-

"-"'

Function Outline

dimensiona11y(sing1e plane display and simultaneous double plane display) or three-dimensionally. o

'-

To permit a partial enlargement or reduction and a three-dimensional viewpoint change and Tracing(interlocked with the machine) can be displayed.

o

1)

How to call Depress the IDISPLAY SELECT 2

I.

Depress the key corresponding to \GRAPHIC\ from the menu displayed in the lower part of the screen.

POSITION

2)

COMY.tAND

GRAPHIC

PROGRAM

PAR

TOOL

TOOL

TOOL

FILE

DATA

LAYOUT

DIAGNOS.

t

Display

,. - - - - - - - - -- - - - _- .... _________ . - - - - - _- - -- - - - --- - - - - - - - -1(.., . JS 0.9

Y, -350.9

I

Z;

I I

-e90.

UNO.: I I

UNO .•• CIOI-TAP I

T~O.13 I

cn"'DI

I

o

I

100,

,I ________________________________________________ ..J ( CIlOOD OfFSIT

(A



three dimensional display)

Initial display menu

WORK NO. SEARCH

TRACE

PATH

SHAPE

DISPLAY

COORD

CONTINUE STEP CONTINUE ERASE

ERASE

MODE

OFFSET

PATH

PATli

I 2.9

SHAPE

--~----------------~--

(Note 1): (

"

2 ):

Upon call, the pt:eceding graphic status is displayed. No tool path for a tool not subjected to the tool layout can be displayed.

3)

Operation This picture is displayed in a variety of forms and operations are complicated.

Operational outlines are illustrated below:

~~

~Menu

being changed by depressing menu key

I

Display control menu (initial display) ~

I=c~o·1

TRACE

/;

I

DISPLAY MODE

COORD OFFSET

.

J

1.

I

I

Display plane selectl.ong men u

I

,

xy-xz Iyx-yZ

,

I 3-D

IlL]

r--

Viewpoint changing menu

,.....

.' - . -

rr---'-----, I C1l

IEIMAN=A=UT=U~=L=ILI-:-S_H_IF_T--,-~I_S_C_A_LE-.l1_R_O_T~_T_IOJ rET END j Vl.ewp0l.nt • •1 · .----.--~~~...-------.--.

~ . SET

END

All figures and other data displayed by operation on Level 1 are effected, based on the display area, scale, etc. inputted on Level 2 and 3. To change the display method, therefore, it is necessary to operate on Levels 2 and 3.

I 2.10

--------------~----~--

IA I SELECTING A DISPLAY PROGRAM I (1)

Depress the menu

(2)

Key in a work number and depress ~

IB I TRACE

IWORK NO.

key correspoinding to

SEARCH

Iin menu~

IINPUTI.

The work number displayed will changed.

DISPLAY

key correspoinding to

ITRACE I in menu

<J)

(1)

Depress the menu

(2)

Depress ICYCLE START I on the control (during the automatic operation mode.) ~

The motion of tools will be displayed according to the actual machine operation, including the automatic tool changer. (Even with the machine locked, the display operates) In a single block operation; therefore, the display will be also operated on a single step basis.

~

Unless a product shape is displayed, it will be pointless to display a tool motion.

It is recommended, therefore, to

perform operation E in advance. ~

It is necessary to record,beforehand, the length of a tool to be traced.

c=::>

Too high a feedrate can result in a display showing the tool motion combined with the next block movement.

IC I (1)

CONTINUOUS TOOL PATH DISPLAyl Depress the menu key corresponding to IPATH CONTINUEI in menu 1. ~

The movement of a tool controled by the program is displayed continuously until completion of the machining. This display may be changed to an intermittent display

I

2.11

~------------------~--

during this period with the I TOOL STEP I menu beside it. displays cutting feed (yellow) displays ~

rapid feed. (yellow)

The yellow circle or ellipse given from place to place represents the tool diameter. (In the sectional display the tool diameter is idecated

with a line equivalent to

the diameter.) ~

The operation referred to in (1) above will cause the ground of characters IPATH CONTINUEI

to purple.

Disappearance of the purple color indicates that the display data has ended. D

(l)

INTERMITTENT TOOL PATH DISPLAY Depress the menu key correspoinding to IpATH STEPI in menu. ~

In hole drilling, up to the next positioning point will be displayed.

In milling, up to the next tool

diameter display position will be displayed. Depressing the menu key again will cause up to the next position to be displayed. Every time when rhe menu key is so depressed, the tool path is ' displayed little by little. ~

During the continuous tool path display, it can not be ch~nged to the intermittent display immediately even if the menu key is depressed.

While holding the key

down, wait for the menu character background to turn purple. ~

During the continuous display, it may not advance

even

if the menu key is depressed, because the circular portion is being calculated.

This is not a fault.

- . The same information as that during the continuous display is displayed.

I 2. 12

~--------------~--~--

1E .1 CONTINUOUS SHAPE DISPLAY

(1)

Depress the menu key corresponding to IPATH CONTINUE

-..

A finished shape which has been programmed Purple solid line : hole shape

I

key ~n menu. ~s

displayed.

Blue solid line : contour to be milled(for the machining with removal allowance z, a thickness will appear in the three dimensional display and a sectional view.) 1F

1

ERASE TOOL PATH

(1) Depress the menu key corresponding t9PATH ERASEt ~n menu. ~ Only the tool path will erased. When both shape and tool path displays are overlapped, this operation will leave the shape only on the picture. ~

This function remains available either during the tool path continuous display or during the intermittent display.

It is convenient when the tool path display is

too complicated to be read easily.

I

G

1

(1)

SHAPE ERASE

1

Deress the menu key corresponding to ISHAPEqERASE 1 ~n menu ~ Only the shape will be erased while others remain

<9.

unchanged. --. 1H

I PLANE

(1)

This function is available even during the shape display.

SELECT DISPLAY

Depress the menu key corresponding to IDISPLAY MODEl in menu --. The following menu will be displayed :

I 2.13

<[>.

~------------------~-Plane select menus to be displayed:

I

XY

I

Xl

I yz I ~ I ~~z I

3-D

I

I

I

I

\

I

Single plane

3-dimensional display

I

(2)

~

Depress the menu key for a desired plane to be displayed from menu

~

A new coordinate axis will be displayed while the tool path will be erased. The menu will return to<J)

I

CHANGE VIEWPOINT TO BE DISPLAYED

(1)

I

Depress the menu key corresponding to ICOORD OFFSETI in menu ~

<J>

.

The following menu will be displayed :

Menu to change a viewangle.

SHIFT

I SCALE I RarATIONI

SET END change the angle of viewing(exclusively

for 3 dimensional) '-------i~To

change the position(distance) of a view-

point '----------------~_~To

change the position(intra-plane

coordinate~

of a viewpoint(exclusively for 2 dimensional) '------------------------~To

switch the viewpoint positional adjust-

ment between automatic and manual operations

I 2.14

-------------------~--

SELECT VIEWPOINT POSITIONAL ADJUSTMENT AUTO/MANUAL (2) Depress the menu key corresponding toIAUTOMANUAL! in menu~. ~

The background of either AUTO or MANUAL characters will turn red. Thus the current

...

status will appear.

~

In the manual mode, the viewpoint can be changed •

~

In the automatic operation mode, the viewpoint will automatically determined so that the tool path and the final shape will be entirely displayed. (The value set

manually will subsequently be invalid. The viewpoint angle, however, will continue to be valid even if the menu key is udated at AUTO.) CHANGE VIEWPOINT POSITION(Intra-plane coordinates) {2)

Change the viewpoint positional adjustment to the manual position.

(3)

Depress the menu key corresponding to ISHIFTlin menu <J). ~ With the 3 dimensional display plane this operation is not possible. - - . The flashing cursor will appear in the center of the screen while the following menu will be displayed :

<;>

Menu to move the viewpoint

DOWN

(4)

LEFT

Depress the menu

RIGlIT

I

(*0

III I

SET

END

I

key for the motion direction in menu<9.

When the

viewpoint(position at which the cursor is flashing) subsequently indicatesthe shape or tool path, the viewpoint must be positioned near the center of the screen. With this in mind, carry out operations.

-.

(5)

Depress ~.

The cursor will move as commanded. ISET ENDI in menu~ The figure displayed on the screen will disappear and menu<j>will be displayed instead.

I 2.15

------------~----~~-*1

Moving the cursor directly with the cursor control key will produce the same result.

1-3

I CHANGE VIEWPOINT POSITION(DISTANCE)

(2)

Change the viewpoint positional adjustment to the manual position.

(3)

Depress the menu key corresponding to 1SCALEI 1n menu ~ .

(4)

Key in the length equivalent to the scale in the lower right of the screen(but 20mm and above) and depress IINPUTI.

scaleD

--+ Both scale and axial readings will change while the figure will disappear. The menu remains unchanged. 1-41 CHANGE VIEWPOINT ANGLE (2)

Depress the menu key corresponding to lROTATIONI 1n menu

(?

The function is possible only when the display plane is specified as 3 dimensional

In the 2-

dimensional display, the operation is not possible. A 3-dimensional figure will appear on the screen and

menu~will be displayed. (3)

Depress the menu key for the motion direction in

menu~to

move

the viewpoint. Together with the viewpoint move, the displayed three-dimensional object direction will be changed. (If the viewpoint is raised, for instance, the 3dimensional object will turn toward the operator so that the top surface can be seen). (4)

Depress the menu key corresponding to I SET ENDI in menu ~ The displayed cubical object will disappear and menu ~will return.

I-51 COMPLETE DISPLAY VIEWPOINT CHANGE

I 2.16

,I

~----------------~~-(2)

Depress the menu key corresponding to ISET ENDI 1n menu<J) --..

The menu will return to
2.5 Program PROGRAM display o

To display, prepare and correct a program

o

To measure coordinates.

Function outline' 1)

(MAZATROL Program only)

How to call Depress thelDISPLAY SELECTI 2

IPROGRAM I

Depress the

from the following men:u displayed in

the lower part of the screen POSITION

COMMAND

GRAPHIC

PROGRAM

TOOL FILE

TOOL DATA

TOOL PAR DIAGNOS. LAYOUT

t 2)

Display ~ KAT

o

~ lFRM~ 2

CE2J

...B..-!..

I

UNiT F-M(LL TOOL

F-ftlLL

MULTI

10.

0000000000

O.

y -500.

O.

x -500.

IIOft-f 100. .\

o.

sQ"

S&v-z

DEPTH O.

l.!!£J PT)I Pix/ex 1

,;TCIf-I

llltlAL-Z

S45C

Pl1'Cll-T

o.

,

SlY-I

ITII

•

3

•

oU'lClt-r

1TP!

... 60.

Z O.

11-:nl-1

Plx/R

O.

300.

o rUI-.

VAL FIM-Z

5. .'ICH ...,

PI Y/CY

'+

Z -500.

P3Y

O. DEi'-Z

5.

CNI

"10-1

•

70. (;)12

C-SP

FIl

24

135

M M

(;)13

200.

~ UNIT . WOU.ND. 3 sua PRO 9000

••• Wk PltOClAlt fiID.l ...

:.:tNlI: NO ';f-Al'CH

I

lIN It NO. SEAlCH

I

.ooc.."

I

I

1

DETAILED INFORM

I

w.e ... o

I

._rlU

MAZATROL Program Screen Menu initially displayed WORK NO.

UNIT NO.

SEARCH

SEARCH

PROGRAM

I 2.17

DETAILED WPC MSR INFORM.

PROGRAM FILE

~-----------------~-While preparing a program, many other menu

types will appear

to permit a variety of system applications.

See Section II

"PROGRAMMING". 3)

Operations

I

A CHANGE DISPLAYED PROGRAM (1)

Depres s the menu key corresponding to 1WORK NO. SEARCH .1

(2)

Key in the work number of a program to be displayed and depress ~

I INPUT I If the work number has been recorded, its program will be dieplayed from the top ~

0). If the work number has not been

recorded, the machine will wait for a new program to be prepared and the portion where the program would be displayed will turn dark. B FEED IMAGES ACCORDING TO UNIT NUMBER SPECIFIED ON PROGRAM DISPLAYED

IUNIT

(1)

Depress the menu key corresponding to

(2)

Key in the unit number to be displayed first and depress

NO. SEARCHI.

IINPUT I . - . . With the unit number specified at the top the program will be displayed. (Image can also be fed using the cursor.)

c-'Ir-p-RE- PARE - - (C_O_RRE_CT_)_PR_O_GRAM_~I

r-I

(1)

Put the

PROGRAM switch in the valid position(ENABLE).

(2)

Depress theIPROGRA@ . ~

The menu at the lower part of the screen will change so that an input will be possible for the item where the cursor is flashing .

.~ See "PROGRAMMING". rID'I'C-ll-L-~--LP--P-IC-T-URE----~

(1)

When the cursor . is located on the line for the machining unit l.n the MAZATROL Program, depress the menu key corresponding to

DETAILED INFORM. ~

Then, the DETAILED INFORM screen for the machining unit concerned will be displayed. I 2.18

~-----------------~--

will be displayed in the lower part of the screen. (At this stage, the display has not changed yet.)

I

E MESURE COORDINATES (1) Depress the menu key corresponding to \WPC MS§. ~ The menu to measure coordinates will be displayed in

the lower part of the

screen.

==:>

For subsequent operations, see 1. 7 in "PROGRAMMING".

r--F-'IC-AL--L--P-RO-G~RAM----C-ON-T-R-O-L--PI-C-T-U-RE--~

(1)

Depress the menu key corresponding to \ PROGRAM FILEI - . The display will be changed over to PROGRAM CONTROL picture.

I 2.19

~-----------------~-ii

DETAILED INFORMATION Display Function Outline To illustrate definitions of various quantities used in programming (only for machining unit of MAZATROL programs)

1)

How to call (1)

Call the PROGRAM display.

(2)

Press the

MENU KEY

corresponding to the

DETAILED INFORM

the cursor is positioned at the machining unit. 2)

Display

UNO UNIT CB-DIA 1 RGH CBOR •

CB-DEP

I"

CHMF

DIA

BTM

DEPTH

CB-DIA

CHMP

DEPTH

LIJ DIA

** *

WK

PROG~.M

NO. 100

f<**

COUNTERBORE DIAMETER? DETAILED INFORM

I

I 2.20

(

)

when

-------------------~-3)

Operation

I A IDEFINITION CHART DISPLAY -CD

Move the cursor -to the -unit position to be displayed while programming or being -displayed.

(1)

Press the menu of

MENU KEY

I DETAILED

corresponding to the IDETAILED INFORM

INFORM

I is

I (If

the

not displayed, display it with the

menu selection key). --The detailed information picture corresponding to the unit will be displayed (the "DETAILED INFORM" menu is inversed while the

J ~J

detailed information picture is displayed).

IB IRETURN TO PROGRAM DISPLAY CD

Move the cursor upper or lower, or press the corresponding to the "detailed information". -4aThe

PROGrul~

display will come out.

~l

I 2.21

MENU KEY

~~----~----~----~--

iii. Program Control

Function Outline o To display a program registration status. o To erase a ed program and o To change a work number. 1)

How to call: (1)

Call the PROGRAM picture.

(2)

Depress the IPROGRAM FILElkey from the followiug menu displayed in the lower part of the screeen.

WORK NO. SEARCH

2)

UNIT NO. SEARCH

we.

'----'

DETAILED WPC INFORM MSR

PROGRAM FILE

Display

MO.

IllE

I

14 S 9

I

-

PROGRAM

2 9000 3 SO 4 SI S sz 6 S3 7 S4 I U S6 9 10 57 II 51 12 59 13 60 14 61 15 62 16 63

I I 10 10

us ...

72 / 510

I

7 I I I I I I I

lIDQI

c>n

,ooc~

tU~

Menu initially displayed. CMT I/O

RENill1BER

BUBBLE DIRECT.

PROGRAM ERASE

I 2.22

ALL ERASE

DNC I/O

TAPE PROGRAM I/O

~------------------~--

(3)

Operations

I AI CALL CASSETTE I/O DISPLAY (1)

Depress the menu key corresponding to ICUT I/O --.

I

The cassette I/O menu will be displayed in the lower part of the screen.

'---. 0

CHANGE WORK NUMBER (1)

Depress the menu key corresponding tolRENUMBERI .

(2)

Move the cursor to the position of a work number to be changed.

(3)

Key in a new work number and depress IINPUTI. --.

The work number will become the one set by the work number loaded with the cursor.

I C I Hi'DIVIDUALLY ERASE PROGRAMS (1)

Put the

PROGRAM switch to ENABLE.

(2)

Depress the menu key corresponding tolPROGRAM ERAS~.

(3)

Key in the work number ofaprogram oto be erased and d~press IINPUTI • ~

Both the specified work number and the program size will disappear.

0""---"

I DI ERASE ALL PROGRAM I (1)

Throw the PROGRAM switch to ENABLE.

(2)

Depress the menu key corresponding to IALL ERASEI • Depress lINPUTl.

(3)

~

All work numbers and program sizes will disappear.

I 2.23

~--------------~--~--

E

RETURN TO PROGRAM PICTURE

'-..,

(1)

Depress the menu key corresponding to IPROGRAMI. ~

The program whose work number was displayed prior to the call of the PROGRAM CONTROL display will be displayed again from the top.

, -.

I 2.24

-------------------~--

1V.

CASSETTE I/O Picture Function Outline To transfer and check data between a cassette tape and the memory in the NC unit. 1)

How to call: (1)

Call the PROGRAM CONTROL display.

(2)

Depress the

IGMT

I/Olkey from the menu displayed

1n

the

lower part of the picture. CMT I/O

RENUMBER

BUBBLE DIRECT.

DNC I/O

PROGRAM ALL ERASE ERASE

TAPE I/O

~ 2) Display

'UOIIt . ..

I

IC 5

50 51 52 53 54

3 4 5 6

7

•

I 1

14 16

us...

01 01 01

.,

01 01 01 01

.,

TOOL I14TA

(01

(0 1

(0.

(01

ruz

(01

TOO!.

I I I I

Sf

IS

:'-...--

I I I

sa 60 61 62 63

0)

01 01 01 01

\IOU 110 .

7

56 57

II 1% 13

""".

9

a

ss

9 10

eMf I/O

SUI

I

2 9000

..........

10 10 72 /580

(0 •

TOOL OFFSET

(0)

wax onSET

(0)

11.00(

~~I I awAllr .-

••• PIOCIAIC rlLE •••

LOOI> orr·WC

I

"VI ""-arT

1IC-arT

Menu initially displayed LOAD CMT--NC

SAVE INC_CMT

COMPARE ·LOAD ALI INC=CMT PROGRAM

I 2.25

r

01 01 01

PROGRAM

-------------------~-3)

Operation A IREAD, DATA FROM CASSETTE TAPE

I - ..

(1)

Load the deck with a cassette tape.

(2)

Check that the menu initially displayed is now displayed.

I

I

--. If not, depress the MENU SELECT and recall the

~

initial display menu. (3)

Depress the menu key corresponding to ILOAD CMT·~NCI . --. The image will change to cassette I/O while the menu will be as follows:

PROGRAM

TOOL DATA (4)

TOOL FILE

PAR TOOL. WORK ERASE OFFSET OFFSET

START

If the data to be transferred are a program, set a work number (*) in the parentheses. If the data are other than a program, call for the transfer of (1 or 2) in the parentheses.

If the drum changer is provided, however,

use a drum number to input tool

data.

- . . The six columns to the left of the menu are used to control the cursor.

Depres~ing

a related menu key,

therefore, will allow the cursor to move .to the corresponding top position. ThelERAsij menu, moreover, is used to return a set work number to O.

In this case, however, all set data

including the work number will return to O. be ed.

This should

A specific work number only cannot be

set to zero. (5)

For all data to be transferred, repeat procedure (4) above.

(6)

Depress the menu key corresponding to

ISTARTI .

--. The cassette tape will start to turn and to transfer data ~

(*)

The cursor will move to the data being transferred.

Make the input sequence coincide with the order of data on the tape.

I 2. 26

~------------------~-B IWRITE DATA IN TO CASSETTE TAPE Depress the menu key corresponding to I SAVE NC-+CMTI in place of ILOAD CMT+NCI in operation (3) of A;"READ/".

For

other operation, follow the same procedure.

*

Data are written into the tape, with priority given to the parentheses positioned

~n

in an identical line.

This is

the upper part and to the left side irres~ective

of the work number

significance. C I CHECK CASSETTE TAPE DATA AGAINST NC DATA

I

Depress the menu key corresponding to ~I-C-O-MP--A-RE---N-C--+C--MT-TI ~n place of ILOAD CMT+NCI in operation (3) of A; "READ/". For other operations, follow the same procedure. ~

A data discrepancy, if detected, would cause an alarm to be displayed on the spot, and interrupt the check.

I

D READ AND ALL PROGRA..~ DATA IN CASSETTE TAPE

I

Depress the menu key corresponding to the I PROGRAM ALL LOAD I rather than ILOAD CMT+NCI as referred to in operation (3) of A; "READ/"

Then, do not carry out (4) and (5) but (6).

In

other words, depress the menu key corresponding to ISTARTI. ~

Thus, the cassette tape will begin turning and all the program data in the tape will be transferred to the NC unit.

NOTE) The EIA/ISO Program can also be ed.

I 2.27

------~-----------~-2.6

TOOL FILE Display Function Outline To and control face mills, end mills and chamfering end

-,, /

mills to be used. 1)

How to call: (1)

Depress the IDISPLAY SELECTI.

(2)

Depress the ITOOL FILElkey from the menu displayed

l.n

the

lower part of the screen. POSITION

"

COMMAND GRAPHIC PROGRAM TOOL FILE TOOL DATA TOOL LAYOUT

NOTE: 2)

For how to call during protramming, see

PAR

DIAGNOS

II "PROGRAMMING".

Display

lID

tIIOL

--,

I

F-ft! U

100. .,

2 3

KIW-~

MAT

•

.ss

....'"

lID.

10.

t

-.•

4

, ,• 11 IZ

--,

"IN-.

aocr

ZOo A

5-

lIAr

illS

DEPlW loll' . AIC.

•

4

4~.

ZZ

7

10

moL

17 II It 20

n

5

'-.--.

lID .

Z3 I-KIU. • I-MILL I-HILL

10. A ZOo A 30. A

•• •

...

.IS

aD

10. ZOo 15-

Z 4

J

13

•• •

H

Z5

Z6

Z1

21

It 30 Jl U

14 U

16 ••• TOOL FILl •••

."'--'.

J

o

I

ALL ERASE

po""

IEtv..

Menu initially displayed PAGE

I 2 . .28

RETURN

-------------------~-<3>

Menu to select a tool name

ENDMILL

Q>

FACEMILL

C

B

ERASE

PAGE

RETURN

D

E

F

G

I

H

I

J

Menu to select a tool material

nss 3)

ALL ERASE

Menu to select a suffix A

<e>

BALL ENDMILI

CHAHF CUTTER

I

CARBIDE

I

I I

Operation I A ITURN PAGES (1)

Depress the menu key corresponding IpAGEI in menu0or<3>. --. The tool number not displayed will be displayed. (Two pages are availble, with one image comprising 32 tools.)

I

B AND CORRECT TOOL DATA (1)

Move the cursor to the data desired position. - . . Depending on the type of data, the menu will vary as follows: tool name

-------------------Menu

nominal diameter ------------ Menu

<J>

(with identifier keyed in)

material -------------------- Menu ~ others ---------------------- Menu NOTE:

<J>

When data are recently ed, the cursor initially will mOVe only to a tool name position.

I 2.29

~-----------------~--

(2)

Depress the menu key or key with a numerical value .. ·· Then, depressIINPU~.

[0

cut

angle

W_--1.(ANG)

.

~.

I

~

nom1nal d1ameter (NOM-
nominal diameter

end milling cutter

face milling cutter (F.,-MILL)

(CHF)

'~~imum

~nal diameter (NOM-
chamfering cutter (CHF)

..........

C ICANCEL TOOL REGISTRATION (1)

Move the cursor to the position of a tool number to be cancelled.

(2)

Depress IERASij in menu and then IINPUTI. ~

Data relating to that tool will disappear from the screen.

D IALL CANCEL TOOL REGISTRATION I (1 )

Push the

I ~SE I menu key : ~nd push the IINPUT I key.

~Then,

all the tools ed in the tool file will

be cancelled. NOTE:

RETURN

1n

menu 1S valid when called from the PROGRAM

display.

I 2.30

diameter

~ .'-. .- '----~-------~2.7

Tool Data Display Function Outline o Data required foli the system a~e dtsplayed conc;erning the tools set in a tool drum. Sett~ng ~s also poss~ble. o To measure tool · len·gths. 1)

How to call (1)

Depress the IDISPLAY SELECT/.

(2)

Depress the ITOOL DATAl key from the menu displayed in the 1 ower par t 0 f th e screen.

POSITION COMMAND GRAPHIC PROGRAM TOOL FILE TOOL DATA \.

2) ,

...

D~splay

TOOL lAYOUT

PAR

DIAGNOS

-

'~

DI1lK NO.

POO

.

'oC

2~

HI

tooL

.~

'-l

10. 21 . 2S. 25. 10. 10. 10.

.....w.

car ....

~

s-o

'-0 1-0 a~

'-0 '0-0 11-0 12-0 13-0

.

...../

14.-0

C'nIEl T.SDS.

en-D'

DIILL II FACE

..... TAP

"

10 . A

SO.

'0. 10.

BORIAI SO. I-I I.U CII' VA.C

so.

10.

A A A A

Ar:r~

'0 .

aD.

• 2S • . 2$. •

·•

10.

LDlCTR • 00 . '00. 100. 100. 100 . 100. 100. 100 . 100. 100. 100. 100. 100. 100.

CO>IP.

Is-<)

O•

o. O. O. O.

•

O. l. O. O. O. O.

....ST

B1'

30

20 100

•• 30 30 •• 30

o.

•

• 20 20 • 30 •• • 100

· •

Lin

o· o· o· o· o·

.

TIME III CUT

o· o· o· o· o·

•

0'

0' 0' 0' 0'

0' 0'

0' 0' 0'

0'

o·

0'

o·

16-0 ••• TOOL DATA ••-

' -'

IIEXT PACE

Menu initially displayed DRUM NO.

TEACH

(NOTE)

TOOL INCR. TOOL CHANGE ASSIGN

TOOL OFFSET

PREVIOUS PAGE

NEXT PAGE

Data displayed in this display relates the tools which are being loaded in to the drum.

Therefore, the TOOL DATA

picture is significantly affected by operations of the TOOL LAYOUT display on which a tool is deleted and/or ed.

I 2.31

~~'------------------~-3)

Operations

I

A TURN PAGES (1)

To see the data for subsequent 16 tools, depress the menu key corresponding tolNEXT PAGEI.To reverse the data, depress IPREVIOUS PAGEl. --.

With pocket No.1 displayed, depress

IPREV~OUS

PAGE

I

and ti1e display will include the tool belonging to the final pocket number. r---B'I-C-HAN---G-E--D-RUM---N-UMB---E-R~

(1)

Depress the menu key corresponding to ~

I DRUM

No.1.

(With the NC unit set to 1 DRUM, the operation 1S unavailable .)

(2)

Using ten keys, input the drum number and then depress IINPU1j. The tool with pocket No.1 corresponding to the drum number so inputted will be displayed on the screen first.

NOTE: On this picture, only those tools which are attached to the drum specified in this operation are handled.

If it

is desired to operate a tool in another drum, it is

ci

necessary to change the drum number again. MEASURE TOOL LENGTH

I

The length of a tool can be actually measured and enterd on the screen.

In this case, if the tool is a drill, the cutting edge

position compensation data will be also displayed automatically. See Section "NC unit" in Section I

"Operations."

DI INPUT TOOL DATA (1)

Place the cursor onto the item desired to be inputted.

(2)

K~y

in numerical values and depress the IINPUT~

Data name Tool diameter Length Unit Form

rom

XXX ,XXX

mm

Cutting edge Thrust Horse- Life Service position power, (Hours) (Hours) compensation rom % % m1n. mim.

XXX ,XXX ~tXX,XXX

I

2.32

XXX

XXX

XXX

XXX

'~ -------------------~-.

---NOTE: Input the tool diameter and/or length data while the menu is being inverted with IINCR.I menu depressed.

Then, the tool

diameter and/or length data so inputted will be added to the data entered previously. NOTE: To input thrust and/or horsepower data, depress IAUTO SET

I'

and theNC unit will automatically calculate and ; input optimum numerical values.

(These values, however, are validified only

while the AFC is operating).

Spindle end length

-

I

II

.

drill

cutting edge position compensation

oC

.

~

/

diameter

-lpnpt:h r-

~

-

boring

J--.L

.

t

diameter

"-

length cutting edge p'o sit ion cOII\pensation

r-

,-.-

r- C) ~

-

'"7'""'

back facing

I I

~

- --

t

c:::> /

-

I

diameter

I 2.33

--------~---------~-I

I

E TOOL EXCHANGE Pocket Nos. for already ed tool can be exchanged with each other in the following manner: (1)

Slide the cursor to the position where the tool is located.

(2)

Push the menu key for "tool change".

(3)

Key in the pocket No. for the other tool and push the SET key.

Then, the tools ed in the two pockets will be exchanged. F

ITOOL REGISTRATION I For execution of the EIA/ISO Program, it is necessary to the tool to be allotted to the T code (pocket No.) as part of the tool data. This function permits registration of any desired tool. (1)

Slide the cursor to the position of the pocket No. to be ed.

(2)

Push the menu key for "tool registration". --~~~

'--

END MILL

Then, the following menu will be displayed:

FACE MILL

CHANF •

CUTTER

CENTER DRILL

DRllL

BALL ENDMILL

BACK SPOT REAMER FACER

TAP

OTHER TOOL

TOUCH SENSOR

BORING BACK BAR BOR.BAR

NO TOOL

1(1/2) CHIP VACUUM

(3)

Push the menu key for the tool to be ed.

(4)

Key in the nominal diameter of the tool and push the INPUT

(5)

Enter the suffix, using a menu key.

I

--~.~

I NEXT NEXT

(2/2)

I key.

Then, the tool will be ed.

NOTE: I t sometimes happens that no data is displayed when the rightmost data is entered in the course of input of data for display of the tool data screen.

In such a case,

change the screen into another and again call the tool data screen.

I 2.34

~--------------~--~-2.8

Tool Layout Display Function Outline To display the intra-drum (tool magazine) layout of tools used in a program To control the tools set

.

the drum •

~n

---'1)

How to call: (1)

Depress the!DISPLAY SELECTI.

(2)

Depress the ITOOL LAYOUT 1key from the 'menu displayed in the lower part of the screen

POSITION COMMAND GRAPHIC 2)

PROGRAM. TOOL FILE

~

TOOL DATA

TOOL LAYOUT

DIAGNOS

PAR

t

Display

.... P~O

,

.

TOCL

1-0

r~J:u.

2~0

I-fULL

3-0 C11I-oa 4-0 oalLL 5-0 CIIKI' 6-0 1-0 l-HIU

",M

1-0

'-0 10-0 11-0 \2-0 13-0 \4-0 15-0 16-0

[-"lLL _ILL

"'DU NO .

--~

P~O

100. A 20. A 20. 10.4 20. A 12. 30. A I 0. .~ 10.

\7-0 11-0 19-0 20-0 21-0 %%-0 23-0 24-0 %5-0

11>01. __ ~

PDlO 0-0 0-0 0-0 0-0 0-0 0-0

toOL r"'fULL

I-MIU C'R-DI

.. ILL CIOtF

TAP.

....

....... ~

PICIIO

I

rotJL

_-4

100. A 20. A 20. 10.4 20. A

I:!.

26-0 21-0 28-0 %9-0 30-0 31-0 32-0

I

DIlJIt NO.

I

SPAat T I!~SE

I

I

t'tClIIO.

stun

ott A$SIQi
IUO

0."'0

(The number of tools that can be displayed at one time is 32 pieces, including both "CURRENT" and "NEXT. ") Menu initially displayed (layout menu) WORK NO. DRUM NQ SPARE T PKNO. ERASE CLEAR

PKNO. SHIFT

'--

I 2.35

PKNO. ASSIGN

SPARE TOOL

LAYOUT FINISH

NEXT PAGE

~-----------rJ<3>

3)

Tool control menu

Operation DISPLAY TOOLS LAYOUT(TOOLS TO BE USED.) (1)

Depress the menu key corresponding to

1WORK NO .1

in menu <J)

(The operation is not required because immediately after the call, the system is ready for keying in a work number.) (2)

Key in the work number and depress IINPUT~ ---

All the tools used in a specified program will be displayed on the right half of a screen,

-B (1)

Any tool

exceeding 32, however, will be displayed on another page. When the drum changer is available, the tool which has the drum number specified in the program will be displayed.

ALLOCATE POCKET NUMBERS TO TOOLS BEING USED(AUTOMATIC)

I

Depress the menu key corresponding to IpKNO. ASSIGNI in menu<J) ---

From the tools to be used on the preparation side those which have pocket No.O will be numbered sequentially from the top, except for those to which

(2)

pocket numbers have been already

assigned. Depres s ,....I-N-P-UT-',

PKNO

PKNO

o-

9

CTR-DR 20

1 - 0

CTR-DR

3

0

DRILL 22

3 - 0

DRILL 22

o-

0

F-MILL 125

2 - 0

F-MILL 125

LGroup number ~--~Pocket

number

I 2.36

--------------------~--

ALLOCATE POCKET NUMBERS TO TOOLS BEING USED(MANUAL)

(1)

Place the cursor on the position of a tool pocket number to be allocated.

(2)

Key 1.n the pocket number and depresshNPUTl ---.

Any pocket number that is already allocated cannot be keyed . in redundantly.

I

D RESET POCKET NUMBERS ALLOCATED

(0 (2)

I

Depress the menu key correspoding to IpKNo. CLEARlin menu<J) Depress IINPUTl. ----.

All pocket numbers of to.ols used will become O.

I

E SHIFT AND ALLOCATE POCKET NUMBERS TO TOOLS USED (0

Depress the menu key corresponding to IPKNO,SHIFlf in lIlenu<J)

(2)

Depress IINPUTI. ~

From the tools employed, those which may coincide with any of the tools currently loaded . in the drum will automatically have its pocket number allocated.

(The background ofa pocket number 1.S

purple.) ~

This function allows a decrease 1.n the risk of redundantly allocating a pocket number or in the work of allocation.

<- .--

"'-..,- .

I 2.37

-------------------~--

F

PREPARE SPARE TOOLS (1)

I

Put the cursor to the position of a tool pocket number

'---'

in which a spare tool is employed. (2)

Depress the menu key corresponding to ISPARE TOOLI in Menu
(3)

Depress IINPUTI. -..

An identical tool will appear just below the tool for which a spare tool is employed. This tool has had a group number automatically allocated together with the main tool, though its pocket number is zero.

',~

therefore, to input only the pocket number later. NOTE:

This function corresponds to the spare tool replacement function (optional).

-_..-.......-.-_. _-

It is necessary,

.-

- ',----.

I 2.38

-------------------~-I

G ERASE SPARE TOOL (1)

Fit the cursor to the position of the pocket number for a spare tool to be erased.

(2)

Depress the menu key corresponding to ITOOL ERASEI in menu0

(3)

Depress the IINPUT~ The spare tool above the cursor will disappear from

-+

the picture.

I

H ACCOPLISH LAYOUT. (1)

Depress the menu key corresponding to ILAYOUT FINISHI 1n menu<J)

(2)

Depress theIINPUTI. ~

. The tool to which a pocket number has been allocated will move to the position of an identical pocket number on the left side of the screen. (The status on the right side of the picture remain unchanged.)

~

If there is already a tool in the corresponding pocket number, that tool will be replaced by a new tool.

PKNO 1 - 0 2 - 0 3 - 0 4 - 0 5 - 0 .,

PKNO 2 - 0 4 - 1 25 - 1 9 - 0

E-I1ILL 30A BOR BAR 100

CTR-DR 20 DRILL 19.6 DRILL 19.6 CHF-}i

REAM 25

-

/LAYOUT FINISHI

~,...,.. .

-. -+ (3)

PKNO 1 - 0 E-MILL 30.A 2 - 0 CTR-DR 20 3 - 0 4 1 DRILL 19.6 5 - 0 REAM 25

PKNO 2 - 0 CTR-DR 4 - 1 DRILL 25 - 1 DRILL 9 0 CHF-M

20 19.6 19.6 20

With the drum change available, depress the IINPUTI once more to layout a subsequent drum. -+

The tool being currently laid out and belonging to the subsequent drum number is displayed on the left half

.'--.

and the tool having a drum number next to that specified in the program on the right half.

I

2 .39

~ ~ -------------------------~-I

r

[ERASE DRUM-SETTING TOOL 1)

Depress the menu key corresponding to JTOOL ERASEJ in menu<3)

2)

Key in the pocket number of a tool to be erased and depress IINPUTI. ~

The tool with that pocket number will disappear (drum-setting tool display range).

J

-- ~-

.

ICANCEL

LAYOUT

.1

1)

Depress the menu key corresponding to ILAYOUT CANCELI in menu~

2)

Depress IINPUTI. ~

All the tools currently loaded m the drum will disappear and the pocket number will be also reset to O.

Any other tools (on

the right side of the picture) are not affected. K

ITURN EMPLOYED TOOL DISPLAYING PAGES 1)

Depress the menu key correspon~ing to INEXT PAGEl 1n menu<J) --... 32 tools next to the tool group currently displayed on the right side of the picutre will be displayed.

(Others remain unchanged.)

TURN PAGES TO DISPLAY TOOLS BEING LOADED INTO DRUM

1)

Depress the menu key corresponding to ICURRENT PAGEl in menu~.

~

32 tools next to the tool group currently displayed on the left side of the picture will be displayed.

M

ICHANGE 1)

DRUM

NUMBER

(Others remain unchanged.)

TO BE LAID OUT

Depress the menu key corresponding to I DRUM NUMBERI in menu~ ~

This operation 1S invalid as long as the NC unit is set to 1 drum.

Key 1n a drum number and depress the IINPUTI.

2) ~

The tool being currently laid out in the set drum number 1S displayed on the left half and the tool corresponding to the set drum number in the program on the right half.

I 2.40

~~---------------~-2.9 . Parameter Display 2.9-1 Cutting Condition Parameter Display Function

0

To display and the parameters which automatically

-- .

Outline

determine the cutting condition for a specific material . ., _ ....•..

-

_---- -- --_._---;---------;:---------

o The cutting condition for a specific material is determined by mUltiplying the cutting conditions which is automatically determined for the referential material by the compensation ratio for each tool. How to call: .

CD

Press the !DISPLAY SELECT

eD

Press the

PARAMETER

I key.

key in the f<;>l1owing menu displayed l.n

the lower part of the screen. POSITION COMMAND GRAPHIC PROGRAM TOOL TOOL TOOL PAR DIAGNOS. FINE DATA LAYOUT

Menu initially displayed

11II

~ Menu CAST IRN

II

NEXT PAGE

referentially material selected

DUCTILE CARBON CAST IRN STEEL

ALLOY STEEL

I 2.41

STAINLES ALMINIUM STEEL

.

COPPER ALLOY

, ,

OTHER

-------------------~-3)

Operation

I

A REFERENTIAL MATERIAl;' REGTSTER .•. _...

-Ji----'--------

_----_._-- - --- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

(1)

Place the . cursor __on _the ..I.efe.r.enti a1 materiaL..tO-be-..r.egistered~ -

(2)

the material to be referential (material qualitatively closest to the material to be ed.)

CUTTING CONDITION COMPENSATION RATIO (1)

Place the cursor on the tool to be compensated.

(2)

Input the applicable compensation percentage.

Note:

Erasure of the ed referential material or inputting of zero as a compensating ratio is not possible.

Such operation,

however, will not adversely affect any other operation.

I 2.42

-_

--~----------------~--

2.9-2

- - - --------- - -- --- -_.-

Parameter Display -- --..- ---- - .. ..._-_.-.--_._-----_._

Function Outline

1)

o

._ ---------------- -------- -'--- - - - -

To display and the parameters used for system control

How to call:

I.

(1)

Depress the 'DISPLAY SELECT

(2)

Depress thelpARlkey from the following menu displayed in the lower part .of the screen.

POSITION

COMMAND

2)

GRAPHIC

PROGRAM

TOOL LAYOUT

PAR

DIAGNOS.

Display

1HZ DRI DRZ DRl DR4 DRS DM DI\1 Dill DRt DLI DL2 DLS DL4 DLS CCI CC2 EMI

\,

0

£J,U

1

£J,\4

20 10 0 J 5

JZ 4S SO

10

5 10

S 5

S 10

••• POUlT

'~.

TOOL FILE TOOL DATA

D

EWS DI' IIRI BR2

20

1

10 5

811S 8114

0 0

IllS

5 5

8\16

TPI TPZ TPS 181 11112

2

1

10 0 .I UU 20 IUU 100

a rnulC

I

1

,0

60

ElU

PAAAME1'E1

I

lUll 100 2 1U14 20 lUIS 1 BS! S BS2 BTD 100 PSI 100 PS2 100 0 PSS 0 PS4 pn 100 0 PYZ 2 PYS PY4 10

pn

PY6 PY7 pya •••

1

I

(

I

1

I '''''ou. I PAC! .

) oUT

.IoG.

Menu initially displayed

I

PREVIOUS

I

I 2.43

PAGE

I

NEXT

PAGE

. ~. --~--------------~-....

3)

Operation A

.1

--_._--- - - -_._------------_._--

PARAMETERS

(1)

Place the cursor on the parameter to be ed.

(2)

Key in the value to be ed and depress IINPUTI.

(3)

Turn the power switch off and on .

- -- _ .-

B ITURN PAGES (1)

If a page is to scroll forward and backward, depress the IPREVIOUS PAGEl

and INEXT PAGEl keys respectively, in the menu

the menu. - . The page will change and new parameters will be displayed.

Since the top page is linked with the last page,

the display will appear as an endless sequence. Note 1)

For parameter specifications, see the section of parameters.

Note 2)

Even if a parameter has been inputted from the display, it will not be available without turning the power switch on and off once .

.

~

I 2. 44

~. --------------~--~-2.10

Alarms i. Alarm Display Function Outline

To hold and display alarms which have not yet been

0

checked a

To check alarms

How to call:

1)

I.

(1)

Depress the /DISPLAY SELECT

(2)

Depress thelDIAGNOSlkey froIl). the following menu displayed in the lower part of the screen:

POSITION COMMAND

GRAPHIC

(Note)

PROGRAM

TOOL FILE TIDOD DATA

TOOL LAYOUT

PAR

A call from the diagnosis or time control display

DIAGNOS.

1S

also

possible. 2)

Display

TOTAL

-

1

1t01 ILLECAa. roatcAT

···AlA.....

~I

.I~

Menu initially displayed

TIME CONTROL

I 2.45

I

DIACNOS·I

'~----------------~-~-_. - --- - , -- -... ,---

3)

-

---,-_._-----------.------_.-------

Operation

I (1)

A [ CHECK ALARM

Depres s the

~

ICLEAR!

-_._ . ---------_....._. '

I RESET I·

or

__

The alarm displayed will disappear and a total number of alarms will change.

(NOTE)

--

The method of checking (clearing) a displayed alarm varies with the type of alarm.

It is not dependent upon

the alarm's display color alone. Type of Alarm

How to Check

Turn on power switch agam ..•.......••.••••. Mainly alarms Nol 1-99

IRESET I IRESETI

"

100 - 199

after elimimiting cause .•....•....

"

200 - 299

I CLEAR I ............... .

"

300 - 499

The information parenthesized

~n

alarms 301 thru 399 mainly

represents the location where a program error has - '- ~

..

taken place. (

--' --'

) L--_ _

work number

L-_ _ _ _ _ _

unit number

~-------------tool

sequence number or shape sequence number

I 2.46

.

--------~----~----~-.. ......-... ...- . - .-

ii

._- -- --- _..- - --_._-------

Diagnosis Display Function Outline

1)

0

To display and write the information in memory,

0

To input and output to and from a peripheral device,

0

To provide servo adjustment data,

0

To indicate a version number.

How to call:

(1)

Call the alarm picture.

(2)

Depress thelDIAGNOslkey from the following menu displayed in the lower part of the screen TIME CONTROL

NOTE:

This display can also be called from the time control

DIAGNOS.;:, "

t

display. 2)

Display -.:>&1

/1/0 acra:

.'

:-----

_t_

UR030POO 0010 1010

u.

ROOOO 0001 oooz 0003

00 00 00 00

MH030POO 030P01 030PO% 0)OP03

Rooro OOPI ·oou oon

0000 0000 0000 0000

0000 0000 0000 0000

00 00 00 00

MH

00 00 0.1.111 0 75. 15n 2304

........ _ITOIl

2A 00 f7 E1

3Z1 0 0000 0000 0000 0000

QOllO 0000 0000 0111 0000 0000 DI\OOP ORID 0 0 X y 0 0 0 0 Z 4 0 0

(%) 3%10 101 0 0000 0111 0001

7654 0000 0000 0000 0000

7654 0010 0000 1111 1110

VERSIOII '1-1 801 :A 1-2 DOl :A 1- 3 D02:A 1-4 DO) :A

PRASE 1300 4000 4000 4000

1-5 1- 6 1-7 1-8

DO':A D05:A D06:A

(10) 1

4Z

~D003010E-%

1111

~D0030F 0 ~

"""

WD0030lDO-4 -"0'30552

JPN:A

101 :c 6 200:K 435:B )OO :A

2 3 4

5

...... DIACIIOSIS ...

A

B

C

1

D

E

P

r

AIlDR +

I -I ADDR

ADI

Menu initially displayed

A-D-~-R-----L.-AD-D-.R_---I_AD_J_.....JI

A_--I_ _ _ B_----'-__C _ _-'-__D_ _...l...-_ _ E_ _.l...-_F_ _...l...-___

I - -_ _

I 2.47

-'~------------------~I-~~~

..

--~

Time Control Function Outline

1) (1) (2)

o

To display and reset integrated values of live time and automatic operation time

How to call: Call the alarm display Depress the menu key corresponding to ITIME CONTROLI from the following menu displayed

~n

the lower part of the .screen:

CONTROL TIME

I

DIAGNOS.

t 2)

Display

(.tCCtNJLATE TiME) POIlU . .

%9 :

~9'

~"

Z:

II'

23'

AUTO OPERATIOfI AUTO ettnlltC

1:

II'

30'

TOTAL cvnlJIC

0:

15'

7'

••• TIll!: COfI1'W)L •••

r

I·

TIM[ . COllTOOl

I

DIACIOOS.

TUlE

CONTROL

I 2.48

DIAGNOS·I

~------------------~-3)

------,-- -------- - - - - _ . -

Operation----

I

A RESET INTEGRATED TIME (1)

Move the cursor to the display position of a time to be reset.

(2)

Key in the time and depress IINPUTI. ~

The display will change to the time keyed in.

--'-+- Using the next format, key

hour

I[

I

min. [

Input a numerical value

~n

~n.

sec.

the most significant unit only

and no numerical values in any other unit will be required. (They will reckoned as 0.) (Example)

IINPUT I

[2] [2]

same as 73:00'00"

IB IRETURN TO ALARM PICTURE (1)

Depress the IMENU SELECTI. - . . The display will change over to the alarm display.

Ie ICALL DIAGNOSIS

DISPLAyl

Depress the menu key corresponding to IDIAGNOsl.

(1)

~The

NOTE:

display will change to the diagnosis display.

POWER ON time:

Electricially live time

Automatic operation time:

A period during an automatic operation, ranging from start to the end of a program.

Automatic machining time: Cutting time:

A period during which the ~ lamp is on (except for feed stop a~st feed) A period during which a cutting feed continues in the automatic operation mode

I 2.49E

--------------------~--

3. APPENDIX 1

LIST OF PARAMETERS

I 3.1

~~~-----------------~-~ .

NOTE:

. "' '.'.

••..

._ _•

" ,_, ._., '. _,., _ . .•" .,. ',

. ,',0'·_, . ,·· .. ' _

Parameters whose address numbers are asterisked should have their values reset after an inch/millimeter change.

PARAMETERS, Cutting No.1 (1/4) Address Setting

Minimum Unit

Setting Range

Al

100

0.01

O'V 999

A2

200

0.01

o 'V

A3

100

0.01

o 'V 999

A4

180

0.01

O'V 999

AS

100

0.01

a

A6

100

0.01

o 'V

999

A7

50

0.01

o 'V

999

A8

100

0.01

0 'V 999

A9

50

0.01

0

'V

999

AID

100

0.01

o 'V

999

All

20

0.01

o 'V

999

A12

100

0.01

o 'V

999

Al3

100

0.01

0 'V 999

A14

400

0.01

0

'V

999

Bl

100

0.01

o 'V

999

B2

72

0.01

o 'V

999

B3

100

0.01

o 'V

999

B4

68

0.01

0 'V 999

B5

48

0.01

0

'V

999

B6

240

0.01

0

'V

999

B7

200

0.01

0

'V

999

B8

100

0.01

0

'V

999

B9

78

0.01

0

'V

999

Description Tool material quality factor for drills

999

'V 999

I 3.2

Tool material quality factor for reamers Tool material quality factor for taps Tool material quality factor for boring bars Tool material quality factor for back facing bars Tool material quality factor for face milling cutters Tool material quality factor for end milling cutters and chamfering cutters Work material quality factor for drills and spot drills

Work material quaJ.ity factor for reamers

..

-'~----------------~~-PARAMETERS, Cutting No. 1 (2/4)

Address Setting

Minimum Unit

Setting Range

B10

78

0.01

a 'V

999

Bll

80

0.01

a 'V

999

B12

80

0.01

a 'V

999

B13

143

0.01

o 'V

999

B14

180

0.01

o 'V

999

B15

100

0.01

o 'V

999

B16

75

0.01

o 'V

999

B17

100

0.01

o 'V

999

B18

88

0.01

o 'V

999

B19

75

0.01

o 'V

999

B20

225

0.01

a 'V

999

B2l

225

0.01

a '\.1

999

B22

100

0.01

o 'V

999

B23

88

0.01

a 'V

999

B24

100

0.01

a 'V

999

B25

80

0.01

a 'V

999

B26

80

0.01

o 'V

999

B27

225

0.01

a

'V

999

B28

150

0.01

o 'V

999

B29

100

0.01

a 'V

999

B30

88

0.01

a 'V

999

B31

100

0.01

a 'V

999

B32

80

0.01

a

'V

999

B33

80

0.01

o 'V

999

B34

225

0.01

a 'V

999

B35

150

0.01

o 'V

999

I 3.3

Description Work material quality factor for reamers

Work material quality factor for taps

Work material quality factor for boring bars

Work material quality factor for back facing bars

-------------------~-PARAMETERS, Cutting No. 1 (3/4) Address Setting

Minimum Unit

Setting Range

B36

100

0.01

a

'V

999

B37

95

0.01

a

'V

999

B38

135

0.1

a

'V

999

B39

75

0.1

a

'V

999

B40

90

0.1

a

'V

999

B4l

600

0.01

a

'V

999

B42

200

0.01

a

'V

999

B43

100

0.01

a

'V

999

B44

80

0.01

a

'V

999

B45

90

0.01

a

'V

999

B46

85

0.01

a

'V

999

B47

90

0.01

a

'V

999

B48

350

0.01

a

'V

999

B49

200

0.01

a

'V

999

Cl

85

0.01

a

'V

999

C2

100

0.01

a

'V

999

C3

90

0.01

o 'V

999

C4

0

0.01

a

'V

999

C5

a

0.01

a

'V

999

C6

260

0.01

o 'V

999

C7

800

0.01

a

'V

999

C8

680

0.01

a

'V

999

C9

89

0.01

a

'V

999

CIa

a

0.01

a

'V

999

Cll

44

0.01

a

'V

999

C12

80

0.01

a

'V

999

I 3.4

Description Work material quality factor for milling cutters

Work material quality factor for end milling cutters and chamfering cutters

Tool diameter factor for drills

Tool diameter factor for taps 1

Tool diameter factor for taps 2

Tool diameter factor for boring bar1; 1 Tool diameter factor for boring bars 2

-------------------~-PARAMETERS, Cutting No. 1 (4/4) Setting Range

~ddress

Setting

Minimum Unit

D1

120

0.01

a 'V

D2

110

0.01

0'V 999

D3

100

0.01

o 'V

999

D4

100

0.01

a 'V

999

D5

95

0.01

a 'V

999

D6

80

0.01

a 'V

999

E1

125

0.01

a 'V

999

E2

100

0.01

a 'V 999

E3

100

0.01

a 'V

E4

90

0.01

0'V 999

E5

80

0.01

a 'V

999

F1

100

0.01

a 'V

999

F2

90

0.01

0'V 999

F3

70

0.01

a 'V

999

CJ1

20

1

a 'V

999

CJ2

25

1

a 'V 999

Drill factor

CJ3

14

1

o 'V

999

Reamer factor

CJ4

16

0.01

o 'V

999

Back facing bar factor 1

CJ5

36

1

a 'V

999

Back facing bar factor 2

CJ6

90

1

a 'V

999

Face mill factor

CJ7

20

1

a 'V

999

End mill factor

CJ8

30

1

a 'V

999

Chamfering cutter factor

I 3.5

999

999

Description Diameter notch factor for boring bars

Diameter notch factor for end milling cutters

Axial notch factor for face milling cutters Axial notch factor for. end milling cutters

LID factor for drills

j Spot drill factor

_/--~--~-----------~-PARAMETERS, Cutting No. 2 (1/6)

'-.

Addres~

Setting

Minimum Unit

Setting Range

G1

200

0.001

o '\,

999

Spot drill factor

G2

0

-

o '\,

999

(Not used)

G3

150

0.001

o '\,

999

Chamfering cutter factor

Hl

100

0.01

999

Tool material quality factor for end milling cutters

H2

83

0~01

o '\, o rIJ

999

Il

100

0.01

o '\,

999

12

100

0.01

o '\,

999

I3

90

0.01

o '\,

999

14

80

0.01

o

rIJ

999

15

80

0.01

o '\,

999

16

100

0.01

o '\,

999

17

80

0.01

I o '\,

999

18

100

0.01

o '\,

999

19

100

0.01

o '\,

999

IlO

100

0.01

o '\,

999

III

100

0.01

o '\,

999

112

80

0.01

o '\,

999

113

100

0.01

o '\,

999

Il4

140

0.01

o '\,

999

115

100

0.01

o '\,

999

I16

100

0.01

o '\,

999

117

100

0.01

o '\,

999

118

100

0.01

o '\,

999

119

100

0.01

o '\,

999

120

100

0.01

o '\,

999

121

100

0.01

o '\,

999

I 3.6

Description .

Work material quality factor for drills

Work material quality factor for reamers

Work material quality factor for boring bars

~----------------~-PARAMETERS, Cutting No. 2 (2/6) Setting Range

Addres~

Setting

Minimum Unit

122

100

0.01

o 'V

999

123

100

0.01

o 'V

999

124

63

0.01

o 'V

999

125

60

0.01

o 'V

999

126

60

0.01

o 'V

999

127

100

0.01

o 'V

999

128

100

0.01

o 'V

999

129

100

0.01

o 'V

999

130

73

0.01

o 'V

999

131

75

0.01

o 'V

999

132

75

0.01

o 'V

999

133

60

0.01

o 'V

999

134

100

0.01

o 'V

999

135

120

0 . 01

o 'V

999

136

100

0.01

o 'V

999

137

93

0.01

o 'V

999

138

70

0.01

o 'V

999

139

70

0.01

o 'V

999

140

50

0.01

o 'V

999

I4l

100

0.01

o n"

999

I42

120

0.01

o 'V

999

Jl

130

0.0001

o 'V

999

J2

76

0.0001

o 'V

999

J3

46

0.0001

999

J4

16

0.001

o 'V o 'V

J5

71

0.001

o 'V

999

999

I 3.7

Description Work material quality factor for back facing bars

Work material quality factor for face milling cutters

Work material quali ty factor for end milling cutters

Tool diameter factor for drills 1

Tool diameter factor for drills 2

'-'

~-----------------~-PARAMETERS, Cutting No. 2 (3/6)

Address Setting

-, -

,'

Minimum Unit

Setting Range

Description

J6

180

0.001

a'\,

999

Tool diameter factor for drills 2

J7

34

0.0001

o '\,

999

J8

a

0.0001

a '\,

Tool diameter factor for boring bars 1

999

J9

30

0.001

a '\,

999

J10

200

0.001

a '\,

999

Jll

50

0.0001

a '\,

999

J12

a

0.0001

a '\,

999

J13

a

0.01

a '\,

999

J14

40

0.01

a '\,

999

K1

50

0.01

a '\,

999

K2

70

0.01

a '\,

999

K3

100

0.01

o '\,

999

K4

86

0.01

999

K5

100

0.01

o '\, o '\,

K6

86

0.01

o '\,

999

K7

56

0.01

999

L1

33

0.01

o '\, o '\,

999

L2

100

0.01

o '\,

999

L3

100

0.01

999

L4

70

0.01

L5

50

0.01

o '\, o '\, o '\,

999

Ml

100

0.01

o '\,

999

M2

90

0.01

o '\,

999

M3

80

0.01

o '\,

999

Nl

82

0.001

o '\,

999

N2

51

0.001

o '\,

999

I

Tool diameter factor for boring bars 2 Tool diameter factor for back facing bars 1 Tool diameter factor for back f acing bars 2 Diameter notch factor for boring bars

Diameter notch factor for end milling cutters

999

999

3.8

Axial notch factor for face milling cutters Axial notch factor for end milling cutters ,

LID factor for drills

Work material quality factor relating to power of drills

.-

'~ '/ ------------~----~-PARAMETERS, Cutting No. 2 (4/6)

iAddress Setting

I ~.

Minimum Unit

Setting Range

N3

53

0.001

a

'V

999

N4

71

0.001

a

'V

999

N5

57

0.001

a

'V

999

N6

8

0.001

o 'V

999

N7

46

0.001

a

'V

999

N8

71

0.001

a '\,

999

N9

37

0.001

a

'V

999

NlO

57

0.001

a

'V

999

NIl

71

0.001

O'V

999

N12

63

0.001

o 'V

999

N13

13

0.001

o 'V

999

N14

51

0.001

o 'V

999

N15

57

0.001

o 'V

999

N16

32

0.001

o 'V

999

N17

57

0.001

o 'V

999

N18

77

0.001

a

'V

999

N19

71

0.001

a

'V

999

N20

17

0.001

a

'V

999

N2l

51

0.001

0

'V

999

Description Work material quality factor relating to power of drills

Work material quality factor relating to boring bar power

Work material quality factor relating to power of face and end milling cutters

01

(190) 243

1

0

'V

9999

Spindle speed range 1

02

(2415) 3087

1

o

'V

9999

Spindle speed range 2

03

(3150) 4000

1

a

'V

9999

Spindle speed range 3

04

(39) 22

0.001

o

'V

999

Constant torque range (range 1) power calculation factor 1

0.001

o 'V

05

1000

I

9999 3.9

Constant torque range (range 1) power calculation factor 2

~'~------------------~-PARAMETERS, Cutting No. 2 (5/6)

Address Setting

:

-----'

Minimum Unit

Setting Range

Description

06

(75) 55

0.1

a 'V

999

07

(181) 170

100

a 'V

999

Range 3 power calculation factor 1

08

1000

-0.001

0

'V

999

Range 3 power calculation factor 2

09

90

0.01

a 'V

999

Machine efficiency

P1

130

0.01

0

'V

999

P2

130

0.01

a

Work material quality factor relating to drill thrust

'V

999

P3

222

0.01

a 'V

999

P4

240

0.01

a 'V

999

P5

240

0.01

a

'V

999

P6

130

0.01

a 'V

999

P7

240

0.01

a 'V

999

P8

10

100

a 'V

999

Maximum allowable thrust

FK1

26

0.001

a

'V

999

Reamer factor relating to feed 1

FK2

16

0.01

a

'V

999

Reamer factor relating to feed 2

FK3

30

0.01

a 'V

999

Face mill factor relating to feed

FK4

31

0.0001

a

'V

999

End mill factor relating to feed 1

FK5

24

0.001

a 'V

999

End mill factor relating to feed 2

FK6

'4000

1

0

'V

9999

Drill factor relating to power

FK7

1000

1

a

'V

9999

Boring bar, face mill and end mill factors relating to power

FK8

5795

0.01

a 'V

9999

Factor relating to thrust 1

FK9

118

0.01

a

999

Factor relating to thrust 2

FKA

a

a 'V

9999

(Not used)

-

'V

Ql

386

0.01

a

'V

9999

Q2

274

0.01

a

'V

9999

I 3.10

Constant horsepower range (range 2) power calculation factor (=horsepower)

Face and end milling cutter factors relating to roughness

'-

--------------------~-PARAMETERS, Cutting No. 2 (6/6) Address Setting

Minimum Unit

Setting Range

Q3

196

0.01

o 'V

9999

Q4

140

0.01

o 'V

9999

Q5

100

,0.01

o 'V

9999

Q6

80

0.01

o 'V

9999

Q7

64

0.01

o 'V

9999

Q8

51

0.01

o 'V

9999

Q9

41

0.01

o 'V

9999

;

I 3. 11

Description Face and end milling cutter ~actorsre1ating to roughness

'-

--------------------~-P~~TERS,

_Minimum Unit

Address Setting INZ

*

*

DRl

..

"v_ ~

---

---

- --

_' 10 __ .-, 0.1 inch 20

1 mm

Spot Machining

Setting Range

--0--" -- 0

..... -

--

.;,;.

999 ---' "

99

1 rev.

0 ... 9

4 10

0.01 inch 0.1 mm

0

0

10 inch/ min

DR2

3

DR3

DR4

.....

o ...

Description

--

,,-

--

(Not used) --- -. , ---

-

Maximum spot drill diameter (spot - drill diameter value automatically determined) Spindle turning (DR2) component, factor to determine a dwelling time

99

Spot drill diameter allowance

9

MAZATROL: Z-axis feeding rate l.n back facing (0.5 mm/rev. for 0)

100 mm/min

EIA/ISO : G77 (back facing cycle) Z-axis feeding rate (Zaxis is fed according to the rate determined by the program when the setting is zero.)

DRS

3

1

0

.....

9

DR6

5

1

o ...

9

Factor to determine a drilling cycle (drill cycle, high-speed deep hole cycle, deep hole cycle) • Hole depth/hole diameter

-< DR5 ·.. Drill cycle DRS < Hole depth/hole diameter < deep hole - DT6 · .. High-speed cycle

..~

DR6

< Hole

· ..

depth/Hole diameter Deep hole cycle

*

DR7

13 32

0.1 inch 1 mm

0 . . . 99

Maximum diameter for one-shot drilling

*

DR8

18 45

0.1 inch 1 mm

0 . . . 99

Maximum diameter for double-shot drilling

*

DR9

20 50

0.1 inch 1 mm

o ...

99

Maximum diameter for triple-shot drilling

*

DLl

4 10

0.01 inch 0.1 nun

o ...

99

Overtravel in drilling a hole and l.n tapping a bottom hole

*

DL2

2

0.01 inch 0.1 nun

0

.....

99

Hole depth clearance l.n drilling a bottom hole not drilled

5

I 3.12

~. --~~-------------~-PARAMETER, Spot Machining Address Setting

*

DL3 . .

._- .•.

4 10

.•

Minimun Unit

Setting Range

Description

0.1 inch.. .... 0 . .... 99 - . .. Center hole diameter value fixed ._-- 1 rom ....

...

DL4

3

DL5

5

0.1

0 .... 10

Cut depth factor per cycle of drilling (AQ,) q = Tool diameter x DL4

0.1

0 .... 10

Cut depth factor per cycle of drilling (other material) q = Tool diameter x DL5

1 rev.

0 .... 9

0.01 inch 0.1 rom

0 .... 99

Chamfering cutter diameter interference allowance

0 .... 9

(Not used)

--./

*

*

CCl

3

CC2

4 10

EMl

0

EM2

3

EM3

60

EM4 EMS

*

2

6

Spindle (EM2) turning component, factor to determine the time of dweling a hole on the bottom with an end milling cutter

1 rev.

0 .... 9

1%

o ..

0.01 inch 0.1 rom

0 - 99

End milling standard finish allowance

o ...

(Not used)

0

100

99

Factor to determine the stroke of a cut per cycle of machining with an end milling cutter, tool diameter x EM3/100

MAZATROL: Bottom hole diameter allowance in positioning an end milling cutter on the Z-axis

0.1 inch 1 rom

EM6

Spindle (CC1) turning component, factor to determine the time of tapping a hole on the bottom for chamfering cutters

EIA/ISO : Bottom hole diameter allowance in positioning on Z-axis in G71 and G72 (roundness cycle)

*

BR1

3

BR2

4 10

1 rev.

0- 9

Time of dwelling a hole on the bottom boring

0.01 inch 0.1 rom

0

Relief on XY plane in rapidly feeding the Z-axis during boring

"-

99

I 3.13

----------------~.-, .. ..'

PARAMETERS , Spot Machining Adress

. .'- ..,-

BR3

*

~

Minimum Unit

Setting

--

"~

".

--

-_._--

..

-~~ -

. . ~ ~- ~.- -

Setting Range

-----

. .

2 0.01 inch 5 - .-- ·· ·0 . lmm · -

--

.

~~

--

.....

_------ ..

0.... ..."-- 99~

Description

-,

-. -~ - ~

'- ~ -- . -

~

..-.... .- - ._"

~o--=o/ ~ -

6 BRS

2

0.01 inch

5

0.1 mm

-r-=

2 3

.

= +Y = -y

I

*

3

TPl

5

TP2

2

1 sec.

I

1

.-."

on XY plane

~

rapid 'feeding of ~ during boring

MAZATROL: Amount of bottom finish in boring

II EIA/ISO

: Amount of bottom finish

in G75 (fine boring cycle)

0 - 99

Chip remover dwell time

1

0 "- 9

Number of threads imperfectly tapped

rev.

0 - 9

Tapper elongation allowance

rev.

0 "- 99

Number of revolutions until the spindle stops after receipt of the SPINDLE STOP command

0 - 99

Relief on XY plane in rapidly feeding a back bore on the Z-axis

TP3

3

1

BBl

4

10 '

0.01 inch 0.1 mm

0 = +X

BB2

.--

EIA/ISO : Direction of relief on XY plane in rapid feeding of Z-axis in G75 and G76 (fine boring cycle)

I

BR6

-

G76 (fine bOring} Rei ief cycle) on Z G87 (back boring axis cycle)

MAZATRoL~ief

-x

0 - 99

~.

."

EIA/ISO:

a

---- -.-... - . - .- ---.

MAZATROL: Relief during working of --.' -.-.- --.- ..__ - -- boring.

0

1

2

3

= -x = +y = -y

MAZATROL: Direction of relief on 1.'Y plane in rapid feeding of a back bore on Z-axis EIA/ISO : Direction of relief on XY plane in rapid feeding of Z-axis lon G87 (back boring cycle)

*

RMl

8 20

0.001 inch 0.01 nrrn

0 - 999

1 3.14

Prereaming drill diameter determinant (drilling)

--~------~--------~-PARAMETERS, Spot Machining Minimum Unit

Setting Range

40 100

0.00.1 _inch 0.01 mID

' 0- 999

40 100

0.001 inch 0.01 rom

1

0.001 inch

2

0.01

8

Address Setting

RM2 "

*

_.

RM3

*

RM4

*

RM5

*

. .

20

o '"

999

Description . Prereaming drill diameter determinant (boring) Prereaming drill diameter determinant (end milling)

0 - 999

Prereaming boring/end milling diameter determinant (boring and end milling)

0.001 inch 0.01 mID

0 '" 999

Prereaming end mill diameter determinant (end mi 11 ing cutter)

mID

BSl

3

1 rev.

0 '" 9

Back facing dwell time

BS2

2 5

0.1 inch 1 mID

o-

Positioning clearance (spot machining only)

99

17161514131211101 BTD

L G7 3,

G74 tapping cycle M code 1.S out-· puted after dwelirig at hole bottom. -G73, G74 tapping cycle Dweling at dwel-' ing after output of M code t-G73 , G74 tapping cycle Dweling after return to the R point ~Back boring cycle Bottom finish: 1 , Yes; 0, No -End mill (roundne s s) Shortcut in finish bit 0 '" 2,4

1, Yes; 0, No

*

PSl

40 100

0.0001 inch 0.001 mID

o '"

999

One-directional positioning overrun on the X-axis

*

PS2

40 100

0.0001 inch 0.001 mID

0 '" 999

One-directional positioning overrun on the Y-axis

PS3

0

PS4

0

= +X = -x 0 = +Y 0 1

One-directional positioning overrun in direction X

1 == -Y

One-directional positioning overrun in direction Y

I

3.15

-------------------~-PARAMETERS, Spot Machining

Address Setting

*

PY1

PY2

..

-

40 100

Setting Range

Minimum Unit 0.001 inch 0.01 mm

...

a '"

999

Description Reamer. bottom hole depth overrun One directional positioning valid/invalid (O/f)

a

1817161514131211\ 0

_.

I

*

PY3

1 2

0.01 inch 0.1 mm

a ""

999

I Spot Drill Reamer Tap Back facing Boring Back bore Chamfering End mill

MAZATROL: Pecking relief in high speed deep hole cycle EIA/ISO : Pecking relief in G73 (high speed deep hole cycle)

i

*

PY4

4 10

0.01 inch 0.1 mm

o-

999

MAZATROL: Pecking relief in deep hole cycle ErA/ISO : Pecking relief ~n G74 (deep bole cycle)

PY5

a

(Not used)

PY6

0

(Not used)

PY7

0

(Not used)

PY8

0

(Not used)

I 3.16

--------------------~-PARAMETERS, Linear and Plane Machining (1/3)

jAddress Setting

*

CRC

o

CRI

20 50

Minimum

Unit

Setting Range

Description (Not used)

0.01 inch 0.1 mm

o 'V

999

End mill diameter positioning clearance

3

*

~~ /

End milling cutter

CR2

o

AR3

2 6

lank~

•

I

,,/ / ' ./' ,/

(Not used) Diameter standard finish allowance (at roughness 4)

0.01 inch 0.1 mm

Rough- 1'V3 4 6 7 8 5 9 ness Finish 2 3 lj 5 allow- 0 AR30.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 xAR3 xAR3 xAR3 xA..."l\3 xAR3 ance AR5

*

AZ3

o 2

6

(Not used)

0.01 inch 0.1 mm

Spindle standard finish allowance(at roughness 4) Rough- 1'V3 4 5 6 7 8 9 ness Finish 0.7 0.7 2 0.7 3 0.7 '+ 0.7 5 O AZ3 allowxAZ3 xAZ3 xAZ3 xAZ3 xAZ3 ance

*

AZ5

o

SRI

10

4

(Not used)

0.01 inch 0.1 mm

o 'V

999

Chamfering cutter interference shift clearance (diameter) ::;

SRI!

~

~!

/

/BlanJt1 ~ . _ /'~~~ I Shift

*

CR3

20 50

0.01 inch 0.1 mm

o 'V

999

Axial positioning clearance ~ Line.ar /plane . _ ~ machining tool

/ RCR

7

10%

o 'V 9

~';~'7/A/i

Determinant of cutting width per cycle of face milling and end milling with main unit Cutting stroke R

I 3.17

Chamfering cutter

.

= Tool dIameter x

RCR

--;-0

· '-...-'

~ ~ ~----------------~-PARAMETERS, Linea.r and Plane Machining (2/3) Addresf Setting

*

4 10

SH2

Minimum Unit

Setting Range

0.01 inch 0.1 mm.

5

'V

40

Description Chamfering cutter interference shift clearance (axial) i

*

40

CR4

100

0.01 incb 0.1 rom

o 'V

999

Face milling cutter diameter positioning clearance Face milling cutter 1 . l

u

I

i CRS

2

10%

1

'V

9

U

Clearance for shape compensation in calculating tool paths of end mill main unit Tool

-

(Tool CR6

6

10%

dia!'l~ter

Pocket milling cut width determinant per cycle Cutting stro k e R

CR7

1

10%

= Tool

. CR6 d1ameter x 10

Clearance for shape compensation of tool path in face mill round stroke V/ / CR7)~r-.. - / L (Tool diameter x

10,~-«V~

Tool path Sl

~1'~'

5

S 2 --+-..::..-"".)/

G)

1/1

10%

1

V// /B1ank /

/

20

Cutting rapid feed factor, Cutting fast feedrate (/rev.) = currently effective feedrate x 81

o 'V

9

End mill Z-axia1 cutting feed factor (but going 10 when set to 0) Z-axia1 feedrate (/rev.) = currently effective feed rate x S 2/10

r

3.18

'V

'it-ol

-------------------~-PARAMETERS, Linear and Plane Machining (3/3) Address Setting S3

0

S4

1

S5

0

Minimum Unit

Setting Range

Description

S6

(Not used)

S7

(Not used)

S8

(Not used)

S9

(!~ot

SA

(Not used)

SB

(Not used)

SC

(Not used)

SD

(Not used)

SE

(Not used)

SF

(Not used)

S10

(Not used)

Sll

(Not used)

I 3.19

used)

--~------------~-~-PARAMETERS Address Setting TOl T02 T03

--

. .

Minimum Unit

-

.. .

. ..

.

_. . ..... ...

.~

.- .

3D - EIA/ISO

Setting Range ~,' ~ '

~-

'

.. .

... ._. .

. -

Description 3D . Tolerance 1 .

.

(1/2)

.

Tolerance 2 Tolerance 3

T04

Tolerance 4

TOS

Tolerance S

T06

Tolerance 6

T07

Tolerance 7

T08

Tolerance 8

T09

Tolerance 9

DGl

(Not used)

DG2

(Not used)

CAl

(Not used)

CA2

(Not used)

CA3

(Not used)

CHl

(Not used)

CHC

(Not used)

OPl

(Not used)

on

17161S14131211101

L Tape

puncher (1, EIA; 0, ISO) '-Tool length offset (1, Valid to any desired axis; 0, Valid to Z-axis only) '-Tool position offset (1, H code command; 0, D code command) --Tool diameter offset (1 , Tool data valid; 0, Invalid) OP3

II code during of EIA code punching

.j

OP4

(Not used)

1

OPS

(Not used)

OP6

(Not used)

OP7

(Not used)

OP8

(Not used)

I 3.20

i

j

1: !

~----~--------~-~-..-"

PARAMETERS Minimum Unit

Address Setting OP9

- .-

-

OP10

.-

3D - EIA/ISO

Setting Range ..

~,.

'-"-' .

--

(2/2)

Description

_ _." .. .

(Not used) (Not used)

-

OP11

(Not used)

OP12

(Not used)

OP13

(Not used)

OP14

(Not used)

oPtS

(Not used)

OP16

(Not used)

OP17

0.001 mm 0.0001 inch

OP18

0.001° 0.001 mm 0.0001 inch

-999

~

999

-999

~

999

Amount of one-directional tioning on Z-axis (C60)

pos~-

Amount of one-directional positioning on A-axis (C60)

(Not used)

OP19 OP20

a - 65535

No. of feeds before starting of punching of program in punch output

OP21

o

~

65535

No. of space between program No. and data in punch . output

OP22

o

~

65535

No. of feeds after completion of punching of last program ~n punch output

OP23

Tape reader baud rate

16

OP24

Tape puncher baud rate

16

I

3.21

Setting

Baud rate

16 32 64

4800 2400 1200

128 256 512

600 300 150

~ -------------------~-PARAMETERS, Measurements (1/2) Address Setting

Minimum Unit

Setting Range

*

TM1

0.0001 inch 0.001 nun

a 'V

9999999

*

TM2

0.0001 inch 0.001 mm

a 'V

9999999

*

TM3

40 100 -

*

TM4

14173 36000

0.1 inch, a 'V 9999995 min 1 rom/min 0.0001 inch 0.001 mm

a 'V

999999S

Description Distance between spindle end at, No. 1 zero point on the Z-axis and table face Distance between spindle end at No. 1 zero point on the Z-axis arid surface- of tool length measurement Tool length measurement skip speed Tool length measurement deceleration distance limit Tool length measurement fast feedrate (from measurement starting point to sensor on)

*

TMS

0.1 inch I O'V 9999995 min 1 mm/min

*

TSl

0.0001 inch 0.001 mm

999999 c

Touch sensor probe offset X

*

TS2

0.0001 O'V 9999999 inch 0.001 nun

Touch sensor probe offset Y

*

TS3

0.0001 inch 0.001 rom

a 'V

9999999

Touch sensor measurement compensation X

*

TS4

0.0001 inch 0.001 mm

a 'V

9999995

Touch sensor measurement compensation Y

*

TSS

0.0001 inch 0.001 rom

a 'V

9999999

Touch sensor maximum measurement move

*

TS6

~.l ~c;h mmm~n

a 'V

MtvIS skip speed (Not used)

TS7

*

SKI

O'V ±9999999 0.0001 inch 0.001 rom

Tool length measurement, measurement starting point X coordinate

*

SK2

0.0001 inch 0.001 rom

a 'V ±999999~

Tool length measurement, measurement starting point Y coordinate

I 3.22

-------------------~-PARAMETERS, Measurements (2/2) Address Setting

*

SK3

Minimum Unit 0.0001 inch 0.001 mm

Setting Range O'V

±9999999

SK4

*

SK5

Tool length measurement, measurement starting point Z (Not used) Distance to judge a tool breakage

0.0001 inch 0.001 mID.

SK6 SK7

Description

1

'V

3

(Not used) To select a mode upon tool breakage(l:SBK 2:Jump to END 3:Jump to END&SBK)

SK8

(Not used)

SK9

(Not used)

SKA

(Not used)

SKB

(Not used)

SKC

(Not used)

I

3.23

----------------~--~-PARAMETERS, Machine Multipliers 1 Address Setting GDR

Minimum Unit

Setting Range

Description

11

"""

dry run available unavailable)

-"

Set to

o

.

"-'-( 1 : 3 axes 0:4 axes)

'--

of pulses manually generated (1: 1 pulse 0: 3 pulses)

~Number

pulse generator (1: available 0: unavailable)

~Manual

"-No.2 zero point : returning function (1: unavailable 0: available)

*

IMC

0: millimeter 1 : inch

How to stop at the stroke end:

0 '" 4

OTM

Inch/millimeter changeover

o

or 1: Linear deceleration stop 2: Velocity loop step stop (unguaranteed) 3:V~locity

loop step stop (guaranteed)

4~

position loop step stop (unguaranteed)

Bubble memory (0: None, 1: 128 KB, 2: 512KB,

YOO

3: 1 MB)

TLN Y02

1 pc.

'" 80 0: without

changing the drum 1: with the drum changed

I

3.24

Max. number of tools accommodated in magazine Drum changing function available/ unavailable

--------------------~-PARAMETER, Machine Multipliers 1 Minimum Unit

Address Setting Y03

- ......

.... ... ,

~ -.- . -. -

Setting Range

. .. .... . -.-

-.-- -....

'

-

Description

. .

--

~.

I7161S141312111 . 01 reader t .- LTape (1 : Available . ..

\

-. I

..

~.

. "._.

.- -

., ',. _-

. -. .- -

~

0: Unavailable) Set to -Tape puncher 0 (1: Available 0: Unavailable)

'----"'

-3D (1: Available 0: Unavailable) ~

macro (1: Available 0: Unavailable)

EIA/ISO ( 1: Available 0: Unavailable) Bit

Y04 PCO

o DNC

I/O (1: Available 0: Unavailable)

Hardware for substantial production (33), plot (32)

33

PCl PC2

Bit 90 in the case of stand

0

I

PC3 PC4 PCS PC6 PC7

a

Sequence (main) from version C

l 71 61SI41312111 01

SQO

(1 : Yes, 0: No)

L:15

Magazines

20 Magazines

I

24 Magazines

I i

30 Magazines (excluding V-15N)

---../

40 Magazines "--Magazine with hydraulic indexing pin (V-15N type)

I

3.25

-------------------------~-Addresf Setting

Minimum Unit

Setting Range

Description

- . ··_·_·· · ·. ··ll7J6J 5 141312j1/0/

SQ1

"_""" .. _ .. . _.._

(1: Yes, 0: No)

.. . .. . LWith two pallet changes I-.....-.

. '~

Feed hold stopping upon detection of pallet gap

coolant door option

~Auto

L.---Door interlock used '------.-Mul ti-layer pallet used I....-------End signal is given to PC by means of external control. '-----.- Program is ended by single block signal from external control.

~':

M code decimals of M70-89 are given to the external device.

0: B code BCD is given to the

external device.

[7J615J4131211101

SQ2

(1: Yes, O:.No) '-Tap coolant 1.S used (ON-M52)

2nd air blast is used (ON-M53) L-f1: 2nd air blast ~O: ~ i..-,_ _

Air blast for removal of chips

ATC air blast With NC rotary table option

'--- 50 index table used '------0-

Condi tion of end are inverted by means of the additional index table.

of high workpieces (H-12 only)

~Machining

I 3.26 . --~

~--------------~--~-.......--

Addres~

Setting

Minimum Unit

Setting Range

Description

SQ3 " " ~~ .. " L-Operation end lam! (illuminated upon receiving of MOO or M012) ----Dai~Showa-producec

MMS used ----Swining type tool measuring table ~----FLEX

robot attached

~----,Addi tional

I/O board

used ~--------Pallet

changer for used

Mino~Kamo

'-----M100 and M101 are used as additional index table connnands. ~~lar~,79 (NEXT TOOL NO. DATA ERROR) 1.S ignored 17161514J3121110J (1: Yes, 0: No) l-FR-SX

SQ4

----Four V-20 pallet changers ~Recessing

tool used

'---- X-axis is returned to second zero point upon execution of ATC. speed: 10,000 r.p.m.

~------Spindle

~---Auxiliary

head option

(YMS type) ' - - - - Three drum changers (YMS type) ' - - - - - Abnormal temperature alarm cancellation

I

3.27

'~ --~--------------~-Address Setting SQS

Minimum Unit

Setting Range

Description

._. _. . .... 1716/s141312111 0 (1:

Yes, 0: No)

L-Auxiliary head coolant used ----Automatic return to zero point is not executed by EIA/ISO Program - ATC.

L

EIA/ISO Program ATC method (1: M06 0: T code)

--Before execution of ATC the tool shifter should be loaded. (Applicable to V Series excepting VQC) ~Stacker

pallet changer

option '---- Unorient after completion of ATC '--- When ATC returns to zero point, both Y and Z axes are moved simultaneously (horizontal MC other than HQC) • '----- Spindle is oriented by means of four-stage gear.

I

3.28

----------~~~----~-Address CS 0

Setting

Minimum Unit

_.

-- -

--

.

----

_.

Setting Range --. .

---

Description

-'

FX 84A ---"."------ -,- - -o .. _.__ . .7FFF

- --, - _. -._ .

CS 1

-..-.-.....

..

~.

....

8000 ~,- -

.,- -

, "- -

FFFF

Check sum value"

-", .'"

"

CS 2

10000 - 17FFF ·

CS 3

18000 - lFFFF

"

CS 4

20000 - 27FFF

:i ll

CS 5

28000 - 2FFFF

"

CS 6

30000 - 37FFF

"

CS 7

38000 - 3FFFF

CS 8

40000 - 47FFF

" "

CS 9

48000 - 4FFFF

CS10

50000 - 57FFF

CSll

58000 - 5FFFF

CS12

FX

84A~1

70000 - 77FFF

" " " "

CS13

78000 - 7FFFF

CS14

DOOOO - D7FFF

" "

CS15

DaOOO - DFFFF

"

CS16

EOOOO - E7FFF

"

CS17

E800D - EFFFF

"

CS18

FOOOO - F7FFF

"

CS19

ROM address when check sum error is caused

CS20

Error data

CS21 CS22 CS23 CS24 CS25 CS26 CS27 .

I 3.29

-------------------~-PARAMETERS, "Machine Multipliers 2 (1/6)

!Address Setting

*

"-

LYl

*

LZl

* * '-

----

.~

--'

'-

*

Setting Range

0 . 0001 O'V ±9999999 inch 0.001 mm

LXl

*

Minimum Unit

" " "

LX2

"

LY2

"

LZ2

"

Descrip tion Software limit L*1

/

" "

"

/

" "

,

/

----,~L*3

,

,

/

I

I

I

I

:ATC

I

, , " AREA

I

I I

/

,l-- - -

"

I

---J , ' I

,

,

I

/

I

I

L*4

*

LX3

* *

LY3

"

"

LZ3

"

"

* *

LX4

"

"

LY4

It

"

* *

LZ4

"

"

ZPl

a

"

"

Machine zero point coordinates X (upon return to zero point, with a machine coordinate system set)

*

ZP2

a

"

"

Machine zero point coordinates Y (upon return to zero point, with a machine coordinate system set)

*

ZP3

0

"

"

Machine zero point coordinates Z . (upon return to zero point, with a machine coordinate system set)

*

ZP4

0

"

"

Machine zero point coordinates 4 (upon return to zero point, with a machine coordinate system set)

*

RPl

It

"

No . 2 zero point coordinate X (machine coordinate system basis)

*

RP2

"

"

No. 2 zero point coordinate Y (machine coordinate system basis)

*

RP3

"

"

No. 2 zero point coordinate Z (machine coordinate system basis)

I I

)-----, /

I 3.30

+z

~2 o

/ /

7

+Y

! I . ,I

~ ~. ~----------------~-PARAMETERS, Machine Multipliers 2 (2/6) Address Setting

Minimum Unit

Setting Range

o 'V

Description

9999999

No. 2 zero point coordinate 4 (machine coordinate system basis)

*

RP4

0.0001 inch 0.001 nun

* *

ZSI

"

ZS2

"

"

Zero point shift stroke Y

*

ZS3

"

"

Zero point shift stroke Z

*

ZS4

"

"

Zero point shift stroke 4

*

zel

*

Ze2

"

"

Dog type zero poin~ return creep speed (velocity after deceleration) Y

*

ZC3

"

"

Dog type zero point return creep speed (velocity after deceleration) Z

*

ZC4

"

"

Dog type zero pOint return creep speed (velocity after deceleration) 4

7.Dl

1: + direction 2: direction

Zero point returning direction X

ZD2

"

Zero point returning direction Y

ZD3

"

Zero point returning direction Z

ZD4

"

Zero point returning direction 4

0.1 inch l min 1 nun/min

o 'V

0

99999

'V

Zero point shift stroke X

Dog type zero point return creep speed (velocity after deceleration) X

500

*

AFI

*

AF2

"

External deceleration speed Y

* *

AF3

II

External deceleration speed Z

AF4

II

External deceleration speed 4

0.1 inch/ min 1 nun/min

External deceleration speed X

'''"/-.1 f ._

(Manual mode: operating upon return to No. 2 zero point) (Automatic mode: operating upon move to GOO)

Distance

T

'1

'11

,

.

.. ; Extern.l decelel"atlon : distance ATl I External deceleration ~--l.-- speed An'" 4 ,

~. ~----------------~-._."

PARAMETERS, Machine Multipliers 2 (3/6) Address Setting

I

'-..-.

Minimum Unit

Setting Range

0.1 inch/ min 1 mm/min

o 'V

Description

*

RFI

* * *

RF2

"

"

Fast feedrate Y

RF3

"

"

Fast feedrate Z

RF4

"

"

Fast feedrate 4

RTI

1 m sec.

O'V 999

Fast feedrate X

Fast feedrate constant X

"

"

Fast feedrate constant Y

RT3

"

"

Fast feedrate constant Z

RT4

"

"

Fast feedrate constant 4

RFR

1%

o 'V

RT2

*

20000

I

100

Fast feedrate deceleration speed

SFC

0.1 inch/ min 1 mm/min

0 'V 6000

Clamping speed in cutting feed

STC

1 m sec .

o 'V

Cutting feed time constant

SMP

-

GH4

1 rpm

999

bit 0: unavailable bit 1: available

bit bit bit bit

o 'V

Gear H(4) or H(3) or ij(2): Spindle speed upper limit

9999

0 1 2 3

(for stand) (spindle at 10,000 rpm) (pitch error compensation) (with power on, SPHDL, FED 100 (automatic) 0 (manual) ) (0: available 1: unavailable)

...

GH3

"

"

Gear M(3) or M(2) or L(l): Spindle speed upper limit

GH2

"

"

Gear ML(2) orL(l): Spindle speed upper limit

GHI

"

\1

Gear L(l): Spindle speed upper limit

I 3.32

~.------------------~-PARAMETERS, Machine Multipliers 2 (4/6)

!Address Setting GL4

f

•

~

Minimum Unit

Setting Range

1 rpm

o '\,

9999

"

"

Gear M(3) or M(2) or L(l): Spindle speed lower limit

GL2

"

"

Gear ML(2) or L(l): Spindle speed lower limit

GLI

"

"

Gear L(l): Spindle speed lower limit

SPI

"

..

SPO

Spindle inching speed Spindle speed factor upon gear shift:

_

Set value

.....

2 '\, 4

GYN EX2

'~ . '

Gear H(4) or H(3) orH(2): Spindle speed lower limit

GL3 ___

..

Description

1 rpm

Spindle motor speed upon gear shift x 4095 = Spindle.motor maximum speed

Single speed number of speeds Stepped value of spindle manual velocity switch (10 rpm at 0)

MAl

-

Servo constant X

MA2

-

Servo constant Y

MA3

-

Servo constant Z

MA4

-

Servo constant 4 \7\6\5\41312\110\

.

Servo off error correction (0: available 1: unavailable) of axis (0: linear axis 1: rotary axis)

~Type

turning speed (0: CW, 1: eCW)

~Motor

backlash direction (0: - , 1: +)

~Initial

I 3.33

~-----------------~-PARA..."'1ETERS, Machine Multipliers 2 (5/6)

Address Setting BLl

Minimum Unit

Setting Range

0.001 mm

o 'V 999

Description Backlash compensation stroke X (available upon move to GOO)

BL2

"

"

Backlash compensation stroke Y (available upon move to GOO)

BL3

"

"

Backlash compensation stroke Z (available upon move to GOO)

BL4

"

"

Backlash compensation stroke 4 (available upon move to GOO)

MCI

-

Servo factor X

MC2

-

Servo -factor Y

MC3

-

Servo factor Z

MC4

-

Servo factor 4

t I91 S 17 16151413121110 I

IFIEIDlcI B A

I I

I

I

T

x S

Linear zone 0: 16000 1: 4000 2: SOOO 3: 16000

.~ .

*

o 'V

4: 32000 5: 64000 6: 128000 7: 16000

MDl

0.001 mm

MD2

"

"

Backlash compensation stroke Y (available upon move to G01)

MD3

"

"

Backlash compensation stroke Z (available upon move to G01)

MD4

"

"

Backlash compensation stroke 4 (available upon move to G01)

ATl

AT2

0

0.0001 inch 0.001 mm

o 'V

65535

65530

O.OOlsec 0-10000

I

Backlash compensation stroke X (available upon move to G01)

External deceleration distance (Automatic: upon move to GOO) (Manual: positioning before AT1 at speed AF1 thru AF4 in that order upon return to No. zero point) Time

3.34

study , .

M code execution time .

~------------------~-PARAMETERS, Machine Multipliers 2 (6/6)

iAddress Setting AT3 AT4

Minimum Unit

Setting Range

O.OOlsec

O~lOOOO

~

Description Time study

~

code execution time

Time study ;... Te execution time

Q

'~ '

I

3.35

~------------------~-PARAMETERS, Machine Multipliers 3 (1/5) !Address Setting FM1

100

FM2

0

Minimum Unit

Setting Range

1%

o tV

'I.

*

"

0

0.1%/ 0.1 inch O.l%/mm

FM3

20 50

0.1 inch lmm

"

EMl

20

1%

"

~

* ' _..r'

"- '

*

EM2

102

*

"

Maximum value 100% Minimum value Ml (D<M3)

M3

AFC spindle End milling cutter Ml

"

"

M2

40 EM3

4 10

0.1 inch lmm

"

"

ill

BMl

40

1%

"

AFC spindle Boring bar Ml

D: Tool diameter I' (%) 100 -- ---- -- ----

Ml eNl)

, I

I

I I

"

"

M2

0.1 inch lmm

"

"

M3

AFC Z-axis

1%

"

AFC spindle Drill Ml

"

"

M2

45

0.1%/ 0.1 inch O.l%/mm

4 10

0.1 inch lmm

"

"

M3

DNI

30

1%

"

DN2

51

"

"

N2

20

0.1%/ 0.1 inch O.l%/mm

4 10

0.1 inch 1mm

"

"

N3

BM2

51

0.1%/ 0.1 inch O.l%/mm

20 DMI

30

DM2

114

BM3

8

Inclination M2 (N2)

I

M3 (N3)

20

*

AFC spindle AFC spindle Face milling cutter Ml Horsepower (%) = M1 + M2 (D - M3) M2 " where

0.1%/ 0.1 inch O.l%/mm

.~

*

999

Description

:.....

D

Thrust (%) Nl + N2 (D - N3)

=

where

*

Maximum value 100% Minimum value Nl (D

'--

'---.

*

* *

DM3

DN3

D: Tool diameter AFC Z-axis Drill Nl

I 3.36

~ ~' ----------'~..~.. -------~-PARAMETERS, Machine Multipliers 3 (2/5) '"

Address Setting

* *

'- '

Minimum Unit

Setting Range

o

... .

Description

EN1

30

1%

EN2

51

"

"

N2

20

0.1i./ 0.1 inch O.li./mm

EN3

4 10

0.1 inch lmm

"

"

N3

ACI

0

(Not used)

AC2

0

(Not used)

AC3

0

(Not used)

MPl

7

-

'\>999

AFC Z-axis End milling cutter N1

Ibit 0 [Feed AFC (0: unavailable, 1: available)] Ibit 1 [Spindle AFC (0: unavailable, 1: available) ] !bit 2 [Spindle performance curves

(o:r ,

'--'

"-.,.:

1: /

))

MP2

50

1%

Spindle AFC minimum value (clamp value)

MP3

50

'Ii.

IF'eed AFC minimum value (clamp value

MP4

5

1 sec.

~aximum

MP5

1

Ii.

~FC override stepped value

MP6

10

Ii.

~C insensible zone upper

MP7

10

Ii.

~FC

clamp time at minimum AFC (an excess would result in a feed hold)

insensible zone lower

MP8

(Not used)

MP9

(Not used)

MPA

(Not used)

MPB

(Not used)

I 3.37

~. ------------------~-PARAMETERS, Machine Multipliers 3 (3/5) Address Setting

Minimum Unit

-

THO

THI

Description

0: unavail: Thermal displacement compensation available/unavail~ble switch able 1: avail- bit 0 (X) , bit 1 (Y), bit 2 (2) able ~m/oC

0.1

Setting Range

o 'V

±399

Thermal displacement coefficient Xl

TH2

"

"

"

X2

TH3

"

"

"

Yl

TH4

"

"

"

Y2 Zl Z2

TH5

"

"

"

TH6

"

"

"

Compensation data t,X: t,X = Xl (TXI-To) + X2 (Tx 2-To)

where, input signals; TX1, TX2 X-axis temperature Ty1, Ty2 Y-axis temperature Tzl ,T Z 2 Z-axis temperature To Reference temperature

TH7

(Not used)

TH8

(Not used)

TH9

(Not used)

TRA

(Not used)

THB

(Not used)

THC

(Not used)

THD

(Not used)

THE

(Not used)

THF

(Not used)

* *

A1X

0,0001 incl' 0,001 mm Orv±9999999 Ex ternal control position No.1

A1Y

"

"

*

A1Z

"

"

I 3 .38

~-----------------~-PARAMETERS, Machine Multipliers 3 (4/5) Address Setting A14

Minimum Unit

Setting Range

Description

0,0001 inch 0,001 mm 0'V±9999999

A2X

"

II

A2Y

"

"

A2Z

"

"

A24

"

"

A3X

"

"

A3Y

"

"

A3Z

"

"

A34

"

"

A4X

"

"

A4Y

"

"

A4Z

"

if

A44

"

"

ASX

"

"

A5Y

"

"

ASZ

"

"

A54

"

"

A6X

"

"

A6Y

"

"

A6Z

"

"

A64

"

"

A7X

"

"

A7Y

"

"

An

"

"

A74

"

"

A8X

"

"

External control position No.2

External control position No.3

External control position No.4

External control position No.5

External control position No.6

External control position No.7

External control position No.8

I 3.39

~.~------------------~-PARAMETERS, Machine Multipliers 3 (5/5)

Address Setting

* *

A8Y

Minimum Unit

Setting Range

10 •000 1 inch pI\; ±9999999 External control position No.8 0.001 rrnn

ASZ

"

"

A84

"

"

DPO

Description

Parameter for DNC

DP1 DP2 DP3 DP4 DP5 :9P6 DP7 DP8 l)P9

DPA DPB DPC DPD DPE DPF

I 3.40

~'<------~----------~-PARAMETERS, Pitch Error Compensation Address Setting

Minimum Unit

Setting Range

Description

'-.--

(i)

With the zero point taken for the reference point, reckon compensation stroke thereof as O.

(ii)

In the case of rotary axis, compensate so that the stroke will be zero with a turn made.

f

(iii)

A minimum interval of measurements is to be set on the fast feedrate set. A compensating operation is to be effected every 35 microseconds. At a fast feedrate of 12 m/min.,

~-

Min.

PP1

0.001 mm

= 12 m/min. x 35 msec. = 7 mm

60000

Pitch error compensation interval X

PP2

"

"

Pitch error compensation interval Y

PP3

"

"

Pitch error compensation interval Z

PP4

"

"

Pitch error compensation interva14

o 'V

PZl

Pitch error compensation reference point number (X)

127

PZ2

"

Pitch error compensation r.eference point number (Y)

PZ3

"

Pitch error compensation reference point number (Z)

PZ4

"

Pitch error compensation reference point number (4)

PSL

0

( 127

0.001 mm

J

o 'V

15

,

-128

-128

'V

'V

Pitch error compensation available bit 0 (X), unavailable switch bit 1 (Y) , bit 2 (Z) , bit 3 (4) 127 Each compensation stroke; Incremental stroke 127 I

3.41E

-------------------~-..--

4.

APPENDIX 2.

I

4.1

LIST OF ALARMS

~--~---------------~--

No. 0

Message 1

5

D

15

Description a>

25

No P.I P2 P3

23

ENGLISH

--,'

.

-a.

n

........

I

Occurrence

Status of Stop How to Release

I ENGLISH SERVO LAG EXCESS X AXIS GERMAN ZU GROSSE ABWEICHUNG X ACHSE FRENCH ECART TROP IMPORTANT AXE X SPANICH EXCESOERROR EN SERVO EJE X ITALIAN ERRORE IUSEG ECCESSIVO ASSEX DUTCH I TE GROTE AFWIJKING SERVO X-A~ SWEDISH FOR STOR EFTERSLAPN SERVO X NORWAY HOYT SERVOSLEP X AKSE

.......

-

2 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

SERVO LAG EXCESS Y AXIS ZU GROSSE ABWEICHUNG Y ACHSE ECART TROP IMPORTA.~T AXE EXCESO ERROR EN SERVO EJE Y ERRORE INSEG ECCESSIVO ASSEY TE GROTE AFWIJKING SERVO Y-AS FOR STOR EFTERSLAPN SERVO Y HOYT SERVOSLEP Y AKSE

A lag of follow a value on exceeded

A lag of follow a value on exceeded

I 4.2

No. PI P2 P3

the machine to commanded move the X-axis has the rating.

Servo Occurrence amplifier/ detector Status of Stop

Emergency stop

How to Release

Switch off i once and then ! on the machine again.

No. PI P2 P3

,the machine to commanded move the Y-axis has the rating.

~

2

Servo Occurrence amplifier/ detector

i

I

~

Status of Stop

Emergency stop

How to Release

Switch off once and then on the machine again.

"

'.-. ----~----------~~--

No.

Message

3 ENGLISH IGERMAN WRENCH §PANISH ITALIAN !DUTCH SWEDISH INORWAY

SERVO LAG EXCESS Z AXIS ZU GROSSE AB~~ICHUNG Z ACHSE ECART TROP IMPORTANT AXE Z EXCESO ERROR EN SERVO EJE Z ERRORE INSEG ECCESSIVO ASSEZ TE FROTE AFWIJKING SERVO Z-AS FOR STOR EFTERSLAPN SERVO Z HOYT SERVOSLEP Z AKSE

1

5

10

15

Description a>

25

Cl

A lag of follow a value on exceeded

the machine to commanded move the Z-axis has the rating.

4

IENGLISH SERVO LAG EXCESS 4TH AXIS ~ERMAN ZU GROSSE ABWEICHUNG 4 ACHSE ~RENCH ECART TROP L~ORTANT AXE 4 SPANISH EXCESO ERROR EN SERVO EJE 4 ITALIAN ERRORE INSEG ECCESSIVO 4ASSE TE FROTE AFWIJKING SERVO 4-AS !oUTCH SWEDISH FOR STOR EFTER SERVO 4:E AXEL /NORWAY HOYT SERVOSLEP 4-AKSE

A lag of the machining to follow commanded move values on fourth axis has exceeded the rating.

,-..-

5 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

.

No. PI P2 P3

3

Servo OccurrencE amplifier/ detector Status of Stop

Emergency stop

How to Release

Switch off once and then on the machine again .

No. PI P2 P3

.-...

4

Servo occurrencd amplifier/ detector Status of Stop

Emergency stop

How to Release

Switch off once and then on the machine again •

No. PI P2 P3

SERVO OSCILLATION X AXIS X ACHSE SERVO MOTOR VIBRIERT ERREUR DU SERVO AXE X OSCILACION SERVO EJE X OSCILLAZIONE SERVO ASSE X OSCILLATIE SERVO X-AS SVANGNING SERVO X-AXEL SERVO OSCILLERING X AKSE

~

....

5

Upon move on the X-axis, the machine does not stop at a specified position but overruns or underruns Servo repeatedly. Occurrence amplifier/ detector Status of Stop

;

I

1

Emergency stop !

How to Release

I

4.3

Switch off once and then on the machine again.

~~----~---------~--

No.

Message

Description

t-;=;'"'7~:c;;;~~~~~;;:;;;~~~~~;-j Upon move bn the Y-axis,

the machine does not stop~~~____~__________~ at a specified position Servo but goes and returns too amplifier! far for repeatedly. Occurr detector

~~~~~~~~~~~~______~

~~~~==~~~~~~===-=-----1

Status of Stop.

Emergency stop

How to Release

Switch off once and on the machine again.

Upon movement on the Z-axis, the machine does not stop at a specified position but goes and returns too far repeated- Occurrenc ly.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Upon move on fourth axis, ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

the machine does not stop a t spec i f ied po s it ion ~~~~~~~~~~~~~____-ibut goes and returns too ~~==~~~=-==~~~~=- ~ far repeatedly.

Servo amplifier/ detector

Status of Stop

Emergency stop

to Release

Switch off once and t on the machine again.

~~~----~------------1

r-===.;;.:,..-=:....;:~:.=:~:;.....:==--....:....--:-------i

Servo amplifier/ detector

__

Emergency stop Switch off ease chine again.

I 4.4

--~----------------~--

No. 9

ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

10 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN . SWEDISH SWEDISH NORWAY

.'-..-.

11 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

Message 1

5

10

15

Description 20

23

No. PI P2 P3

29

DETECTING NO SIGNAL X AXIS X UBERWACHUNG KEIN SIGNAL PAS DE SIGNAL DETECT. AXE X SENAL NO DETECTADA EN EJE X NESSUN SEGNALE RILEV.ASSE X GEEN SIGNAALDETECTIE X-AS INGEN SIGNAL FRAN X-AXEL IKKE SIGNAL FRA X AKSE

DETECTING NO SIGNAL Y AXIS Y UBERWACHUNG KEIN SIGNAL PAS DE SIGNAL DETECT. AXE Y SENAL NO DETECTABA EN EJE Y NESSUN SEGNALE RILEV ASSE Y GEEN SIGNAALDETECTIE Y-AS INGEN SIGNAL FRAN Y-AXEL IKKE SIGNAL FRA Y AKSE

DETECTING NO SIGNAL Z AXIS Z UBERWACHUNG KEIN...,SIGNAL PAS DE SIGNAL DETECT. AXE Z SENAL NO DETECTADA EN EJE Z NESSUN SEGNALE RILEV. ASSE Z GEEN SIGNAALDETECTIE Z-AS INGEN SIGNAL FRAN Z-AXEL IKKE SIGNAL FRA Z AKSE

.-..

9

In response to a command from the NC unit, no signal is Servo available from the X-axis OccurrenCE amplifier/ resolver. detector

In response to an NC command, no signal is available from the Y-axis resolver.

In response to an NC command, no signal is available from the Z-axis resolver.

I 4.5

Status of Stop

Emergency stop

How to Release

Switc.h off once and then on the machine again.

No. PI P2 P3

~10

Servo Occurrence amplifier/ detector Status of Stop

Emergency stop

How to Release

Switch off once and then on the machine again .

No. PI P2 P3

........ 11

Servo Occurrence amplifier/ detector Status of Stop

Emergency stop

iHow to lRelease

Switch off once and then on the machine again.

------------------~~--

No.

Message

Description \

In response to an NC command, no signal is available from the fourth axis resolver.

Occ

Servo amplifier/ detector

Status of Stop

Emergency stop

How to Release

Switch off once and t on the machine again.

In the X-axis servo amplifier, the thermal FRENCH relay has tripped or the SPANI no-fuse breaker has • ITAL functioned. DUTCH An error on the X-axis is , SWEDI excessively significant NORWAY or the signal Status from the resolver has of Stop ~------------------~--------~become unavailable. ~~~~~~~~~~~______~'

Servo amplifier/ detector Emergency stop Switch

to ease

~~~~~~~~~~~________~

In the Y-axis servo the thermal ~~~~~~~~~~~:::::~~ relay has tripped or the Servo ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~no-fuse breaker has amplifier/ ~~~~~~~~~~~________~ functioned. detector ~~~~~~~~~~~~______~An error on the Y-axi~ is ~~~~~~~~~~~________~excessively significant r---------1-----------~ ~~~~~~~~~~--------~ or the signal Emergency from the resolver has stop r-----------------------------~ become unavailable. ~~~~~~~~~~________~amplifier,

r-----------------------------~

IU~,~~,QQe

I 4.6

Switch off once and then on the machine again.

~----~-----------~-'

........ --

No.

Message

Description

J) 5 1 lS No. 4l 25 29 15 --- 15 PI ENGLISH DRIVE ALA·RM "i ·AXIS In the Z-axis servo P2 I~RRMAN SERVO AT.A"RMZ Ar.H<::F. amplifier, the theI1l1al P3 AT.A"RMF. SYST. ENTRAIN. AXE Z IFRENCH relay has tripped or the Servo SPANISH SERVO TRANSMrSiON AT.A"RM EJE 2 no-fuse breaker has OccurrenCE amplifier/ iTALIAN IALL ARME SERVO ASSE Z functioned. detector AT.ARM AANDiUJVING Z-AS IDUTl,;H An error on the Z-axis is SWEDISH IDRIVNINGSATli"RM Z-AXEL excessively significant INORWAY IDRIFT ALARM Z AKSE or the signal Status Emergency from the resolver has of Stop stop become unavailable. Switch off How to once and then Release on the machine again •

No. PI

16 IEN~T.T!=;H

!DRIVE AT.A"RM 4TH AXIS GERMAN SERVO ALARM 4. Ar.H"F. Il"R.t;NCH AT.AFME SYST. ENTRAIN. AXE 4 SPANISH SERVO TR.A..~SHISION AT.A"RMEJE ITALIAN AT.T.A"RME SERVO L..AC::C::R ALA"RM AANDRIJVING 4-AS DUTCH SWEDISH IDRIVNINGSATA~M 4:E AXEL INO"RtJA Y :DRIFT A .ARM 4.AKSE

~

In the fourth axis servo P2 amplifier, the thermal ]'3 relay has tripped or the no-fuse breaker has IOccurrence functioned. An error on fourth axis il excessively significant or the signal IStatus from the resolver has of Stop become unavailable. 1H0w to l"Rpl P::II':P

17 IENGLISH IHCU MALFUNCTION GERMAN MCU FEH" .F.R FRENCH IMALFONCTION MCU SPANISH IMALFUNCTONAM I 1<:I\jTU MCU IITALIAN IMALFUNZIONAMENTTU MCU JJUTCH IMCU-STUluNG SWEDISH !MCU DEFEKT NORWAY FEU MCU !

......... 16

Servo amplifier/ detector Emergency stop Switch off once and then on the machine again.

No. ~17 The watchdog timer (which PI is normally reset P2 repeatedly in a cycle P3 shorter than the monitoring period) to detect an !occurrence Abnormality in NC unit abnormality in hardware has not been reset, with the servo control unit Status Emergency (MClJ) malfunctioning. of Stop stop 1H0w to lRelease

I 4.7

Switch off once and then on the machine again.

~' --------~~-------~--

No. 18

Message 1

5

10

15

Description 4l

2i

ENGLISH NMI POWER OFF NMI KEIN STROM FRENCH PAS.D'ALIMENTATlON NMI SPANISH NO LLEGA CORRIENTE AL ~~I iTALIAN NESSUNA ALIMENTAZ. AL NMI NMI-STROOMONDERVREKING DUTCH SvlEDISH N"MI SPANNING FR..tu'{ NORWAY NMI STROM AV

........ 18

No. PI P2 P3

<9

With the machine switched off, Us 1 and 2 have malfunctioned and the Abnormality · watchdog timer (which OccurrenCE in NC unit detects an abnormality in hardware and is normally Emergency reset repeatedly) has not Status of Stop stop been reset.

GER.."W~

Switch off once and then on the machine again.

How to Release 19

ENGLISH NMI EMERGENCY STOP (PROGRAM) GERMAN NMI NOT AUS (PROGRAMM) FRENCH ARRET D'URGENCE (PROG. ) NMI SPANISH PARADA EMERGENCIA (PROG. NHI) ITALIAN ARRESTO D'EMERGENZA NMI(RROG) DU1'CH INMI-NOODSTOP (PROGRAHMA) SWEDISHi1fMI NODSTOPP (PROGRAM) NORWAY I}'TMI NODSTOPP (PROGRlv1)

No. With an emergency stop PI effected on a software P2 basis, the watchdog timer P3 (which is normally reset Occurrenc repeatedly to detect an abnormality in hardware) has not been reset. Status lof Stop

--- 19

1

i .

IHOW to

IReleas~ 20 ENGLISH NMI EMERGENCY STOP GERMAN NMI NOT AUS FRENCH ARRET D'URGENCE NMI SP A..~ ISH PARDA DE EMERGENCIA NMI ITALIAN ARRESTO D EMERGENZA NMI DUTCH NMI-NOODSTOP SWEDISH NMI NODSTOPP NORWAY }'TMI NODSTOPP

-

,

Abnormality . NC unl.t . ~n

I Emergency I stop

Turn on RESET after releasing ,the cause of trouble •

I

,

No. . . . . 20 i With the emergency stop PI button depressed on the P2 control or high P3 tension board, the watchdog timer (which is Occurrence Abnormality ,I, in NC unit normally reset repeatedly , to detect an abnormality Status Emergency in hardware) has not been of Stop stop reset.

,

How to Release

Turn on RESET after releasing the cause of trouble.

II I!

i

I 4.8

--------------------~-No.

Description

Message

21 5 1 10 15 aJ 2i ENGLISH NMI WATCH DOG ALARM GERMAN NMI UBERWACHUNGS ALARM FRENCH ALAR..."'1E SURVEILLANCE NMI SPANISH ALARMA CONTROLADOR NMI !TAL IAN IALLARME SORVEGLIANZA NMI DUTCH INMI-BEWAKINGSALARM SWEDISH NMI OVERVAKNING ALARM NORWAY INMI E1'DESTOPP

No. PI P2 P3

:Cl

I

How to Release

iHow

.-

~ORWAY

No. PI P2 P3

NMI BATTERY ALARM NMI BATTERIE ALARM ALAR...1'1E BATTERIE NMI .~• ...KMA

l).b

.i>A.Tt..tU..A

Switch off once and then on the chine ag in •

:1-

. . . . 22

The results to which t;he data in the main U Jl'ystem me~ory·were added upon starting of the NC I differ£ro~ what have beer OccurrenCE Abnormality in NC unit ed. Emergency Status stop {

i

23 ENGLISH GEID1AN FRENCH . SPNISH ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH

21

Main U has malfunctioned and the watchdog timer (which is normally reset repeatedly to detect an Abnormality abnormality in hardware) OccurrenCE in NC unit has not been reset. Emergency Status of Stop stop

-

22 ENGLISHINMI SUM CHECK ERROR GEID'lAN NMI SPEICHER PARITY FRENCH IPARITE HEHOIRE NMI SPAl.'iISH! PARIDAD DE MEHORIA NMI ITALIAN P.'lliITA' DI MEMOTIA NMI DUTCH INMI-GEHEUGENP ~~ITEIT SWEDISHI1TMI Mlm~ESPARITET NORWAY NMI LARGER PARlTET !

---

,

~IRelease

Voltage of the battery connected to the system circuit board has dropped below rated value.

l'U'11..

BATTERTA NMI NMI-BATTERIJALARM NMI BATTERIALARM NMI BATTERIALARH

ALL~RME

I

4.9

to

No. PI P2 P3

Switch off once and then on the machine again. --- 23 11

OccurrencE

Abnormality in NC unit

Status of Stop

Emergency stop

How to Release

Turn on RESET after releasing the cause .of trouble .

~--~--------------~---

No. 24 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

Message 1

5

10

LS

Description 20

25

N'Mt "MEMORY GUARD NMI SPEICHER SCHUTZ PROTECTION MEMOIRE NMI PROTECCION DE MEMORLA NMI PROTEZIONE MEMORIA NMI NMI-GEHEUGENBESCHERMING NMI MUj'NESSKYDD .NMI PROGRAMBESKYTT.

29

~24 With the U malfunctioning or the self-diagnosis function operating (data writing function), data Abnormality" have been entered in the OccurrencE in NC unit ROM area or in the address area where no Status Emergency memory exists. of Stop stop No. PI P2 P3

How to Release 25 ENGLISH " GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

NMI SERVO DRIVE ALARM NMI SERVO ALARM ALARME SERVO NMI ALARMA SERVO NMI A T.T.ARMF. SERVO NMI NMI SERVO-AANDRIJVINGALARM NMI ALARM SERVODRIVNING NMI SERVO DRIFT ALARM

Switch off once and then on the machine again.

~25 No. In any of X-, Y-, Z- and PI P2 4th axis servo amplifiers the thermal relay has P3 tripped or the no-fuse Servo breaker has functioned. Occurrence amplifier/ On any of the X, Y, Z and detector 4th axis, an error is excessively significant Status Emergency or the signal of Stop stop from the resolver has become unavailable. Switch off How to once and then Release on the machine again.

26 IENGLISH

No. PI P2 P3 Occurrence Status of Stop How to Release

I 4.10

. . . . 26

II II

--------------------~-Message

No. 27

1

5

10

IS

Description 20

25

29

ENGLISH

.

No. PI P2 P3

.-III

27

OccurrenCE Status of Stop How to Release

28 ENGLISH

No. PI P2 P3

~28 I

Occurrence Status of Stop How to Release No. PI P2 P3

29

ENGLISH

~

29

OccurrenCE Status of Stop i

How to Release

i ,

'1I

I i

I

,

I 4.11

--~------~-------~--

No.

Message

100 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH SWEOISH NORWAY

TOOL DATA ERROR "(INCOMPLETE)' FEHLENDE WERKZEUGDATEN ERR. INFORMATIONS OUTILS LISTA DE UTILES INCOMPLETA LISTA UTENSILI INCOMPLETA GEREEDSCHAPSDATA10NVOLLEOIG) VERKTYGSDATAFEL (OFULLSTAND) VKT.DATA FElL (UFULLSTENDIG)

1.

5

10

15

Description 20

25

101 ENGLISH STORED STROKE LUlIT +X WEGBEGRENZUNG X ENDE NC GER..~ FRENCH FIN DE COURSE SOFT X SPANISH LIMITE CARRERA HEMORIZADA ITALIAN FINECORSA MEMORIZZATO X SOFT-EINDSCHAKELAAR X DUTCH SWEDISH LAGRAD RORELSEBEGRANSNING NORWAY ENDEBEGRENSNING X

29

.-id 100 No. PI pocket number whose too A P2 layout has not been COrnP3 pIe ted is specified. On the tool data picture, Hachining some of the tools Occurrence program ed have not had defective data inputted yet. This alarm will be Feed hold , Status released by inputting of Stop deficient data. Turn on How to RESET after Release eliminating the cause.

No. Upon move, the axis PI reaches the stroke limit P2 restricted area which has P3 X been set with parameters. (positive X-axis) The alarm can be turned off by OccurrenCE X moving alon"g the X-axis , in the negative direction Status by using the handle'or of Stop by manual feed. How to Release

102 IENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

~101

Machining program defective Feed hold Turn on RESET after eliminating the cause.

~ 102 No. PI Upon move., the axis STORED STROKE LIMIT -X WEGBEGRENZUNG -X ENDE NC P2 reaches the stroke limit FIN DE COURSE SOFT -X P3 restricted area which has LIMITE CARRERA MEMORIZADA -X been set with parameters. Machining FINECORSAMEMORIZZATO -X (X-axis negative direcOccurrence program SOFT-EINDSCHAKELAAR ~X The alarm can tion) defective LAGRAD RORELSEBEGRANSNING -X be turned off by moving ENDEVEGRENSNING -X along the X-axis Status Feed hold in the positive direction of Stop by handle or by manual feed. Turn on How to RESET after Release eliminating the cause.

I 4.12

i

-,~------------~-------

No.

I

'--'

Message

Description

103 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH iTALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

5 No. ID 20 15 25 29 ~103 Upon move, the axis STORED :::i1'ROKE LTIlrr-fY PI reaches the stroke limit WEGBEGRENZUNG +Y ENDE NC P2 restricted area which has FIN DE COURSE SOFT +Y P3 LIMITE CARRERA MEMORIZADA +Y been set with parameters. Machining (Y-axis positive direcFINECORSE MEMORIZZATO +Y OccurrenCE program The alarm tion) SOFT-EINDSCHAKELAAR +Y defective LAGRAD RORELSEBEGRANSNING +Y can be turned off by moving along the Y-'axis ENDEBEGRENSNING +Y in the negative direction Status Feed hold of Stop by handle ' or by manual feed. Turn on How to RESET after Release eliminating the cause.

104 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPNISH ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

No. ~104 Upon move, the axis PI reaches the stroke limit P2 restricted area which has P3 been set with parameters . Machining (Y-ax is negative direcOccurrence program tion) The alarm ~OFT-EINDSCHKELAAR -y defective lAGRAD RORELSEBEGRANSNING -Y can be turned off by moving along the -Y-ax is ENDEBEGRENSNING -Y in the positive direction Status Feed hold of Stop by handle or by manual feed. Turn on How to RESET after Release eliminating the cause.

105 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

.-.. 105 No. Upon move, the axis STORED STROKE LIMIT +Z PI reaches the stroke limit WEGBEGRENZUNG +Z ENDE NC P2 restricted area which has FIN DE COURSE SOFT +Z P3 LIMITE CARRERA MEMORIZADE +Z been set with parameters. Machining (Z-axis positive direcFINECORSA MEMORIZZATO +Z Occurrence program tion) The alarm SOFT-EINDSCHAKELAAR +Z defective LAGRAD RORELSEBEGRANSNING +Z can be turned off by moving along the Z-axis . ENDEBEGRENSNING +Z in the negative direction Status Feed hold of Stop by handle or by manual feed. Turn on How to RESET after Release eliminating the cause.

1

STORED STROKE LIMIT -Y WEGBEGRENZUNG -Y ENDE NC FIN DE COURSE SOFT -Y LIMITE CARRERA MEMORIZADA-Y FINECORSA MEMORIZZATO -Y

I 4.13

I

-------------------~--

106 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

Description

Message

No.

No. ;;iiIiI 106 5 lD 20 25 29 15 Upon move, the axis PI STORED STROKE LIMlt-Z reaches the stroke limit P2 WEGBEGRENZUNG-Z ENDE NC restricted area which has P3 FIN DE COURSE SOFT-Z set with parameters. been LIMITE CARRERA HEHORIZADA -Z Machining (Z-axis negative direcFlNECORSA HEMORIZZATO -Z OccurrenCE program The alarm tion) SOFT-ElUDSCHAKELAAR -Z defective LAGRAD RORELSEBEGRANSNING -Z can be' turned off by moving along. the Z-axis ENDEBEGRENSNlNG -Z in the positive direction Status Feed hold of Stop by handle or by manual feed. Turn on How to RESET after Release eliminating the cause. 1

107 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH

VELOCITY COMMAND ZERO GESCHWINDIGKEIT NULL COHHANDE VELOCITE ZERO ORDEN DE VELOCIDADO ITALIA...~ COMANDO VELOClTA' ZERO SNELHEIDSIGNAAL NlrL DUTCH SWEDISH RORELSEORDER i':WLL NORWAY HASTIGHETSKOHHANDO NULL

No feedrate or a is specified by the initial CUT FEED command. Specify the feedrate.

No. PI P2 P3

Machining OccurrenCE program defective Status of Stop How to Release

108 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPNISH ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

PC DATA ERROR PC DATEN FEHLER ERREUR DE DONNEES PC ERROR DE DATOS PC ERROR NEl DATI PC PC-DATA FOUTIEF PC DATAFEL PC DATA FElL

The data transferred from PC to NC are incorrect.

~lO7

No. PI P2 P3

. Feed hold Press CLEAR •

....

108

Hachine/high OccurrenCE voltage

I 4.14

Status of Stop

Feed hold

How to Release

Turn on RESET after eliminating the cause.

~----------------~-Nessage

No. i

_.

----

109 ENGLISH GERNAN FRENCH SPANISH 11"ALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH INORWAY

1

5

10

15

Description 20

25

OVER TRAVEL +X ENDBEGRENZUNG +X FIN DE COURSE +X FUERA DE CARRERA +X OLTRECORSA +X OVERSCHRIJD. EINDSCHAKEL +X OVERRORELSE +X ENDEBRYTER +X ..:..

29

After movement along the axis, the stroke limit switch at the positive end of the X-axis is activated. The alarm can oe turned off by moving along the X-axis in the negative direction by handle or by manual feed.

II llO

ENGLISf.l OVER TRAVEL +Y GERNAN ENDBEGRENZUNG +Y FRENCH FIN DE COURSE +Y SPA.~ISH FUERA DE CARRERA +Y ITALI.AN OLTRECORSA +Y OVERSCHRIJD. EINDSCHAKEL +Y DUTCH SWEDISH OV ERRORELSE +y NORWAY ENDEBRYTER +Y

111

!ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

OVER TRAVEL +Z ENDBEGRENZUNG +Z FIN DE COURSE +Z FUERA DE CARRERA +Z OLTRECORSA + Z OVERSCHRIJD.EINDSCHAKEL. +Z OVERRORELSE +Z ENDEBRYTER + Z

After movement along the axis, the stroke limit switch at the positive end of the Y-axis is activated. The alarm can be turned off by moving along the Y-axis in the negative direction by handle or by manual feed.

No. PI P2 P3

..,.

109

Machine /higl: OccurrenCE voltage Status of Stop

Feed hold

How to Release

Turn on RESET after eliminatjng the cause.

No. PI P2 P3

- - llO

Machine/high Occurrence voltage Status of Stop

Feed hold

How to Release

Turn on RESET after eliminating the cause .

No. ..,.111 PI After movement along the P2 axis, the stroke limit P3 switch at the positive end of the Z-axis is Machine/high activated. pccurrence voltage The alarm can be turned off by moving along the Z-axis in the negative Status Feed hold direction by handle of Stop .or by manual feed. Turn on lHow to RESET after lRelease eliminating the cause.

I 4.15

~-----------------~--

No. III

Message 1

5

10

15

Description 20

25

ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH

OVER TRAVEL +4TH ENDBEGRENZUNG +4 FIN DE COURSE +4 FUERA DE CARRERA +4 EJE ITALlA.J.~ OLTRECORSA +4 OVERSCHRIJD. EINDSCHAKEL +4 DUTCH SWEDISH OVERRORELSE + 4 NORWAY ENDEBRYTER + 4

29

No. · ~ll2 Pl After movement along the P2 axis, the stroke limit P3 switch at the positive end of the fourth axis is Machine/higt activated. OccurrencE voltage The alarm can be turned off by moving along the fourth axis in the Status negative direction by Feed hold of Stop handle or by manual feed. How to Release

113 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

114 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

OVER TRAVEL-X ENDBEGRENZUNG -X ..E1N.. DECOURSK -.x BJERA Dr CARRERA --.X

After movement along the axis, the stroke limit switch at the negative end of the X-axis is activated. ~TRECORSA -::X OVERSCHRIJD. EINDSCHAKEL. -X The alarm can be turned OVERRORELSE -X of f ~y moving along the ENDEBRYTER -X X-axis in the positive direction by handla or by manual feed.

OVER TRAVEL -Y ENDBEGRENZUNG -Y FIN DE COURSE -Y FUERA DE CARRERA - Y OLTRECORSA .-Y OVERSCHRIJD. EINDSCHAKEL-Y OVERRORELSE -Y ENDEBTYTER -Y

After movement along the axis, the stroke limit switch on the negative end of the Y-axis is activated. The alarm can be turned off by moving along the Y-axis in the positive direction by handle or by manual feed.

I 4.16

No. PI P2 P3

Turn on RESET after eliminating the cause • . . . . 113

Machine/higr Occurr.enCE voltage Status of Stop

Feed hold

How to Release

Turn on RESET after eliminating the cause.

No. PI P2 P3

~114

Machine/high OccurrenCE voltage Status of Stop

Feed hold

How to Release

Turn on RESET after eliminating the cause.

-,:::'-.-/~-----------l!J-

No. 115 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

Description

Message 1

5

10

J5

20

25

No. PI P2

29

OVER TRAVEL -Z ENDBEGRENZUNG -Z FIN DE COURSE -Z FUERA DE CARRERA -Z OLTRECORSA -Z OVERSCHRIJD.EINDSCHAKEL.-Z OVERRORELSE -Z ENDEBRYTER -Z

No. After movement along the PI axis, the stroke limit P2 switch at the negative P3 end of the fourth axis is activated. Occurrence The alarm can be turned off by moving along fourth axis in the positive Status direction by handle or of Stop by manual feed.

OVER TRAVEL -4TH ENDBEGRENZUNG -4 FIN DE COURSE -4 FUERA DE CARRERA -4 EJE OLTRECORSA -4 OVERSCHRIJD.EINDSCHAKEL. -4 OVERRORELSE -4 ENDEBRYTER -4

How to Release

117 IENGLISH GERHAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

115

After movement along the axis, the stroke limit P~ switch on the negative end of the Z-axis is Machine/high activated. OccurrenCE voltage The alarm can be turned off by moving along the Z-axis in the positive Status Feed hold direction by handle or by of Stop manual feed. How to Release

116 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

.-lIB

HELICAL I1'TERPOL DATA ERROR SCHRAUBENLINIEN EINGABEFEHLER ERREUR DONNEES INTERP. HELIC. ERROR DATOS INTERP HELICOIDAl ERRORI DATI INTERP. ELICOID. SCHROEFVORH. INTERP. DATAFOU1 SPlRALINTERPOLERING DATAFEL SKRUEINTERPOL. DATAFEIL

No. PI The path which is drawn P2 at a specified pitch in P3 helical cutting does not the specified terminal. Occurrence The alarm can be turned off by reviewing and correcting the input data Status (coordinates, pitch, etc. ) of Stop !How to !Release

I

4.17

Turn on RESET after eliminating the cause. - - 116

Machine/high voltage Feed hold Turn on RESET after eliminating the cause • . . . . 117

Machine/high voltage Feed hold Turn on RESET after eliminating the cause.

--=:::..-----------:-----~-

No. 118 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH

Description

Message 1

5

10

IS

20

25

29

PARAMETER ERROR {PPl-4 PZl-4\ PARAM FEHLER (PP l-4J .PZ 1-4 ) ERREUR PARAM. (PPl-4,PZl-4) ERROR PARAM. (PPl-4 PZl-4) iTALIA.~ ERRORE PARAM lPPl-4 PZl-4) PARAMETERFOUT (PPl-4 PZl-4) DUTCH SWEDISH PARAMETERFEL (PPl-4 PZl-4) NORWAY PARAMETERFEIL{PPl-4 PZl-4)

No. PI P2 P3

- - 118 Parameters for correcting a pitch error (PP1'V4,_ PZ1'V4) are not set properly. Machine/higr The alarm can be turned OccurrenCE voltage off by reviewing and correcting the parameters set. Status Feed hold of Stop Turn on RESET after eliminating the Cause •

How to Release

119 ENGLISH STOP PROX MALFUNCTION GERMAN MESS.HALT SENSOR ES DEFEKT FRENCH MALF.ARRET PALPEUR MESUR. SPANISH I Hl....LFlJNCION PROX TOPE MSR ITALIAN MALF'.PROX MISURA STRING EINDSCH. }lliETUITR. DUTCH SWEDISH MATSTATIV STOPP AVKANN DEFEKJ NORWAY MAAL.STOP FElL (BRYTERFEIL)

During the measurement of a tool length, no skip signal is available after the SKIP DECELER..t\.TE signal has appeared.

I

Machine/high Occurrence voltage Status of Stop 1H0w to ~elease

No. PI P2 P3

120 ~NGLISH

GER...'1AN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

T-MSR DATA INEFFECTIVE \~TKZLAENGENWERT N. GESPEICHERT DONNEES·MES.OUTIL INEFFECT. DATOS INEFECTIVOS T-MSR DATI INEFFETTIVI MIS. UT DATAGEREEDSCH-MET.WERKEN NT VERKTYGSH DATA INTE AKTIV INEFEFKTKVE DATA VKT.MAALING

After measuring a tool length, the tool has not been automatically changed. The alarm can be turned pccurrence off by setting coordinates after carrying out an ATC once. Status pf Stop ~ow ~elease

to

I 4.18

.-.. 119

No. PI P2 P3

Feed hold Turn on RESET after eliminating the cause • ......... 120

Machine/high voltage Feed hold Turn on RESET after eliminating the cause.

~-----------------~--

No.

,

'---

121 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH rrALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

Message 1

5

10

LS

Description 2.0

2.S

~

TOOL MEASURING STAND NOT out The measuring block has NRKZG MESSTAND NICHT not come out upon DISPOS.DE MESURE NON SORTI measurement of a tool MEDIDOR DE UTIL NO SALIO length. DISPOS.MIS.UT.NON USC ITO GER-MEETTOESTEL NIET UIT MATSTATIV FOR VERKT INTE UTE VKT.MAALESTASJON IKKE UTE

I I ! 122 ENGLISH DECELE~~TION PROXMALF. GERMAN EILGANGUMSCHALT ES DEFEKT FRENCH MP.LF.I~~.DECELERATION SPA..~ ISH HlU •• PROX DECELER ITALIAN ~~.DECELERAZ.PROX DUTCH STOR.AFREM-EINDSCH. SWEDISH STOPP AVKAb~ DEFEKT NORWAY DEFEKT NEDBREHSING

123 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH /NORWAY

Upon measurement of a tool length, the SKIP signal has appeared although the SKIP DECELERATE signal is unavailable.

CYCLE-START ON COMMAND DPL The automatic operation ZYKLUS-START AN KOHAND ANZEIG ~has been started with a DEPART CYCLE SUR VISUA COMMM~ Ddisp1ay other than EMPUJ.CICLO-SALIDA EN MUL~DO POSITION, COMMAND and C-START NON POSSIBILE GRAPHIC . CYCL. ST . O~'MOG. H/ DIT SCHER.'1 C-START VID KOMMAND ELLER SY Y~.START PAA KOMMANDO

I 4.19

No. P1 P2 P3

..... 121

Machine/higb OccurrenCE voltage Status of Stop

Feed hold

How to Release

Turn on RESET after eliminating the cause.

No. P1 P2 P3

~122

Machine/high l OccurrencE vo1t:age Status of Stop

Feed hold

How to Release

Turn on RESET after eliminating the cause.

No. P1 P2 P3

~123

Occurrence Operator Status of Stop

RESET

How to Release

CLEAR ON

~ V_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _~_

No.

124

Message 1

5

10

J5

_

Description 20

25

29

No.

PI P2 P3

ENGLISH

.

OccurrenCE Status of Stop How to Release

',--

' --

- .---./

--I 4.20

--- 124

~-----------------~-No. LUU

Message 1.

5

lD

15

Description 20

2S

29

ENGLISH THERMAL SENSOR EXCEED

The thermal sensor for FX-27 has sensed the temperature of above 55 or 65°C. (The U is very likely to run out of order.)

~

No. PI P2 P3

Machine/high Occurrence voltage Status of Stop

Feed hold

How to Release

Turn on RESET after eliminating the cause .

..----

201 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

202 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

Hydraulic pressure has dropped for 2 or more consecutive seconds. (After the lapse of one minute, the spindle stops moving.)

HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TOO LOW ZU NIEDRIGER HYDRDRUCK PRESSION HYDRAUL.TROP BASSE PRESION HIDRAULICA BAJA PRESS lONE IDRAULICA BASSA HYDP~ULISCHE DRUK IS TE L~~G FOR LAGT HYDRAULTRYCV FOR LAVT HYDR.TRYKK

DRUM INDEX PROX OFF MALF. MAGAZIN INDEX ENDS .AUS FEHLER MALF INT. INDEX MAG POS AR MALF INT PROX DIVI TAM EN OFF MALF PROX.MAGAZZINO UT. STORING NAB-SCH.MAG-UIT DEF NLB FRAN FOR INDEXN MAGAS TROMMEL INDEKS BRYTER AV FElL

........ 200

No. PI P2 P3

~201

Machine/high Occurrence voltage Status of Stop

Feed hold

How to Release

Turn on RESET after eliminating the cause.

~ 202 No. PI With the MAGAZINE-INP2 POSITION proximity switch P3 OFF, the TOOL LOAD/UNLOAD command has been given. Machine/hig!: Or the proximity switch Occurrence voltage was turned off while the command is being given. (The tool can be neither Status Feed hold loaded nor unloaded.) of Stop

How to Release

I 4.21

Turn on RESET after eliminating the cause.

~-----------------~--

203 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH iTALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

Description

Message

No. 1

5

10

15

20

25

No. PI P2 P3

29

ARM 0 ° PROX ON MALF. · ARM ROTATION ENDS AN FEHLER MALF INT ROT BRAS 0 PO SMA MALF PROX ROTA BRA a ON MALF PROX ROTAZ.BRACCIO 0 OJI STORING NAB-SCH.ARM 0 -,AAN VAXLARARH 0 DEF NLB TILL ARM 0 FElL VEDR. BRYTER PAA

204 GER.l-.fAN

FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

ARM 0° PROX OFF MALF. AR.M ROTATION ENDS. AUS FEHLER MALF INT ROT BRAS 0 POS AR MALF PROX POTA BRA 0 OFF ~~F PROX ROTAZ.BRACC.O OFF STORING NAB-SCH.ARM 0 -UIT VAXLARARM 0 DEF NLB FRAN ARM 0 FElL \~DR.BRYTER AV

Although the arm has returned to 0°, the 0° proximity switch has not been turned ON for 5 consecutive or more seconds after being commanded. (The completion signal does not return while the automatic tool changer stops operating on the way.)

No. PI P2 P3

u

Although the arm has returned to 0°, the 45° proximity switch has not been turned off for 5 or more consecutive seconds after being commanded. (CRT display only)

~204

Status pf Stop

Feed hold

How to lRelease

Turn on RESET after eliminating the cause.

No. PI P2 P3

-205

Machine/high pccurrence voltage ~tatus

pf Stop ~ow

to lRelease

I 4.22

Turn on RESET after eliminating the cause.

Machine/high joccurrence voltage

'--"

205 IENGLISH ARM 45 PROX ON MALF. GERMAN ARM 45 ENDSCHALT.AN FEHLER FRENCH MALF INT ROT BRAS 45 POS MA SPANISH MALF PROX ROTA BRA 45 ON ITALIAN MALF PROX ROTAZ BRA 45 ON DUTCH STORING NAB-SCH.ARM 45 -AAN SWEDISH VAXLARARM 45 DEF NLB TILL NORWAY ARM 45 FElL VEDR. BRYTER PAl

203

Even with the arm swung 45° the 0° proximity switch has not been turned off for 5 consecuMachine/high tive seconds or more Occurrence voltage after being commanded. (CRT display only) Status Feed hold of Stop How to Release

~NGLISH

.-IIII!II

Feed hold Turn on RESET after eliminating the cause.

~-----------------~--

No.

Message

Description

Although the arm has swung 45°, the 45° proxi-~~~____+-__________~ mity switch has not been SPANISH ~=-=-=':"""=:=~:::='~~--=-:=:-I turned off for 5 or more Machine I'l'ALIAN ~=-=-=~==--==-~--':=:-I consecutive seconds Occ voltage DUTCH after being commanded. SWEDISH~~~~~~~~~~~~ (The completion signal NORWAY does not return Status Feed hold while the automatic tool of Stop ~----------------------------~ changer stops operating on the way.) Turn on How to Release

Although the arm has

~~~~~~~~~~-===~~ swung 180°, theO e (180 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

0

)

RESET after eliminating the cause.

~~~---;-----------4

proximity switch did not tm::n off for 5 or more consecutive seconds after Occ being commanded. (CRT display only)

Machine/hig voltage

Status of Stop

Feed hold

to Release

Turn on RESET after eliminating the cause.

Occurr

Machine/high voltage

Status f Stop

Feed hold

~~~~~~~~~=7~-=~~~ Although the arm has

returned to 0°, the 0 0 (180°) proximity switch did not turn on for 5 ~~=-~~~~~~~~~~~~~ or more consecutive seconds after commanded. ~~~~~~~~~~~~~ (The completion signal NORWAY does not return ~~~--~~~~~~~=-------~ while the automatic tool ~____________________________~ changer stops operating on the way.) ~~~~~~~~~-,~~-~

~----------------------------~

ease

I 4.23

Turn on RESET after eliminating the cause.

-------------------~-Description

No.

Message

209 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

ARM 180° PROX ON MALF. ARM 180 ENDSCHALT.AN FEHLER MALF INT ROT BRAS 180 POS .M/l MALF PROX ROTA BRA 180 ON MALF PROX ROTAZ.BRA.180 ON STORING NAB-SCH.ARM 180 -AAN VAXLARARM 180 DEF NLB TILL ARM 180 BRYTER PAA FElL

1

5

10

15

20

25

29

Although the arm has returned to 0°, the 180° proximity switch did not turnoff for 5 or more consecutive seconds after commanded. (CRT display only)

No. PI P2 P3

--- 209

Machine/higb Occurrenci voltage Status of Stop

Feed hold

How to Release

Turn on RESET after eliminating the cause.

No. PI P2 P3

~

210

210 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

ARM 180° PROX OFF MALF. ARM 180 ENDSCHALT .AUS FEHLEB ~~LF INT ROT BRAS 180 POS AB MALF PROX ROTA BRA 180 OFF MALF PROX ROTAZ.BRA 180 OFF STORING NAB-SCH.ARM 180 -UIT VAXLARARM 180 DEF NLB FRAN ARM 180 BRYTER AV FElL

Although the arm has swung 180°, the 180° proximity switch did not turn on for 50r more }lachine/higb consecutive seconds after OccurrenCE voltage being commanded. (TOe completion signal does not return Status while the automatic tool Feed hold of Stop changer stops operating on the way. ) Turn on How to RESET after Release eliminating the cause •

211 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

ARM REVERSE PROX ON OFF MALF. ARM RU. WART ES AN. AUS FEHLER MALF INT.RO INV BRS pas MAAR MALF PROX ROTA INV BRA ON/OFF MALF PROX ROTA INV BRA ON/OFF STOR.NAB-SCH.ARM-ACHT.A/U VAXLARARM RB TILL FRfu~ DEF ARM REVERS BRYTER PAA FElL

When the arm which is positioned at RETRACT (IN end swings ' ;180 the armreversing proximity switch did not operate for 10 or more consecutive seconds after being commanded. (Tne completion signal does not return while the automatic tool changer stops operating on the way.)

I 4.24

0

,

No. PI P2 P3

. . . . 211

Machine/high OccurrenCE voltage Status of Stop

Feed hold

How to Release

Turn on RESET after eliminating the cause.

~.--------~--------~--

No.

Message

~ It;NGL1::it1

-±.

5

IO

15

Description ~

25

:NQ..... fl

29

........ -.ill

PZ

n

iOccurrenc

~

Status of Stop How to Release ~

IENGL SH ·ARM RETRACT ~ Jlli.~LF • GERMAN ARM HUB RUCK ES AN FEIIT.ER FRENCH IMALF INT RETR. BR.A.S.~S MA SPANISH i MALE. J>RQX ~~ JillA ON ITALIAN MALF PROX RETRACT JillA ON . DUTCH ..sIQR.. N~SCH. cARM::1'ERTTr.-AAN SWEDISH ~XT.ARARM RETUR DEF NLB~ILL NORWAY l\RM TTLRAKE ~~ FElL !

lli

ENGLISH ARM RETRACT PROX OFF~. GERMAN ARM HUB AUSFA.ES _~_~R FRENCH ~ INT RETR BRAS PO~ AR SPANISH ~ PROX RE!'..RACT _~~ OFF ITALIAN ~ PROX RETRACT BRA UFf' DUTCH ~. NAB-SCH..ARM-TERUG-UIT SWEDISH J,TAXT.ARARM RE.TI!R llliE....NLB FRA..~ NORWAY ARM TTLBAKE B~AY. FEIL

IiiiiiiiII

No 213 l'.l With the arm positioned P2 at EXTEND (OUT) end,the P3 arm retract proximity switch did not turned off Machine/high for 5 or more consecutive OccurrenCE voltage seconds. Status of Stop

Feed hold

How to Release

Turn on RESET after eliminating the cause.

~

With the arm retracted (IN), the arm retract proximity switch did not turn on for 5 or more consecutive seconds after being commanded. (The. completion signal does not return while the automatic tool change stops operating on the way.)

''''''--''"--

I 4.25

n

~.~~

P2 P3

Machine /higl OccurrencE voltage Status of Stop

Feed hold

How to Release

Turn on RESET after eliminating the cause.

~~.------------------~--

215 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH tTALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

216 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

217 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN CUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

Description

Message

No. 1

5

lD

15

20

25

ARM E:x:TEND PROX ON ~LF • ARM HUB AUSFA.ES AN FEHLER MALF INT EXT BRAS POS MA MALF PROX SALIDA BRAZO ON MALF PROX ESTENS.BRA.ON STOR.NAB-SCH.ARM-UITL.-AAN VAXLARARM UT DET NLB TILL ARM UT BRYTER PAA FElL

ARM EXTEND PROX OFF MALF

HUB AUSFA.ES AUS FEHLER MALF INT EXT BRAS POS AR M..tU.F PROX SALIDA ERAZO OFF MALF PROX ESTENS.BRA.OFF STOR.NAB-SCH.ARM-UITL.-UIT VAXLARARM UT DEF NLB FRAN AR}l UT BRY TER AV FElL ARM

TOOL LOAD PROX ON MALF. NZ.LADER EN~S.AN FEHLER MALF INT CHARUU1' t'U::i MA MALF PROX CARGA UTIL ON MALF PROX CARICO UT.ON STOR.NAB-SCH.GER.LAD.-AAN LADDA VERKTYG DEF NLB TILL VKT.LADING BRYTER PAA FElL

29

With the arm positioned at RETRACT (IN) end, the a~m extend proximity switch did not turn off for or more consecutive seconds.

No. PI P2 P3

- - 215

Machine/higl OccurrenCE voltage Status of Stop

Feed hold

How to Release

Turn on RESET after eliminating the cause.

No. PI P2 P3

.......

216

With the arm positioned at EXTEND (OUT) end, the arm extend proximity switch did not turn on Machine/higb for 5 or more consecutive OccurrenCE voltage seconds. (The completion, signal does not return Status Feed hold while the automatic tool of Stop changer stops operating on the way.) Turn on How to RESET after I Release eliminating the cause. No. Pl P2 P3

217 With the shifter positioned at UNLOAD end, the tool load proximity switch did not turn off for 5 Machine/high or more consecutive Occurrence voltage seconds after being commanded.

I 4.26

~

Status of Stop

Feed hold

How to Release

Turn on RESET after eliminating the cause.

~ .~ ------------------~--

No.

Message

Description

With a tool loaded by the I--=~-----t---'-----_I

1-:-----___...--___- -.........___- - ; shif ter, the tool load

proximity switch did not turn on for 12 or more consecutive seconds after ~~~~~~~~~~~-4 being commanded. ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~-1 (The completion signal ~~~~~~~~~~~~~==~~ does not return the operation of 1-----------------------------4 while loading is not completed. ~~~~~~~~~~~~~-~~

r-----------------------------~

Hachine

Feed hold ~--------~----~----~_i

Turn on RESET after eliminating the cause.

With the shifter posit ed at LOAD .end, the tool unloading proximity swi--.--r________-+____________~ ~==~~=-~~~~~~~~--~ did not turn off for 12 or more consecutive seconds after being ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~I commanded. r-~--------------------------_i

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

Feed hold Turn on RESET after eliminating the cause.

~==~~~~~~~~~~~~~~With

a tool unloaded by

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ the shifter, the tool ~~~~~~~~~~~~~----_iunloading proximity

JE~E.....~~~:::..::~~~~~~~~

switch did not turn off ~~=_~~~~~~~~~~~--~for 12 seconds or more r=~==~~~~~~~==~=_~~~consecutive seconds ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~after being commanded. (The completion signal does not return I-----------------------------~ ~----------------------------~while the operation of r-_____________________________iunloading is not ~----~--------------------_I completed.)

I 4.27

Machine/h voltage Feed hold Turn on RESET after eliminating the cause.

~~'------------------~--

No.

Message

Description

With the spindle not oriented, the tool unloading proximity switch did not turn off for 20 or more consecutive seconds after being commanded.

Occur

Machine voltage

Status of Stop

Feed hold

How to Release

Turn on RESET after eliminating the cause.

With the spindle oriente ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ the orientation proximity r-~~----4--------------1 switch did not turn on for 20 or more consecutive seconds after voltage Oc commanded. (The completion signal NORWAY ~~~~~~~~______________~ does not return Status while the operation of Feed hold of Stop ~----~----------------------~ orienting is not completed.) Turn on How to RESET after Release eliminating the cause . .

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~g=~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

With the spindle oriented, the disorientation proximity switch did not turn off for 20 or more consecutive seconds after Occurren being commanded.

I 4.28

Machine/hig voltage

Status of Stop

Feed hold

How to Release

Turn on RESET after eliminating the cause.

~-----------------~--

No.

Message

Description

With the spindle not oriented, the disorienta-~~~____~__________~ tion proximity switch did~~~____~__________~ not turn on for 20 or Machine more consecutive seconds Occur voltage ~~~~~~~~~~~~~==~~ after being commanded. (The completion signal does not return Status while the operation of Feed hold of Stop ~----------~----------------~ unorienting is not completed.) Turn on ~----------------------~ How to RESET after Release eliminating the cause. 225 With a tool unclamped, ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ the tool clamping proxi~~~~~~~~~~~~~~__~IDity switch did not ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~__~ turn off for 5 or more ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~__~ consecutive seconds after ~~~~~~~~~~~~~fy-j being commanded. ~~~~~~~~~~~~~----~

rrt-eIlL:""

SWEDISH~~~~~~~~~~~~~

Machine/high voltage

NORWAY

Feed hold '

.....

Release

Turn on RESET after eliminating the cause.

~~~~~~~~~~~==~~~With ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ tool

a tool clamped, the clamping proximity ~~=-==~~~~~~~~~n---~ switch did not turn on ~~~~~~~~~;;;;~~~~~ for 5 or more consecutive ~~£.......~~:...!:!~~~~~~~~-=---1 seconds after being ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~__~ commanded. (The campletion signal ~~~~~~~~~~~~=-____~does not return ~________________________~__~while the automatic tool ~____________________________~ changer stops operating ~__________________________~ on the way.)

voltage Feed hold

to ease

I 4.29

Turn on RESET after eliminating the cause.

~------~---------~--

227 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH §PANISP. ITALIAN DUTCH SWESISH NORWAY

Description

Hessage

No. 1

5

JD

15

20

25

29

TOOL UNCLAMP PROX ON MALF. WZ ENTSPANNEN ENDS.AN FEHLER MALF INT DEBLOC OUTIL POS MA MALF PROX SOLTAR UT1L ON MALF PROX SBLOCCAGGIO UT ON STOR.NAB-SCH.GER.-ONTKL.-A VERKTYG LOSSA DEF NLB TILL VKT. LOS BRYTER PAA FElL

~ 227 No. PI With a tool clamped, the P2 tool unclamping proximity P3 switch did not turn off consecutive for 5 or more Machine/high seconds after being OccurrenCE voltage commanded.

TOOL UNCLAMP PROX OFF MALF. WZ ENTSPANNEN ENDS.AUS FEHLER MALF INT DEBLOC OUTIL POS AR HALF FROX SOLTAR UTIL GFF MALF PROX SBLOCCAGGIO UT OFF STOR.NAB-SCH.GER.-OUTKL.-U VERKTYG LOSSA DEF NLB FRAN VKT.LOS BRYTER AV FElL

229 ENGLISH GERHAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

HIGH GEAR PROX ON MALF. With the gear shifted to the LOW or NEUTRAL O-DP£HZ.ENDS.AN FEHLER }~F INT SEL.GAMME M POS MA position, the high-speed MALF PROX SELEC GAMA ALTA ON gear proximity switch MALF PROX GAMMA ALTA ON did not turn off for 20 STOR.NAB-SCH.H-GAMMA-AAN or more consecutive HOG VAXEL DEF NLB TILL seconds after being HOYT GEAR BRYTER PAA FElL commanded.

--

Feed hold

How to Release

Turn on RESET after eliminating the cause.

No. --- 228 PI With a tool unclamped, P2 the tool unclamping pro~ P3 ximity switch did not turn on for 5 or more Machine/high consecutive seconds after OccurrencE voltage being commanded. (The completion signal does not return Status Feed hold while the automatic tool of Stop changer stops operating on the way.) Turn on How to RESET after Release eliminating the cause.

228 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY .'-.--

Status of Stop

No.

......... 229

PI

P2 P3

Machine thigh . OccurrenCE voltage Status of Stop

Feed hold

How to Release

! Turn on RESET after i eliminating i the cause. I

,

'--

I ..

4.30

~--~-------------~~

No.

Message

230 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPNISH lTALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

H1GlI GEAR PRO..! OFF ~F. O-DREHZ • ENDS .AUS FEHLER MALF INT SEL.GAMHE M POS AR MALF PROX SELEC GAMA ALTA OFF }~F PROX GAMMA ALTA OFF STOR.NAB-SCH.H-GAMMA-UIT HOG VAXEL DEF NLB FRAN HOYT GEAR BRYTER AV FElL

231 ENGLISH GERMAN . FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

1

5

10

15

Description 20

25

29

HIDDLE GEAR PROX ON MALF. M-DREHZ.ENDS.AN FEHLER MALF INT SEL.GAMME H POS MA ~ALF PROX ESLEC G~~MADIA ON }~F PROX GAMMA MEDIA ON STOR NAB-SCH M-GAMMA-AAN MELLANVAXEL DEF NLB TILL MIDTRE GEAR BRYTER PAA FElL

No. With the gear shifted to PI the HIGH position, the P2 high-speed gear proximity P3 switch did not turn on for 20 or more consecutivE Occurrence seconds after being commanded. (The completion signal Status does not return of Stop while the gear stops being shifted on the way.) How to Release

No. PI With the gear shifted to P2 the HIGH/LOW or NEUTRAL P3 position, the middlespeed gear proximity switch did not turn off Occurrence for 20 or more consecutivE seconds after being commanded. Status of Stop aow to Release

232 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

MIDDLE GEAR PROXOFF MALF. M-DREHZ.ENDS.AUS FEHLER MALF INT SEL.G~~E H POS AR MALF PROX SELEC GAMA MEDI OFF MALF PROX GAMMA MEDIA OFF STOR.NAB-SCH.M-G~~-UIT

MELLANVAXEL DEF NLB FRAN MIDTRE GEAR BRYTER AV FElL

No. PI P2 P3

With the gear shifted to the MIDDLE position, the middle speed gear proximity siwtch did not turn on for 20 consecutive I()ccurrence seconds after being commanded. (The completion signal Status does not return ~f Stop while the gear stops being shifted on the way.) How to Release

I 4.31

....... 230

Machine/high voltage Feed hold Turn on RESET after eliminating the cause . ......- 231

Machine/high voltage Feed hold Turn on RESET after eliminating the cause • ......- 232

Machine/high voltage Feed hold Turn on RESET after eliminating the cause.

--------------------~--

233 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

234 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

235 IENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

Description

Nessage

No. 1

5

10

15

20

25

29

NEUTRAL GEAR PROX ON MALF. NEUTRAL ENDS.AN FEHLER MALF INT SEL. NEUFRE POS MA MALF PROX SELEC GAMA NEU ON MALF PROX GAMMA NEUTRA ON STOR.NAB-SCH.N-GAMMA-AAN NEUTRAL VAXEL DEF NLB TILL NOYTRAL GEAR BRYTERPAA FElL ..

NEUTRAL GEAR PROX OFF MALF. NEUTRAL ENDS.AUS FEHLER MALF INT SEL. NEUFRE POS AR }~F PROX SELEC Gfu~ NEU OFF MALF PROX GA..~ NEUTRA OFF STOR.NAB-SCH.N-GAMMA-UIT NEUTRAL VAXEL DEF NLB FRAN NOYTRAL GEAR BRYTER AV-FEIL

With the gear shifted to the HIGH or LOW (or MIDDLE) position, the neutral gear proximity switch did not turn off for 20 or more consecutive seconds after being commanded.

No. PI P2 P3

Machine/high OccurrencE voltage Status of Stop

Feed hold

How to Release

Turn on RESET after eliminating the cause •

No. PI With the gear shifted P2 (L -+ H, H -+ L) or to the P3 NEUTRAL position, the neutral proximity switch did not turn on for 20 Occurrence or more consecutive seconds after being com:iD.anded. Status (The completion signal of Stop does not return while the gear stops being shifted 0:1 the way.) How to Release

No. LOW GEAR PROX ON MALF. With the gear shifted to PI U-DREHZ.ENDS.AN FEHLER the HIGH or NEUTRAL (or P2 MALF INT SEL GAMME B POS MA MIDDLE) position, the P3 MALF PROX SELEC GAMA BAJA ON low-speed gear proximity MALF PROX GAMMA BASSA ON switch did not turn on for 20 or more consecutive . Occurrence STOR.NAB-SCH.L-GAMMA-AAN LAG VAXEL DEF NLB TILL seconds after being commanded. LAVT GEAR BRYTER PAA FElL Status of Stop How to

I 4.32

....... 233

.-. 234

Machine/high voltage Feed hold Turn on RESET after eliminating the cause. ~235

Machine/high voltage Feed hold Turn on RESET after eliminating the cause.

~------------------~-No. 236 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

Message 1

5

10

15

Description 20

25

No. PI P2 P3

29

LOW GEAR PROX OFF MALF. U-DREHZ.ENDS.AUS FEHLER MALF INT.SEL.GAMME B POS AR MALF PROX SELEC GAMABAJA OFF MALF PROX GAMMA BASSA OFF STOR NAB-SCH.L-GAMMA-UIT LAG VAXEL DEF NLB FRAN LAVT GEAR BRYTER AV FElL

With the gear shifted to the LOW position, the low-speed gear proximity switch did not turn on for 20 or more consecutivE Occurrence seconds after being commanded. (The completion signal Status does not return of Stop while the gear stops bei~ shifted on the way.) How to Release

237 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

IND TABLE CLAMP PROX ON MALF. INDEXTISCH KLEM ES AN FEHLER MALF INT BL TABLE INDX POS · W. MALF PROX ~~ MESA GIRA ON MALF PROX BLOCC.TAVOLA ON STOR.NAB-SCH.KL.DR-TAF-AAN INDEXBORD LASA DEF NLB TILL IND.BORD LAAS BRYTER PAA FEI!

No. PI With the index table P2 unclamped, the index table P3 clamping proximity switch did not turn off or 10 or more consecutive Occurrence seconds after being commanded. (The fourth axis does not Status move. ) of Stop How to Release

238 ENGLISH GERHAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

No. PI P2 P3

;;;&iiI

236

Machine/high voltage Feed hold Turn on RESET after eliminating the cause. --- 237

Machine/high voltage Feed hold Turn on RESET after eliminating the cause • ........ 238

IND TABLE CLAMP PROX OFF-.MALE .With the index table INDEXTISCH KLEM ES AUS FEHLEI clamped, the index table MALF INTBL TABLE INDX POS AJ clamping proximity switch MALF PROX AMAR MESA GlRA OFF did not turned on for Machine/high ~~F PROX BLOCC.TAVOLA OFF 10 or more C'.onsecutive Occurrence voltage STOR.NAB-SCH.KL.DR-TAF-UIT seconds after being INDEXBORD LASA DEF NLB FRAN commanded. IND BORD LAAS BRYTER AV FELL (Neither X, Y norZ axis I Status Feed hold moves. ) I of Stop How to Release

I 4.33

Turn on RESET after eliminating the cause.

~--------------~-~--

No. 239 IENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

Message

Description

No. 5 10 15 20 1 25 29 ~239 PI PALLET CLAMP PROX ON MALF. With the pallet unPALETTEN KLEH ES AN FEHLER P2 clamped, the pallet P3 clamping proximity switch MALF INT BL PALLETTE POS MA did not turn off for 6 MALF PROXAMARRE PALLET ON Machine/high or more consecutive MALF PROX BLOCC PALLET ON Occurrence voltage seconds after being STOR.NAB-SCH. KL.PALLET-AAN PALETTBORD LASA DEF NLB TILL commanded. PALETT LAAS BRYTER PAA-FEIL Status Feed hold of Stop How to Release

240 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

PALLET CLAMP PROX OFF MALF. PALETTEN KLEM ES AUS FEHLER MALF INT BL PALLETTE POS AR MALF PROX AHARRE PALLET OFF MALF PROX BLOCC PALLET OFF STOR.NAB-SCH.KL.PALLET-UIT PALETTBORD LASA DEF NLB FRAN PALETT LAAS BRYTER AV FElL

241 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

PALLET UNCLAMP PROX ONMALF. PALETTEN ENTSPA ES AN FEHLER MALF INT.DEBL PALLET POS MA MALF PROX SOLTER PALLET ON MALF PROX SBLOCC.PALLET ON STOR.NAB-SCH.ONTKL.PAL.-A LOSSA PALETTBORD DEF NLB TILl PALETT LOS BRYTER PAA FElL

Turn on RESET after eliminating the cause •

......... 240 No. PI With the pallet clamped, P2 the pallet clamping P3 proximity switch did not turn on for 6 or more Machine/high consecutive seconds after Occurrence voltage being commanded. (The completion signal does not return Status Feed hold while the operation of of Stop clamping the pallet is not completed.) Turn on How to RESET after Release eliminating the cause • ........... 241 No. With the pallet clamped, PI the pallet unclamping P2 proximity switch did not P3 turn off for 6 or more Machine/high consecutive seconds after Occurrence voltage being commanded.

I 4.34

Status of Stop

Feed hold

How to Release

Turn on RESET after eliminat.i ng the cause.

--------------------~-,

No.

Message

242 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH ·ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

PALLET UNCLAMP PROXOFF MALF. PALETTEN ENTSPA ES AUS FEHLEB MALF INT DEBL PALLET P~S AR HALF PROX SOLTAR PALLET OFF MALF PROX SBLOCC.PALLET OFF STOR.NAB-SCH.OUTKL.PAL.-U PALETT LOSSA DEF NLB Fruu~ PALETT LOS BRYTER AV FElL

1

5

lD

IS

Description 20

25

29

.......... 242 No. PI With the pallet unP2 clamped, the pallet P3 unclamping proximity switch did not turned on Machine/high for 6 or more consecutive OccurrenCE voltage seconds after being commanded. (The completion signal Status Feed hold does not return o'f Stop while the operation of unclamping is not Turn on completed. ) RESET after How to Release eliminating the cause. No. - - 243 PI Within 3' seconds of P2 giving the SPINDLE RUN P3 command, the SPINDLE SPEED ZERO (SZ) signal Machine /higb was detected. OccurrenCE voltage Or the SPINDLE SPEED ZERO (SZ) signal was detected while the spindle was Status Feed hold running. of Stop

243 ENGLISH SPINDLE RPM MALF. GERHAN SPINDEL-DFEHZAHL FEHLER . FRENCH K.u.F VITESSE DE BROCHE SP!U~ISH :HALF REVOLUCIONES HUSILLO ITp~IAN HALF ROTAZIONE ~~DRINO DUTCH STORING SPILSUELHEIDSBEREIK SWEDISH DEF SPINDELVARVTAL NORWAY " PINDELTURT.FEIL

J

How to Release .. ;;·l

244 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH

ORIENT MALF. 1 SPINDELORIENTIERUNG FEHLER 1 HALF ORIENT.l HALF ORIENTACION HUSILLO 1 ITALIfu~ HALF ORIENTAM.MANDRIND 1 DUTCH STORING SPILORIENTATIE 1 SWEDISH ORIENTERING DEFEKT 1 NORWAY ORIENT.FEIL 1

With no command, the ORIENT ALIVE signal sppeared.

No. PI P2 P3

Turn on RESET after eliminating the cause • ...... 244

OccurrencE voltage

i lI:

Status of Stop

Feed hold

Ii

How to Release

Turn on RESET after eliminating the cause.

Machine Ihigh

.

I

I

4.35

~------------------~--

245 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH lTALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

246 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

,

/

247 IENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

Description

Message

No. 1'

5

10

15

20

25

29

The orientation unit did not activate within 10 seconds of being commanded. (The power supply is interrupted.)

ORIENT HALF. 2 SPINDELORIENTIERUNG FEHLER 2 MALF ORIENT. 2 MALF ORIENTACION HUSILLO 2 MALF ORIENTAM,~ffiNDRINO 2 STORING SPILORIENTATIE 2 ORIENTERING DEF 2 ORIENT.FEIL 2

ORIENT MALF. 3 SPINDELORIENTIERUNG FEHLER 3 MALF ORIENT. 3 11ALF ORIENTACION HUSILLO 3 MALF ORIENTAM MANDRINO 3 STORING SPILORIENTATTE 3 ORIENTERING DEF 3 ORIENT.FEIL 3

With the ORIENT command given, the spindle was oriented once. After that, both ALIVE and ZERO SPEED signals turned off.

GEAR SHIFT MALF. With the gear shift DREHZAHL w~CHSEL FEHLER command given, the gear HALF SELECT GAMME shifting was done while MALF SELECCION DE GAMA failing to make certain HALF SELEZIONE GAMMA that the gear shift has been completed. STORING G&~-OVERSCHAKELING DEF VAXLING (Gear shift is discontinued.) GEARSKIFTE FElL

I

4.36

No--,Pl P2 P3

--- 245

Machine/high OccurrenCE voltage Status of Stop

Feed hold

How to Release

Turn on RESET after eliminating the cause.

No. PI P2 P3

--- 246

Machine/high OccurrenCE voltage I Status of Stop

Feed hold

How to Release

Turn on RESET after eliminating the cause.

No. PI P2 P3

--- 247

Machine/high Occurrence voltage Status of Stop

Feed hold

How to Release

Turn on RESET after eliminating the cause.

~------------------~--

No.

'-

248 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

249 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

Description

Message 1

5

JD

15

20

2S

29

ATC ARM VALVE OFF MALF. ATC ARM VENTIL ES AUS FEHLER MALF SOL. BRAS CHANG. POS AR MALF SOL BRAZO CAMBIADOR OFF MALF ELETTROVALV. BRACCIO OFF STOR.GER-WISSELARMVENT.-UIT VAXLARARM DEF VENTIL FRAN VKT.ARM VENTIL AV FELL

No - - 248 Both arm-retracting and J.>1 ' ~~P~'2~__~______~__~ -extending solenoid valv~~ P3 turned off. (CRT display only) Machine/higt OccurrenCE voltage Status of Stop

Feed hold

How to Release

Turn on RESET after , eliminating the cause.

~ . 249 No. PI DRUM OR TABLE MOTOR MALF. An alarm signal was P2 MAGAZIN ODER INDEXTISCH MOTOR given by the magazine MALF MAGAS.OUT OU MOT TABLE controller. P3 HALF MOTOR DE TAUBOR 0 DE MES~r the table motor became MaChi.ne/higl MALF MOTORE TAMBURO 0 TAVOLA overheated. OccurrencE voltage STORING MAG-OF TAFFLMOTOR (Discontinuance on the MOTOR FOR MAGAS EL BORD DEF way) TRML ELR BORD MOTORFEIL Status Feed hold of Stop

How to Release

250 ~NGLISH

ARM HOME POSIT PROX ONMALF. pERMAN A~~ ENDPOS.ENDS.AN FEHLER FRENCH MALF INT LOCAL BRAS POS MA SPANISH MALF PROX BRAZO REPOSO ON ITALIAN MALF PROX BRACCIO RIPOSO ON ~UTCH STOR.NAB-SCH.EINDP.ARM-AAN SWEDISH NLB FOR VAXLARA UTGANGSL DEF ~ORWAY ARM REF.PKT.BRYTER PAA FELL

Turn on RESET after eliminating the cause • .

No. . - . 250 : Wit h the ,arm s tanding by ~_P=-I::O:-_-t-_~_ _ _-; or extended, the P2 I stationary proximity P3 ! switch did not turn off Machine/high i for 5 or more consecutive~ccurrence voltage i seconds after being i commanded. J Status of Stop ~ow

to !Release

~

Feed hol.d

~,

Turn on RESET after eliminat:i,ng the cause. '.'

I 4.37

~------------------~--

i

No.

251 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH iTALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH iNORWAY

Message I

5

10

IS

Description 20

25

29

SPINDL MOTOR CONTROLLER MALF. An alarm signal was SPINDELMOTOR KONTROLLERALARM given by the spindle MALF CONTR.MOTEUR BROCHE controller. MALF CONTROLAD.MOTOR HUSILLO MALF CONTROLLO MOTORE MANDR STORING SPILMOTORBESTURING STYRN1NG SPINDELMOTOR DEF SPINDEL MOTOR KONTROLLER FElL

No. PI P2 P3

MACH LIE FUSE KI\LF. KI\SCHINEN SICHERUNGENALARM DEFAILLANCE FUSIBLE MACHINE YLISIBLE }1AOUINA Y~F FUSIBILI MACCNINA STORING }1ACHINESMELTVEILIGH DEF MASKINSAKRING HASKIN SIKR.FEIL

The circuit protector turned off or the power circuit fuse blew Out. (First 20 VQC models only)

Status of Stop

Feed hold

How to Release

Turn on RESET after eliminating the cause.

No PI P2 P3

--252

Nachine/high Occurrence voltage // ", i"t;'~,

"

253 IENGLISH GERNAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

!

Machine/high! Occurrence voltage

i

252 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH S\VEDISH NORWAY

- - 251

MOTOR TrlERM. TRIP MACH.-FUSE MOTOR UBERHITZUNG.SICHERUNG DECL.PROT.THERM.FUSIBLE DESCONEXION TERMICO MOTOR Pl\OTEZIONE TERMICA MOTORE STORING THERMOST RELATS MOTOR TERMOUTLOSNINGMOTOR MOTOR TE~~OVERN MASKIN SIRKR.

The motor thermal relay (OL) tripped or the protector tripped. (A machine fuse alarm is also included.)

Status of Stop

Feed hold

Bow to Release

Turn on RESET after eliminating the cause •

No. PI P2 P3

Machine/high Occurrence voltage Status of Stop ~ow to ~elease

I 4.38

.-.253

Feed hold Turn on RESET after eliminating the cause.

~~--------------~--~--

254 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

255 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH pPANISH [TAL IAN DUTCH :;WEDISH NORWAY

Description

Message

No. 1

5

10

15

20

25

29

LUBRICATION HALF. SCHMIERUNGS ALARM DEFAILLANCE LUBRIFICATION FALLO LUBRICACION MALF LUBRIFICAZIONE STORING SMEERINRICHTING SMORJFEL SMOREFEIL

In the slideway, the lubricant level dropped. (Single block stop)

No. PI P2 P3

.-!III

254

Machine/high Occurrence voltage

MACHINE DOOR INTERLOCK MALF. }~SCHTUR 1ST OFFEN VERROUILLAGE PROTECTEUR ~lliLF INTERRUP PUERTA PROTEC MALF INTERBLOCCO PORKA STOR.MACHINEDEURGRENDELINR. DEF OVERVAKNING MASKINDORR FRONTDEKSEL AAPENT

During the automatic operation, the machine door opened. (The spindle stops.)

256 !ENGLISH HEAD LUBRICATION ALARM pERMAN SPINDELSTOCK SCHMIER ALARM fRENCH ALARME LUBRIFICATION TETE ~PANISH ALA~ ENGRASE CABEZAL ~TALIAN ALLARME LUBRIFICAZ.TESTA STORING SMERING V.SPILKOP PUTCH $WEDISH ALARM SPINDELSMORJNING NORWAY SMOREALARM SPINDELKASSE

Status of Stop

Feed hold

How to Release

Turn on RESET after eliminating the cause •

No. PI P2 P3

.-.. 255

,I Hachine/high Occurrence, voltage Status of Stop

Feed hold

How to Release

Turn on RESET after eliminating the cause.

........ 256 No. The spindle lubricant PI level dropped, or an alarm P2 signal was given by the P3 direction control unit. Machine/high (60 seconds after a pccurrence voltage single block stop, the spindle stop.) Status of Stop

Feed hold

How to Release

Turn on RESET after eliminating the cause.

I

I

4.39

~ -<------------~--~~--

257 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

258 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

259 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

Description

Message

No . 1

5

10

lS

20

25

No. PI P2 P3

29

MAIN TRANSFORMER OVERHEAT HAUPT TRANSFORMAT.UEBERHITET SURCHAUF,TRANSFO.PRINCIPAL SOBRE-TEMP.TRANSFORMAOOR SOVRATEMP.TRASFORM.PRINCIP. OVERHITTING VAN HOOFDTRANSFO OVERHETTNING HD\roDTRANSF HOVEDTRANSFORMATOR OVERHETET

HD DRIVE MALF. (MAGAZINE) HD SERVO ALARM (MAGAZIN) CH ALARHE SERVO MAGASIN K~ACCION.CABEZAL(ALMACEN)

The main power transformer overheated to 1200( or more, or the intra temperature rose Machine/high to 55°C or more. Occurrence voltage

An alarm signal was given by the magazine controller (HD controller).

HALF SERVO IDRAV(MAGAZZ INO) HD SERVO-ALARM(MAGAZIJN) HD DEF DRIVNING(MAGASIN) HD SERVOALARM (MAGASIN)

PS DRIVE MALF.(INDEX T) PS SERVO ALAR..l-1 (INDEX) PS ALARME SERVO INDEX MAL ACCION M PS (DIVISION,T) PS ALLARME SERVO (TAV • INDEX) PS SERVO-ALARM(DRAAITAFEL) PS DEF DRIVNING(INDEX) PS SERVO FEIL(INDEKS)

......... 257

The table motor (PS motor) overheated.)

Status of Stop

Feed hold

How to Release

Turn on RESET after eliminating the cause.

No. PI P2 P3

......... 258

Machine/high OccurrencE voltage Status of Stop

Feed hold

How to Release

Turn on RESET after e,liminating the cause .

No. PI P2 P3

..-.. 259

Machine/high Occurrence voltage

I 4.40

Status of Stop

Feed hold

How to Release

Turn on RESET after eliminating the cause.

,

,

~ ' ~------------------~--

No. 260 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH

Message 1.

5

10

15

Description 20

25

29

EXTERNAL CONTROL ALARM AUSSEN KONTROL ALARM ALARME DU CONTROL EXTERIEUR ALARMA CONTROL EXTERNO ~TALIAN ALLARME CONTROLLO ESTERNO EXTERNE CONTROLE ALARM DUTCH SWEDISH ALARM EXTERN STYRNING NORWAY EKSTERN STYRINGSALARM

.

~

261 ENGLISH GER..l'1AN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH SHEDISH NORWAY

An alarm signal was given by an external controller (Sequencer).

...... 260

Machine/high Occurrence voltage

T-MEAS • STAND OUT RS ON MALF. WZ MESSTAND AUS RR AN FEHLER MALF INT SORT DISP MESUPOS MA MALF INT DIS MEDI FUERA ON MALF DISP.DI MISURA UT.ON STOR.NAB-SCH.UITZW.MTSTD-A NLB T MATSTATIV UT DEF TILL V-MAALING UTE RS PAA FElL

T-MEAS. STAND OUT RS OFF MALF WZ MESSTAND AUS RR AUS FEHLER MALF INT SORT DISP MESUPOS All MALF INT DIS MEDI FUERA OFF MALF DISP.DI MISURAUT OFF STOR.NAB-SCH UITZW.MTSTDZ-U NLB T MATSTATIV UT DEF FRAN V-MAALING UTE RS AV FElL

Status of Stop

Feed hold

How to Release

Turn on RESET after eliminating the cause.

No. PI P2 P3

"'261 Although the arm returned, the arm extending proximity switch did not turn off for 5 or more conMachine/high secutive seconds after Occurrence voltage being commanded.

,

262 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

No. PI P2 P3

Status of Stop

Feed hold

How to Release

Turn on RESET after eliminating the cause.

No. "'262 Although the arm extendPI ed, the arm extending P2 proximity switch did not P3 turn on for 5 or more Machine/high consecutive seconds after Occurrence voltage being commanded.

I 4.41

Status of Stop

Feed hold

How to Release

Turn on RESET after eliminating the cause.

~----------------~--

263 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH IrTALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

Description

Message

No.

.-.. 263 No. PI Although the arm returnT-MEAS. STAND IN RS ON MALF. P2 WZ MESSTAND EIN RR AN FEHLER ed, the arm retracting P3 MALF INT RETR DISP MESUPOS MA proximity switch did not turn off for 5 or more MALF INT DIS MEDI DENTRO ON --. Machine/high MALF DISP MISURA UT ON (INT) consecutive seconds after Occurrence voltage STOR.NAB-SCH INZW.MTSTD-A being connnanded. NLB T MATSTATIV IN DEF TILL V-MAALING INNE RS PAA FElL Status Feed hold of Stop 1

5

10

15

2S

20

29

..

How to Release

264 ENGLISH T-MEAS. ST~~ IN RS OFF MALF. GERMAN WZ MESSTAND EIN RR AUS FEHLER FRENCH MALF INT RETR DISP MESUPOS AR SPA..~ISH MALF INT DIS MEDI DENTRO OFF ITALIAN MALF DISP MISURA UT OFF (IN) STOR.NAB-SCH INZW.MTSTD-U DUTCH SWEDISH NLB T MAT STAT IV IN DEF FRAN NORWAY V-MAALING INNE RS AV FElL

265 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

...... 264 No. PI Although the arm returned P2 the arm retracting proxiP3 mity switch did not turn on for 5 or more consecuMachine/high tive seconds after being Occurrence voltage connnanded.

MMS MALF A certain fault occurred MAZAK MESS SYSTEM ALARM in the MHS unit and DEFAILLANCE DISPOS.DE MESURE necessary signals were MALF SISTEMA DE MEDISION MAZ~ ~ot given. MALF DISP DI MISURA STORING MMS MMS DEF MMS FElL

I

Turn on RESET after eliminating the cause •

4.42

Status of Stop

Feed hold

How to Release

Turn on RESET after eliminating the cause •

No. PI P2 P3

.-... 265

Machine/high Occurrence voltage Status of Stop

Feed hold

How to Release

Turn on RESET after eliminating the cause.

~--------~----~--~--

Message

No. 266 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH -ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

1

5

10

15

Description 20

25

No

29

SWING ARM SOL SIMULTANEOUS OFJ Solenoids on both magazinE ARM ENDS.ZEIT.AUS FEHLER and spindle side of the BRAS INT TEMPS POS AR swing arm turned off. ELECTROVAL SIMULT GIRO BRAZO ELETTROV.SlMULT.SCAMB.B~~C.

SOLENOIDE ARM GELIJKTIJD.-UIl VAXLARARM HAGNETVENT SAMTID 1 SVINGARM BRYTERESIMULTAN AV

267 !ENGLISH MIDDLE LOW GEAR PROX ON MALF GER.'1AN MU-DREHZ.ENDS AN FEHLER FRENCH HALF INT SEL. GAMME ME POS MA SPANISH IPAl PROX GAMA HEDIA BAJA ON ITALIAN HALF PROX GAMMA MED-BASSA ON STOR.NAB-SCH.M-L-GAL~-AAN DUTCH SWEDISH MEDEL LAG VAXEL NLB TILL DEF NORWAY HIDD/LAV GEAR BRYTER PAA. FElL

With the gear shifted to the MIDDLE/HIGH and LOW positions, the middleand low-speed gear proximity switch did not turn off.

P2 P3 Machine/high Occurrence voltage Status of Stop

Feed hold

How to Release

Turn on RESET after eliminating the cause.

No. PI PZ P3

~tatus

With the .gear shifted to the MIDDLE/HIGH and LOW positions, the middleand low-speed gear proximity switch did not turn on.

-....-.'

I 4.43

- - 267

Machine/high pc currence voltage

How to Release

MIDDLE LOW GEAR PROX OFF HALF MU-DREHZ.ENDS.AUS FEHLER HALF INT SEL.GAMME ME POS AR HAL PROX GAMA MEDIA BAJA OFF HALF PROX GAMMA MED-BASSA OFF STOR.NAB-SCH.M-L-GAMMA-UIT MEDEL LAG VAXEL NLB FRAN DEF MTnnJLAV GEAR BRYTER AV FElL

266

~l

of Stop

268 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN . DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

:.......II

No. PI PZ P3

Feed hold Turn on RESET after eliminating the cause .. ........ Z68

Machine/high pccurrence voltage Status bf Stop

Feed hold

lHow to tRelease

Turn on RESET after eliminating the cause.

~-----------------~--

269 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH rrTALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

Description

Message

No. 1

5

10

15

20

25

No. PI P2 P3

29

The pallet door did not open and close properly.

PALLET DOOR ALARM PALLET EN TUR ALARM ALARME PALETTE PORTE ALARMA P-PALLET ALLARME PORTA PALLET PALLETDEUR-ALARM ALARM PALETTDORR PALETT DOR ALARM

Machine/high Occurrence voltage Status of Stop ~ow

to Release

270 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

271 ENGLISH GERi'1AN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

........ 269

PALLET CHANGER ALARM PALLETEN WECHSEL ALARM ALARME PALETTE C~~GER ALARMA CAMBIO PALLET ALLA.RME CAMB 10 PALLET PALLETWISSEL-ALARM ALARM PALETTVAXLARE PALETT SKIFTER ALARM

The pallet door developed a fault during changing position.

No. PI P2 P3

Feed hold Turn on RESET after eliminating the cause. --- 270

Machine/high Occurrence voltage

MAGZN CVR CLOSE PROX ON FLT MAGZN ABDECK.GESCHL.ENDS.AN DETECT.PROX.DEFECT.PORTE FERM MAL SENSOR CERRAR ALMACEN I MALF PROX SPORTELLO MAGAZZ.O~ STOR.NAB-SCH.SL-MAG-DEUR-A MAGASINSKAPA STANGA NLB T DEE MAG.DEKSEL LUKKET BRYTER PAA

Status of Stop

Feed hold

Bow to Release

Turn on RESET after eliminating the cause.

No. --- 271 Although .the magazine PI cover opened, the magazine P2 cover closing proximity P3 switch did not turned off Machine/high for 5 or more consecutive pccurrence voltage seconds after being commanded.

I 4.44

Status of Stop

Feed hold

How to lRelease

Turn on RESET after eliminating the cause.

~----------~-----~--

272 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH , ITALIAN DUTCH . SWEDISH . NORWAY

Description

Message

No. 1.

5

ID

15

20

25

29

MAGZN CVR CLOSE PROX OFF FLT Although the magazine MAGZN ABDECK.GESCHL.ENDS AUS cover closed, the magaDETECT. PROX. DEFECT. PORTE FEID zine cover closing MAL SENSOR CERRAR ALMACEN 0 proximity switch did not MALF PROX SPORTELLO MAGAZZ. 01 Fturn on for 5 or more STOR.NAB-SCH.SL-MAG-DEUR-U consecutive seconds MAGASINSKAPA STANGA NLB F DEI after commanded . MAG.DEKSEL LUKKET BRYTER AV

!

No. PI P2 P3

......... 272

Machine/high Occurrence voltage Status of Stop

Feed hold

How to Release

Turn on RESET after eliminating the cause.

I

! ,

273 ~NGLISH

GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

274 IENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

MAGZN CVR OPEN PROX ON FLT MAGZN ABDECK.AUF ENDS.AN DETECT.PROX.DEFECT.PORTE OUV~ MAGZN CVR OPEN PROX ON FLT MALF PROX SPORT MAG.APER ON STOR.NAB-SCH.OP-MAG-DEUR-A MAGASINSKAPA OPPEN DEF NLB T MAG.DEKSEL AAPEN BRYTER PAA

MAGZN CVR OPENPROX OFF FLT MAGZN ABDECK.AUF ENDS.AUS DETECT.PROX.DEFECT.PORTE OUVT MAGZN CVR OPEN PROX OFF FLT MALF PROX SPORT MAG.APER.OFF STOR.NAB-SCH.OP-MAG-DEUR-U MAGASINKAPA OPPEN DEF NLB F MAG.DEKSEL AAPEN BRYTERAV

Although the magazine cover closed, the magazine cover opening proximity switch did not turn off for 5 or more consecutive seconds.

Although the magazine cover opened, the magazine cover opening proximity switch did not turn on for 5 or more consecutive seconds.

I 4.45

No. PI P2 P3

.-.. 273

Y..achine/high Occurrence voltage Status of Stop

Feed hold

!How to Release

Turn on RESET after eliminating the cause •

No. PI P2 P3

. - . 274

Machine/high pc currence voltage Status of Stop

Feed hold

!How to Release

Turn on RESET after eliminating the cause.

-'~----~-------------~-' .../'

'-

275 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY P

276 ENGLISH GERHAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

Description

Hessage

No. 1

5

10

!S

20

25

No. PI P2 P3

29

SPINbtE' TOOL DETECtOR OFF SPINDEL W.K.Z.DETEKTOR.AUS DETECT.D'OUTIL BROCHE ARRET. DETECTOR UTIL HUSILLO 0 RIVELATORE UT.HANDRINO OFF SPILGEREEDSCH.DETECTOR-UIT SPINOELVERKTYG AVKANNARE FRA~ SPINDEL VKT.DETEKTOR AV

HAGAZINE TOOL DETECTOR OFF HAGZN . ~-l. K. Z . DETEKTOR. AUS DETECT.D'OUTILMAGASIN ARRET DETECTOR DTIL ALHACEN 0 RIVELATORE UT.HAGAZZ.OFF MAG.GEREEDSCH.DETECTOR-UIT HAGASINSVERKTYG AVKANNARE F }~GASIN VKT.DETEKTOR AV

277 ENGLISH 1TOOL LIFE OVER iFH PB) GERMAN ZU ZIELE WERKZ.STAND(FH PB) FRENCH DE.VIE DE L'OUT.(FH PB) SPANISf PASA EL VIDA DEL UTIL (FH PB ITALIAN ECCESS.TEMPO VITA UTEN(FH PB LEV.GEREED'SCH.OVERSCH(FH PB) DUTCH SWEDISH FOR STORT INGREPPSTID (FH PB NORWAY FOR HANGE ST.TID(FH PB)

~

275

Although the spindle tool number was set to "0", a tool was detected in the spindle during Hachine/high loading a tool. Occurrence voltage (CRT display only)

During unloading a tool, another tool was found in the pocket to which the former was to be returned. (CRT display only)

Status of Stop

Feed hold

How to Release

Turn on RESET after eliminating the cause .

No. PI P2 P3

.-tIIIIII

276

Machine/high OccurrenCE voltage Sta.tus of Stop

Feed hold

How to Release

Turn on RESET after eliminating the cause.

No. --- 277 PI TIle cumulative service P2 hours of a tool have P3 exceeded the service life of that tool. OccurrencE Machine/high voltage pane

I 4.46

Status of Stop

Single block

How to Release

Turn on PHD and RESET after eliminating the cause.

!

~----------~-----~--

278 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

279 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

280 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

"'--'

Description

Message

No. 1

5

10

15

20

29

25

TOOL BREAKAGE (FH PB) WERKZEUGSCHADEN (FH PB) DOMMAGE D'OUTIL (FH PB) AVERIA UTIL (FH PB) MALFUNZIONAM.UTENSILE(FH PB) GEREEDSCHAP-STORING (FH PB) VERKTYGS BROTT (FH PB) VERKTOYBRUDD (FH PB)

(1) A tool is found broke

as the result of performing the tool breakage detecting operation with M35 commanded in the auto matic operation mode. (2) A tool already broken has been set on the spindle (on an ATC basis). A discrepancy existed between the next tool number data during the preceding automatic tool change process and the number data of a tool currently being changed.

TOOL NO DATA FALT FEHLER VON WERKZEUGDATEN DONN. ERR DS UNITE COMES T ERROR DATOS EN NO.UTIL ERRORE DATI UTENSILI FOUTIEF GEREEDSCHAPSNUMl1ER DATAFFL VERKTYGSNUMMER FElL VKT.NU}~R DATA

TOOL UNCLAMP MISSOPER. W.K.Z.ENTSCHP.FALSCH BEDIE. MAUVA. OPERA. D'IN CRAMPON D' OUT MAL-FUN.SOLTAR UTIL MANCANZA SBLOCCAGGIO UTENSILE FOUT.BEDIEN.GER-ONTKLEMMING VERKTYG LOSSA FELFUNKTION FEILBETJENING VERKTOY LOS

In the automatic operation mode or with the SJOG or spindle run push-button depressed or ·not in the ORIENT mode, the tool unclamping switch turned on. This alarm can be turned off by turning on the FEED HOLD switch after turning off the tool unclamping switch or by using the RESET button.

I 4.47

No. PI P2 P3

--- 278

OccurrenCE Status of Stop How to Release No. PI P2 P3

....279

Machine/high OccurrenCE voltage Status of Stop

Feed hold

How to Release

RESET on

No. PI P2 P3

...... 280

Machine/high OccurrenCE voltage Status of Stop

Feed hold

How to Release

Turn on RESET after eliminating the cause.

I

~ .~ ------------------~-..

.---

,

,--, .

281 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

Description

Message

No. 1

5

10

15

20

25

No. PI P2 P3

29

.......... 281

SPINDLE START MISSOPER. With the gear shifted to SPINDEL START FALSCH BEDIE. the NEUTRAL position, the MAUVA.OPERA.DE DEPART DE BROC Bspindle started. MAL-FUN.COMIENZO CICLO This alarm can be turned Machine/high MANCANZA START MANDRINO off by turning on the Occurrence voltage FOUT SPILSTART,...BEDIENING FEED HOLD switch or by FELFUNKTION SPINDEL START using the RESET button. FEILBETJENING SPINDEL START Status Feed hold of Stop tHow to !Release

282 IENGLISH

No. PI P2 P3

Turn on RESET after eliminating the cause • ..-.282

pc currence ~tatus

jof Stop ~ow to lRelease

283 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

TOOL CHANGE MISSOPER. W.K.Z.WECHSEL FALSCH BEDIE. MAUVA.OPERA.DE CHANG.D'.OUTIL MAL CAMBIO UTIL MANCANZA CAMBIO UTENSILE FOUT.BEDIEN.GER-WISSEL FELFUNKTION VERKTYGSVAXLING FEILBETJENING VERKTOYSKIFTING

No. To change 'a tool manually, PI P2 the Z-axis was not P3 available at the zero point (V series) or the Y-axis was not available Occurrence at the zero point. (H series) This alarm can be turned Status off by turning on the ' of Stop FEED HOLD switch or by using the RESET button. !How to Release

I 4.48

~283

Machine/high voltage Feed hold Turn on RESET after eliminating the cause.

---

~ ~ --~---------------~--

No. 284 ENGLISH

Message 1

5

10

15

Description 20

25

No.

29

~

284

PI P2 P3 Occurrence

~

Status of Stop How to Release 285 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

No. With a special tool in PI the machine, the SPINDLE P2 START button was P3 depressed. This alarm can be turned Occurrence off by turning on the FEED HOLD switch or by the RESET button. Status of Stop

SPECIAL TOOL MIS SOPER. SPEZIEL W.K.Z.FALSCH BEDIE MAUVA.OPERA . D'OUTIL SPECIAL MAL C~~IO UTIL ESPECIAL MANCANZA CAMBIO UT SPECIALE FOUT.BEDIEN.SPEC.GEREEDSCH FELFUNKTION SPECIALVERKTYG FEILBETJENING SPESIALVERKTOY

!How to Release

--- 285

Machine/high voltage Feed hold Turn on RESET after eliminating the cause .

.--....

286 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN toUTCH sm:DISH INORWAY

PALLET CHANGE MISSOPER. PALLET WECHSEL FALSCH BEDIE MAUVA.OPERA.DE CHANG.DE PALLE MAL CAVBIO PALLET MANCANZA CAMBIO PALLET FOUT.BEDIEN.PALLETWISSEL FELFUNKTION PALETTVAXLARE FEILBETJENING PALETTSKFTING

No. Without the pallet PI changing (pallet swing P2 position, pallet cylinders P3 1 and 2 return, and pallets 1/2 available on the pccurrence pallet carrier), the pallet change command was given. (H Series) Status This alarm can be turned pf Stop off by the RESET button. How to Release

I 4.49

...... 286

Machine/high voltage Feed hold Turn on :RESET after eliminating the cause.

~----------------~~-'_.,

No. TIl 7 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN IDUTCH SWEDISH INORWAY

Hessage 1.

5

10

15

Description 20

25

29

ZERO RETURN MISSOPER. NULL ZURUCK FALSCH BEDIE. MAUVA.OPERA.DE RETOUR AU ZERO EJES NO ESTAN ACERO MANCANZA RITORNO A ZERO FOUT.NULPUNTAANVARING NOLLPu~KT RET FELFUNKTION FEILBETJENING RETUR NULLPUNKT

......... 287

No. PI P2 P3

Without all axes returning to the zero point after switching on or making a machine emergency stop the STL push button Occurrence was depressed. This alarm can be turned off by returning all axes to their zero points Status of Stop

Machine/high voltage Feed hold Turn on RESET after eliminating the cause .

How to Release .. " -/

-.

No. PI P2 P3

288 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH

-

~

288

PLUS MOTION MIS SOPER. After switching on or PLUS RICHTUNG FALSCH BEDIE. making a machine emerMAUVA.OPERA DE MOUVEMENT POSI Irgency stop, the spindle :HAL-FIJN .DlRECCION+ was made to run in the Machine/high MANCANZA MOVlMENJo+ positive direction with- ,OccurrencE voltage FOUT.VERPLAATS.PLUS-RICHT out being moved in the I PLUSRORELSE FELFUNKTION negative direction. ~ORWAY ,FEILBETJENING PLUSS BEVEGELSE (VQC and HQC only) Status Feed hold This alarm can be turned of Stop off by turning on the FEED HOLD switch or by Turn on the RESET switch. How to RESET after Release eliminating the cause. 239 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

INDEX COMMAND MISSOPER. Although 5° indexing INDEX BEFEHL FALSCH BEDIE. was specified, no degree MAUVA.OPERA.DE COMMMlDE D'OUT .other than 5° was VALOR DIVISION ERRONEO specified. MANCANZA COMANDE INDEX (H series) FOUT.BEDIENING INDEX This alarm can be turned INDEXORDER FELFUNKTION off by turning on the FEILBETJENING INDEKSKOMHANDO FEED HOLD switch or by the RESET button.

'......,'

I 4.50

No. PI

--- 289

P2

P3 Machine/high OccurrencE voltage Status of Stop

Feed hold

How to Release

Turn on RESET after eliminating the cause.

~'------------------~--

~-

290 ENGLISH

Description

Message

No.

.. ..-'

1

5

10

1';

20

25

.......... 290

No. PI P2 P3

29

Occurrence

p

Status of Stop How to Release

.~

.

291 ENGLISH TOOL INTERLOCK MISSOPER. ~ERMAN W.K.Z.VERBLOK FALSCH BEDIE. IFRENCH MAUVA.OPERA.D'ENGRENAGE D'OUT SPANISH }~-FUN.BLOOUEO UTIL ITALIAN MANCANZA INTERBL.UTENSILE FOUT.BEDIEN.GER.GREND-INR. toUTCH SWEDISH VERKTYGSBLOCKERING FELFUNKT !NORWAY FEILBETJENING VKT.FORRIGLING

No. --- 291 With the TOOL SELECT PI P2 INTERLOCK on in the automatic operation mode, P3 the TOOL SELECT command Machine/hig was given. Occurrence voltage This alarm can be turned off by turning on the FEED HOLD switch or by Status of the RESET button. Feed hold Stop

. 292 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN toUTCH SWEDISH INORWAY

'. ~-'

TOOL SELECTMISSOPER. H.K.Z.WAHREN FALSCH BEDIE. }~UVA.OPERA.DE SELECT.D'OUTIL MAL-FUN.SELEC.UTIL MANCANZA SELEZIONE UTENSILE FOUT.BEDIEN.GEREEDSCH-KEUZE VERKTYGSFAL FELFUNKTION FEILBETJENING VERKTOYVALG

How to Release

When an empty pocket is available, no tool to be currently changed and no tool to be available in the spindle was commanded. Or where an empty pocket is unavailable, TO has been specified in selecting the magazine or a larger magazine type detected by the sensor than the one the magazine specified. This alarm can be turned off by turning on the FEED HOLD switch or by the RESET button.

No. PI P2 P3

Turn on RESET after I eliminating the cause.

- - 292

Machine/hig Occurrence voltage Status of Stop

Feed hold

How to Release

Turn on RESET after eliminating the cause.

~V_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ~--

293

Description

Message

No. 1

5

!O

15

20

25

29

No.

--- 293

PI P2 P3

ENGLISH

Occurrence

-

Status of Stop How to Release No.

294

.-.. 294

PI P2 P3

ENGLISH

OccurrencE Status of Stop How to Release No.

295

PI P2 P3

ENGLISH

Occurrence Status of Stop How to Release

I 4.52

......

295

~----~------------~--

296 ENGLISH

Description

Message

No. 1'

5

10

15

20

25

No. PI P2 P3

29

.-I!IPI

29

OccurrenCE

r

Status of Stop How to Release 291

ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

298 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

EXTERNALMISSOPR. NO.1 FALSCH BEDlNUNG AHAL NR.l ~AUVA.OPERA.DU DEHORS NO.1 MAL-FUN.EXTERIOR NO.1 }~CANZA ESTERNA NO.1 FOUT.EXTERNE BEDIEN.NR.l EXTERN FELOPERATION NR.l FEILBETJENING EKSTERNTNR.l

EXTERNAL MISSOPR. NO.2 FALSCH BEDINUNG AHAL NR.2 MAUVA.OPERA.DU DEHORS NO.2 MAL-fUN.EXTERIOR NO.2 MANCANZAESTERNA NO.2 FOUT.EXTERNE BEDIEN.NR.2 EXTERN FELOPERATION NR.2 FEILBETJENING EKSTERNT NR.2

A fault occurred in the device attached to the controller. (Optional)

A fault occurred in the device attached to the controller. (Optional)

----'

I 4.53

No. PI P2 P3

........ 297

Machine/hig IOccurrence vcltage Status of Stop

Feed hold

How to Release

Turn on RESET after eliminating the cause.

No. PI P2 P3

- - 298

Machine/hig Occurrence voltage Status of Stop

Feed hold

How to Release

Turn on RESET after eliminating the cause.

------------~----~~--

299 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

Description

Message

No. 1

5

lO

IS

20

25

No. PI P2 P3

29

EXTERl~AL' ~fISSO'p'R.

NO.3 A fault occurred in the FALSeH BEDlNUNG AHAL NR.3 device attached to the MAUVA.OPERA.DU DEHORS NO.3 controller. MAL-FDN.EXTERlOR NO.3 (Op~ional) MANCANZA ESTERNA NO.3 FOUT.EXTERNE BED lEN NR.3 EXTERN FELOPE~~TION NR.3 FEILBETJENING EKSTERNT NT.3

Machine/hi Occurrence voltage Status of Stop How to Release

I

I 4.54

.-... 29

Turn on RESET afte eliminatin the cause.

~--~-------------~-300 'ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH lTALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

Description

Message

No. 1

5

ID

15

20

25

SYSTEM ERROR SYSTEM FEHLER ERREUR SYSTEHE ERROR DEL SISTEMA ERRORE DEL SISTEMA SYSTEEM FOUT SYSTEMFEL SYSTEM FElL

301 IENGLISH PROGRAM NOT ON FILE GERMAN PROGRAMM NICHT GESPEICHERT FRENCH IPROGR&~ NON ENREGTSTRE SPANISH'NO REGIST~~O EL PROGRPJt~ ITALIAN PROGRAMMA NON REGISTRATO PROG~~ NIET IN DUTCH SWEDISH PROGRAM INTE I FIL NORWAY PROGRAM IKKE LAGRET

I

. ~-

302 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

No.

29

NO PITCH IN MULTI WORKPIECES !~IN ABSTAND BEl MEHR.THILE PAS DE DIST.ENTR.PCES MULT. ERROR DATOS PIEZAS MULTIPLES ~~CA IL O LAV.MULTIPLO GEEN AFSTAND IN MEERV.WERKST INGEN DELN VrD FLARBETSSTYCK INGEN AVST.VED MULTI ABBSTK.

This error occurs during processing inside the system. It may happen when a complicated process is being performed, because the U has a limited capability.

PI

--- 300 Error information

P2

"

P3

"

Occurrence

Interior of system

Status of Stop

Block stop

How to Release

Depress CANCEL button •

No. PI P2 P3

...........

301 With an uned work program number specified, the automatic operation WNO. I start was commanded. Machining lor a check was attempted Occurrence program on a graphic picture. Status of Stop

Block stop

low to Release

Depress CANCEL button.

No. PI P2 P3

Although many work pieces are machined in a command unit, no pitch was specified.

UNO. WNO.

pccurrence

Machining program

Status pf Stop

Block stop

~ow

to

~elease

I 4.55

......... 302

Depress CANCEL button.

~~.------------------~--

-

.~

...

303 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH iTALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

Description

Message

No. 1

5

ill

15

20

25

No

29

Pl The machining program NO TOOL DATA IN PROGRAM P2 IJNO DATEN IN PROG. contained the unit with no tool development data. P3 J.1NO. PROGR.NE CONT.PAS INF.OUT PROGRAM SIN INFOR DEUTILES Machining Occurrence MANCANO DATI UT NEL PROGRAM program PROGR.ZONDER GEREEDSCH GEG INGA VERKTYGSDATA I PROGRAM Status INGEN VKT.DATA I PROGRAH Block stop of Stop }~INE WEP~EUG

How to Release 304 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

305 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

.-.. 303 TSNO

NO FIGURE IN PROGRAM OHNE FIGUR IN PROGRAMM PAS DE FIGURE DANS PROGRAMME FALTA INFOR CONFIG EN PROG. MANCA LA FIGURA NEL PROGRAMMA GEEN FIG-BESCHR.IN PROGRfu~~ INGEN BILD I PROGRAM PROGRAM MANGLER TALL-DATA

IMISSING INPUT DATA (POINTt FEHLT DATEN (PUNKT) MANQUE D'INFORMATION(POINT) FALTA DE INFORMACION(PUNTOS) Mk~C DATI INGRESSO(PUNTO) FOUTIEVE INGAVE(PUNT-BEW.) INGANGSDATA SAKNS(PUNKT) MANGLENDE INPUT DATA(PUNKT)

The machining program has contained the unit with no shape specification data.

In a spot machining unit, insufficient unit data was inputted.

I 4.56

No. PI P2 P3

Depress CANCEL button • .-.II 304

UNO. WNO.

Occurence

Machining program

Status lof Stop

Block stop

How to Release

Depress CANCEL button.

No. PI P2 P3

--- 305 UNO. WNO.

Occurence

Machining program

Status of Stop

Block stop

How to Release

Depress CANCEL button.

~ ~ ------------------~-,

-----

306 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH 1TALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

307 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH S\.JEDISH NORWAY

'' ~.

308 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

Description

Message

No. 1

5

10

15

20

25

29

In a linear machining unit, insuff icien t unit data was inputted.

MISSING INPUT DATA (LiNE) FEHLT DATEN (LINIE) MANQUE D'INFORNATION(LIGNE) FALTA DE INFORMACION(LINEA) MANC DATI INGRESSO(LINEA) FOUTIEVE INGAVE(LIJN-BEWl INGANGSDATA SAKNAS (RAT) MANGLENDE INPUT DATA {L1NJE)_

MISSING INPUT DATA (FACE) FEHLT DATEN (FLACH) MANQUE D'INFORMATION(FACE) FALTA DE INFORMACION(PLANEA) MANC.DATI INGRESSO(FACCIA) FOUTIEVE INGAVE(VLAK-BEhT) INGANGSDATA SAKNAS(YTA) MANGLE~1DE I NPUT DATA(PLAN)

In a plane machining unit, insufficient unit data was inputted.

MISSING TOOL DATA FOR POINT FEHLT DATEN DER W.K.Z(PUNKT) MANQUE D'INFORM OUTIL(POINT) FALTA INFOR UTIL MECA.PUNTOS MANC . DATI UTENS (PUNTO) ONTBR GERSCH-GEGEV.PUNT-BEW. VERKTYGSDATA SAKNAS FOR PUNKT MANGLENDE VKT. DATA FOR PUNKT

In a spot machining unit, insufficient tool development data was inputted.

I 4.57

No. Pl P2 P3

;iiiij( 306 UNO. WNO.

Occurrence

Machining program

Status of Stop

Block stop

How to Release

Depress CANCEL button.

No. PI P2 P3

~

307

UNO. WNO.

Occurence

Machining program

Status of Stop

Block stop

How to Release

Depress CANCEL button.

No. PI P2 P3

...... 308

UNO. WNO.

Occurrence Machining program Status of Stop

Block stop

How to Release

Depress CANCEL button.

~----------------------~--

309 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH . SPANISH ITALIAN . DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

Description

Message

No. 1

5

10

15

20

25

29

In a linear machining unit, insufficient tool development data was inputted .

MISSING TOOL DATA FOR LINE FEHLT DATEN DER W.K.Z(LINIE) HANQUE D'INFORM.OUTIL(LIGNE) FALTA INFOR UTIL MECA.LINEA MANC.DATI UTENS(LINEA) ONTBR.GERSCH-GEGEV.LIJN-BEW VERKTYGSDATA SAKNAS FOR RAT MANGLENDE VKT.DATA FOR LINJE

.. ~

..

310 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH !NOR\-lAY

311 :ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH ~ORWAY

MISSING TOOL DATA FOR FACE FEHLT DATEN DER W.K.Z(FLACH) MANQUE D'INFORM.OUTIL(FACE) FALTA INFOR UTlL MECA.PLANO HANC.DATI UTENS (FACCIA) ONTBR.GERSCH-GEGEV.VLAK-BEW. VERKTYGSDATA SAKNAS FOR PLAN HANGLENDE VKT.DATA FOR PLAN

WPC UNIT INCOMPLETE AGP EINH NICHT VOLLSTAENDIG UNITE DE CDP INCOMPLETE ERROR DATOS UNI.COORDENADAS FASE PEZZO INCOMPLETA WSK-EENHELD NIET VOLLEDIG OFULLSTANDIG KOORDINATENHET GRUNNL.KOORDSYST.UFULLST.

In a plane machin;i.!lg unit,insufficient tool development data was inputted.

In the FRM (fundamental coordinate system settin~ unit, insufficient unit data was inputted.

I 4.58

No. Pl P2 Pi

.-.!II

309

UNO UNO

Occurrence

Machining program

Status of Stop

Block stop

How to Release

Depress CANCEL button.

No. PI P2 P3

diiiiiiII 310 TSNO. UNO. WNO.

Occurrence

Machining program

Status of Stop

Block stop

How to Release

Depress CANCEL button.

No Pl P2 P3

~ill UNO WNO.

Occurrence Machining program Status of Stop

·Block stop

How to Release

Depress CA."ICEL button.

~_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ~i _ _

No.

Description

Message

312 20 2S 29 5 10 l5 1 ENGLISH SUE PROGRAM OVER NESTING GERMAN liNTERPROGRAMM NESTING VOLL FRENCH DEPAS.CAP.ARRANG.PROG.AUX ~PANISH MEMORIA SATURADA ITALIAN ANNIDAMENTO SOTTOPR.PIENO STAPELGEH.SUB-PROGR.OVERLAD DUTCH SWEDISH FOR MANGA NIVAER UNDERPROGRAM NORWAY SUBPROGRfu~ OVERFORGRENET

313 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH S1.JEDISH NORWAY

I

'-

314 iENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

OFS UNIT INCOMPLETE KOR EINH NICHT VOLLSTAENDIG UNITE DE COMPENS.INCOMPLETE ERROR DATOS UNI. CORRECTORES FASE OFFSET IMCO~WLETA CORRECT.-EENH.NIET VOLLEDIG NOLLPUNKTSFORFLYTTOFULLSTAN:C DATAFEIL I KOMP.ENHET

DATA ERROR IN M CODE UNIT DATEN FEHLER IN M-CODE DONN.ERR . DS UNITE COMES M ERROR DATOS UNI.FUNCIONES M ERRORE NELLA FASE COD ICE M FOUT.GEGEV.IN M-CODE EENH DATAFEL I M-KODENS ENHET DATAFEIL I M KODE ENHET

Subprograms were overnested. (Nesting is limited to two. )

In the OFS (auxiliary coordinate system setting) unit, insufficient unit data was inputted.

In the M code unit, no data was inputted.

No. PI P2

....... 312

p1

WNO

Occurrence

Machining program

Status pf Stop

Block stop

How to Release

Depress CANCEL button.

No. Pl P2 P3

UNO. WNO. Machining program

Status pf Stop

Block stop

aowto lRelease

Depress CANCEL button.

No. PI P2 P3

Status

I 4.59

313

pccurrence

k>ccurrence

... _- '

~

~

314

UNO. WNO. Machining program

Iof Stop

Block stop

lHow to Release

Depress CANCEL button.

~----------------------~-No.

Description

Message

25 29 20 10 15 5 1 315 ENGLISH DATA ERROR IN MAN. PROG. UNIT In a single action unit FEHLER DER KONVEN.PROGRAMM program, insufficient GERMA1~ FRENCH ERREUR DU PROGRAMME CONUENTON data was inputted. SPANISH ERROR DATOS UNI.PROG CONVEN. ITALIAN ERRORE NELLA FASE PROGR.MAN FOUT GEGEV.MAN-PROG EENH. DUTCH SWEDISH DATAFEL I MANU ELL PROGRAMENH NORWAY DATAFEIL I MAN.PROG.ENHET

316 ENGLISH DATA ERROR IN MACRO GERMAN FEHLER DER MACRO FRENCH ERREUR D'INFORMATION MACRO SPANISH ERROR DATOS EN MACROS ITALIAN ERRORE NEI DATI DELLE MACRO FOUT.GEGEV.IN MACRO-PROGR DUTCH SWEDISHIDATAFEL I MAKROPROGR~ NO RvJAY DATAFEIL I MAKRO PROG.

317 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

In a macro program, insufficient data was inputted.

No

PI P2 P3

- - - 315 UNO. WNO.

Occurrence

Machining program

Status of Stop

Block stop

lIIow to Release

Depress CANCEL button.

No. PI P2 P3

;IiiiiI[:no UNO. WNO.

Occurrence Machining program

MIS-SET G CODE A G code other than the FEHLER DER G CODE EINGABE ed G codes was EPREUR D'INTRODUCTION CODE G specified. UTILIZADION ERRONEA CODIGO G ERRORE COD ICE G FOUT INGAVE VAN G-CODE FEL G-KOD FElLANGITT G-KODE

I 4.60

Status of Stop

Block stop

How to Release

Depress CANCEL button •

No. PI P2 P3

...... 317 FSNO. UNO. WNO.

Occurrence

Machining program

Status of Stop

Block stop

How to Release

Depress CANCEL button.

~--------~-------~--

318

Description

Message

No. 1

5

10

15

20

IENGLISH IMMSmur' IN'd)MPLETE' 'GER.~

.t'liliNCH

i~~ISH DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

25

No. PI

29

.-rI!III

318

P?

iMMS EINH NICHT VOLLSTAENDIG iUNITE DEMijS ~Nr,)MPLETE ~DATOS UNI.MEDICION FASE SMA NI IMt>LETA MMS-EENH.NIET VOLLEDIG HAETSYST.ENET OFULLSTANDIG MANGLENDE INPUT DATA(MMS)

P3 Occurrence Status of Stop How to Release

-319

No.

-PI

[ENGLISH

~

P2 P3

iOccurrence Status of Stop How to Release No.

320

jEN-dLISH fp-6ImCJJTJ'LNG PARAMETER FRROR Ir.F.RMt\N IFEHLF-R- PARAMETER(t'UNK.l') Ir'liliNCH I-RPRl:;oTIR- PARA...'1. POUR PO INT ISPANISH IRRR()R PARA..~ ,EN MECA. PUNTOS Ir IAN IRR-R-nRF. NEI PARAM.PUNTO FI TAG PUTCH IFOUT. PARAM.VQOR PUNTB~T.rnRl( !SWEDISH ~TERFER PUNKTWRA RR~;TN ING NORWAy i PUNKTMAsKINERING PARAM. FE-IL

Parameter settings on the parameter spot machining picture exceeded their allowable range.

I 4.61

IIIIIIIIIIII 320

PI

P2 P3 Parameter pccurrence spot machining Status of Stop

Block stop

How to !Release

Depress CANCEL button.

~-----------~-

321 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH "'ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

Description

Message

No. 1

5

IO

J5

20

25

29

LINE/FACE CUTTING PAR. ERROR FEHLER PARAME.(LINIE/FLACH) ERREUR PARAM.POUR LIGNE/FACE ERROR PARAM.MECA LINEA/PLANE ERRORE PARAM.LAVOR.LINiFACC FOUT.PARAM.V.LIJN/VLAKBEW PARAMETERFEL RAT/PLAN-VEARBE1 LINJE/PLAN MASKIN.PARAM.FEIL

Parameter settings on the parameter line/face machining picture exceeded the allowable range.

*

No. PI

~ 321 Parameter number 1(

P2 P3

Parameter Occurrence spot The term, "Parameter Number" , signifies the machining sequence of display on the parameter line/face Status Block stop of Stop machining picture. How to Release

322 ENGLISH

No. PI P2 P3

Depress CANCEL button • ...... 322

Occurrence Status of Stop How to Release 323 IENGLISH IPARAMF,"F.R 1<'"R1U),R (~YN) GERMAN FEHLER PARAME.(GYN) FRENCH ERREUR PARAM. (GYN) . SPANISH ERROR PARAM.(GYN) ITALIAN ERROR PARAMETRI (GYN) DUTCH FOUT.PARMETER(GYN) SWEDISH PARAMETERFEL\"GYN) NORWAY PARAMETERFEIL(GYN)

No. ...... 323 A numerical value other PI than 2, 3 and 4 was set P2 as the parameter (GYN: P3 number of gear speeds) Parameter, on the Parameter, Machine Occurrence machine Multipliers 2 display. multiplier 2

I 4.62

Status of Stop

Block stop

How to Release

Depress CANCEL button.

~>rl

_ _ _ _

No.

--------------~--

Description

Message

20 25 5 lS ID 324 1 £9 ENGLISH IGEAR SHIFT DATA' ERROR' GERMAN .FEHLER DATEN DER BER r:A"t-.-fMF DE VITESSE HAL CHOISIE FRfu~CH SPANISH FRROR DATOS GAMA VELOCIDAD lTALIAN I ERRORE DATI CAMBIQ r:AMMA FOUT GEGEV r:A1vIM-\KEUZE DUTCH SWEDISH DATAFEL VARVTALSVAXLING NORWAY GEARSKFTE DATAFEIL

'.

No. PI P2 P3

......... 324

A gear command M code is dependent of the set parameter, number of gear speeds (GYN) values menMachining tioned above as follows: IOccurrence program Block stop

M38

Invalid IStatus M Code of Stop M39 H36,M37

3

M37 M38

M39 H36

4

M36 M37 M38 M39

Depress CANCEL button.

GYN

L

')

"-

H

M MH

-

IHow to IRelease

Inputting an abovementioned invalid M code in the H code column of the tool development data will result in an error.

325 ENGLISH ,CUTTING SPEED ZERO GERMAN SCHNITTGESCHIWINDIGKET NULL FRENCH VITESSE DE COUPE ZERO SPANISH _y~L.9GIP.@l)~ CORTE .CERO ITALIAN VEROCITA 'DI L~<2..RQ }}:;R.O DUTCH SPILSNELHEID 1~ ~JII.._ SWEDISH SKA"RHA..STIGHETNOLL NORWAY TURTALL NULL

In the machining program, o has been inputted as the spindle speed (peripheral speed).

326 ~NGLISH

GEP-MAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

"-

FEED RATE ZERO VORSCHUB NULL AVANCE ZERO ElAVANCE ES .C;ERO VEROCITA' AVANZA'MI<:rnu ZERO VOEDING IS NUL MTNING NOLL MATING NULL

In the machining program,. o has been inputted as . the feedrate.

No. PI P2 P3

--- 325 TSNO. UNO. WNO.

Occurrence Machining program IStatus lof Stop

Block stop

lHow to lRelease

Depress CANCEL button.

No. PI P2 P3

~326

T: . UNO. WNO.

/

I 4.63

Occurrence

Hachining program

IStal us pf Stop

Block stop

How to Release

Depress CANCEL button.

~-----------------~-No.

Hessage

Description

327 5 10 15 20 1 2S 29 ENGLISH DESIGNATED UNIT NO. NOT FOUND GERMAN r~INE BESTIMMTEN EINHEITNR. FRENCH PAS DE NO.DE UNITE DESIGNE. SPANISH IUTILIZACION ERRONEA UNID NO. ITALIAN NO FASE RICHIESTA NON TROVATO GEVRAAGD EENH-NR NIET GEVOND. DUTCH SWEDISH ANGIVEN ENHET NR.HITTAS INTE NORWAY ANGITT ENHETSNR IKKE FUNNET

328 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

No. ~327 In the program restart PI lYN() function, a specified P? WN() P1 unit number was not found in the program for a specified work number OccurrenCE Machining program (WNO). Status of Stop

Block stop

How to Release

Depress CANCEL button.

.......... 328 No. DESIGNATFn SN() N()T "'JlJN PI TSNO. In the program restart KEINE BESTIMMTEN SEQUENZ NR. function, a specified P2 PAS DE NO. DE SE~UENCE DESIGN ~tool sequence number P3 WNO. UTILIZACION ERRONEA SEO.NO . (TSNO) was not found in NO SEO.RECHIESTA NON TROVATO the unit with a specified Occurrence Machining program GEVRAAGD SEO-NR NIET GEVOND unit number (UNO) of the &~GIVET SEKVENSNR.HITTAS INTE program with a specified Status ANGITT SEKVENSNR INNE FUNNET work number n·mO) . Block stop of St op lHow to lRelease

329 ENGLISH

No. PI P2 -P3 pccurrence ~tatus

pf Stop How to Release

I 4.64

Depress CANCEL button.

~329

~----------------~-Description

No.

Message

330 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

NO 'TOOL LAYOUT ORNE W.K.Z BESCHREIBUNG PAS DE DESCROPTION D'OUTILS FALTA DESCRITCION DE UTILES MANCA DISPOSIZIONE UTENSILT GEEN GEREEDSCHAPSBESCHRIJVING INGEN VERKTYGSLAYOUT INGEN VERKTOYPLAN

331 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

332 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

1.

5

10

J5

20

2S

29

NO TOOL IN MAGAZINE KEIN WZ.ANGEFRAGTEM M.PLATZ PAS D'OUT.DANS LA POCHE DES FALTA DEL UTIL EN EL TAMBOR MANCANZA UT.NE MAGAZZINO GEEN GEREEDSCHAP IN MAGAZIJN INGET VERDTYG I ~~GASIN VERKTOY M..I\NGLER I MAGAS INET

EXCEED ENDMILLDIAMETER ZUGROSSE DIA DES SCHAFTFASER TROP GRAND DIA DE FRAISE BOUT FRESA FRONTAL MUY GRANDE DTAMETRO FRESA ECCESSIVO DlAM.VINGERFREES TE GROOT FOR STOR ANDFRASDIAMETER FOR STOR ENDEFRESDIA.

....... 330 No. PI On the tool data picture, P2 no tool was ed WNO. P3 or was there any trace of a tool layout operaOccurrence Tool layout tion.

The tool programmed in the machining program was not ed in the tool data picture. This alarm can be turned off by performing a tool layout operation for the related work number on the tool layout display.

The specified tool had too large a diameter. (Examples: End milling cutter grove unit, round unit)

I 4.65

Status of Stop

Block stop

How to Release

Depress CANCEL button.

No. PI P2 P3

~

331

TSNO. UNO. WNO.

Tool data, Occurrence machining program Status of Stop

Block stop

How to Release

Depress CANCEL button •

No. PI P2 P3

....... 332 TSNO. UNO. WNO.

Occurrence

Machining program

Status of Stop

Block stop

How to Release

Depress CANCEL button.

~------------------~--

333 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH lTALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

Description

Message

No. 1

5

10

15

20

25

29

TOOL DATA INPUT PROCESS ERROR WERKZEUGEINGABEFEHLER MAL PROCEDE INTRO INFOR.OUTIL ERROR EN DATOS DE VTILES ERRORE DI PROCESSO DATI UT. FOUTIEVE INGAVE V.GEREEDSCH FELAKTIG INLASN VERKTYGSDATA VKT.DATA INPUT PROSESSFEIL

Some data were not inputted into the tool data or into the tool file display.

No. PI P2 p3

333

Occurrence

Tool file, tool data

Status of Stop

Block stop

How to Release

Depress CANCEL button.

No. PI P2 P3

334 ENGLISH

.-dI

TSNO. UNO. WNO.

--- 334

Occurrence Status of Stop

I

How to Release No. pT P2 P3

335 IENGLISH

Occurrence Status of Stop How to Release

I

4.66

.-III

335

~-----------------~--

336 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH iTALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

337 ENGLISH GER}fAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

338 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

Description

Message

No. 1

5

10

lS

20

25

29

RADIAL DEPTH OF CUT ZERO RADIAL SPANTIEFE NULL LARGEUR DE COUPE 0 EN R ANCHURA DE LA PASADA ESCERO PROFOND DI RAD ZERO RADIALE SNIJDIEPTE-R IS NUL RADIELLT SKARDJUP NOLL RADIELL KUTTDYBDE ER NULL

In the line/face machining unit tool development data, 0 has inputted as the radial depth of cut (radially cutting stroke per cycle). (With the radial depth of cut set to 0, machining will not stop because no cutting is actually being performed, no matter how many times a work piece may be cut radially.)

No. Pl P2 P3

Occurrence Mal:Whining program Status of Stop

Block stop

How to Release

Depress CANCEL button.

No. rnthe line/face- machining PI unit tool development data, P2 o has been inputted as P3 the Z depth of cut (Z-axis cutting stroke per cycle). Occurrence (With the Z depth of cut set to zero, machining Status will not stop because of Stop cutting is not actually performed, no matter how many time a work may be How to cut Z-axially.) Release

Z DEPTH OF CUT ZERO Z SPANTIEFE NULL PROF DE COUPE 0 EN AXE Z PROF,DE CADA DORTE ES CERO PROFOND DI Z ZERO AXIALE SNIJDIEPTE-Z IS NUL SKARDJUP Z NOLL KUTTDYBDE ER NULL

FINISH DEPTH OF CUT ZERO KEINE BEARBEITUNGSZUGABE PAS DE SURE BEARBETN.FINSV.-Z ES CERO PROFOND FINIT ZERO NABEW.OVERMAAT IS NUL FINSKAR NOLL INTET ARB.MONN FINBEARBEIDING

Although a finish tool was available for a line/face machining unit in the program, a was inputted as the finish allowance.

I 4.67

--- 336 TSNO. UNO. WNO

No. PI P2 P3

~337 TSNO. UNO. WNO. Machining program Block stop Depress CANCEL button.

~338 UNO. WNO.

Occurrence

Machining program

Status of Stop

Block stop

How to Release

Depress CANCEL button.

~------------------~--

339

Description

Message

No. 1

5

ill

~

~

~

~

A specified tool had a tool diameter of zero inputted.

ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH STANISH

TOOL DIAMETER ZERO KEIN t.JRKZGDURCHMESSER PAS DE D'OUTIL DIA CERO DEL UTIL ~TALIAN DIAMETRO UTENSILE ZERO DUTCH GEREEDSCHAPSDIAMETER IS NUL SWEDISH VERKTYGSDIAMETERNOLL NORWAY INGEN VERKTOYDIAM.

340 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

TOOL TRESING IMPOSSIBLE UNMOGLICH EINBRE CHEN AGE D'OUTIL IMPOSSIBLE PASO IMPOSIBLE DEL UTIL AGGIO UTENS.IMPOSSIBILE DOORGANG GEREEDSCHAP ONMOGEL VERKTYGSRORELSE OMOJLIG UMULIG VERKTOYBANE

CHAMFERING I}~OSSIBLE UNMOGLICHES ABSCHRAGEN CHANFREINAGE IMPOSSIBLE CHAFLAN IMPOSIBLE SMUSSO IMPOSSIBILE AFSCHUINING ONMOGELIJK FASNING OMOJLIG FASING UMULIG

.-... 339

TSNO. UNO. WNO. Machining Occurrence program Status Block , stop of Stop Depress How to CANCEL Release button. No. PI P2 P3

~--------------~--------~

341 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

No. Pl P2 P3

..........

340

TSNO. UNO. WNO.

Upon finish machining in a line/face machining unit, a tool path is usually so calculated that Machining Occurrence a tool will both enter program and exit on an arc basis. An interference w'"ith any Status Block stop shape before or after the of Stop tool would result in this alarm. ~--------~--------~ Depress How to CANCEL (Interference R I button.·

.... 341 No. PI TSNO. In chamfering with a P2 UNO. chamfering cutter, P3 WNO. cutting was impossible due to an ·interference Tool file, with the wall or bottom, tool data or the specified chamferOccurrence machining ing cutter had inapproprogram priate tool data.

I 4.68

Status of Stop

Block stop

How to Release

Depress CANCEL button.

~-----------------~--

342 ENGLISH

Description

Message

No. 1

5

10

lS

20

25

No. PI P2 P3

29

-

--- 342

OccurrenCE Status of Stop How to Release

343 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

344 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

Z DEPTH OF CUT TOO LARGE MAX Z SPANTIEFE UBERSCHRITTEN PROF.DE COUPE EN Z TROP IMP. PROF PASADA Z MUY GRANDES PROF.ATA Z TROPPO G~~E TE GROTE SNIJDIEPTE IN Z SKARDJUP Z FOR STORT Z KUTTDYBDE FOR STOR

STOCK REMOVAL R TOO LARGE AUDMASS PAD.ZU GROSS SUREP.}~T.TROP IMP.EN R CRECES EN R MUY GRANDES SOVRAMET.R TROPPO GRANDE TE GROTE MATERIAAL TOESLAG-R MATERIALAVVERKNING R FOR STOR ARBEIDSMONN RADIELT FOR STORT

Z depth of cut in the tool development data of a line/face machining unit exceeded the maximum depth of a cut in the tool file. (Cutting beyond the maximum depth of cut is impossible. )

In a line/face machining unit, a removal radius has been larger than the tool diameter. (In the line/face machining unit, only one cycle each of rough and finish machining is performed for radial cutting. Machining with a removal allowance beyond the tool diameter, therefore, is impossible.)

No. PI P2 P3

- - - 343 TSNO. UNO. WNO.

OccurrenCE

Machining program

Status of Stop

Block stop

How to Release

Depress CANCEL button.

No. PI P2 P3

~344 UNO. WNO.

Occurrence

Machining program

Status of Stop

Block stop

How to Release

Depress CANCEL button.

-

I

4.69

- - - - - - -- - _ .__

. -

..... . .

_.

.-

~ .~------------------~--

345 ENGLISH PERMAN WRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

Description

Message

No. 1

5

ID

15

20

25

29

STOCK REMOVAL Z TOO SMALL AUFMASS Z ZU KLEIN SUREP.HAT.TROP PET.EN Z CRECES EN Z MUY GRfu~DES SOVRAMETZ TROPPO PICCOLO TE GROTE K~TERlAALTOESLAG-Z HATERIALA\~EP~~ING Z FOR LITE ARBEIDSMONN Z FOR LITEN

346 ENGLISH STOCK REMOVAL R TOO SMALL GERMAN AUFMASS RAD.ZU KLEIN FRENCH SUREP.Y~T.TROP PET.EN R SPANISH CRECES EN R MUY PEQUENAS ITALIA..~ SOVRAMET.R TROPPO PICCOLO TE KLEINE MATERI.~TOESLP.G-R ~UTCH SWEDISH HATERIALAVVERKN R FOR LITEN ~ORWAY ARBEIDSMONN RADIELT FOR LITE

347 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN PUTCH SWEDISH INORWAY

R DEPTH OF CUT TOO LARGE FADIAL SPANTIEFE ZU GROSS PROF.DE COUPE TR.IMP.EN R PROF PASADA R MUY GRANDES PROF.DI ATA R TROPPO GRA TE GROTE SNIJDIEPTE IN R SKARDJUP R FOR STORT RADIELL KUTTDYBDE FOR STOR

Ina line/face machining unit, the Z removal allowance was smaller than the Z finish allowance.

In a line/face machining unit, the removal radius was smaller than the radial finish allowance.

In a line/face machining unit, the depth of a radial cut was larger than the tool diameter. (The depth of cut per cycle is limited to the maximum tool diameter.)

'-"'

I

4.70

No. PI P2 P3

--- 345 UNO. WNO.

Machining Occurrence program Status of Stop

Block stop

How to Release

Depress CANCEL button.

No. PI P2 P3

~346

UNO. WNO.

Occurrence

Machining program

Status of Stop

Block stop

How to Release

Depress CANCEL button.

No. PI P2 P3

~347

TSNO. UNO. WNO.

OccurrenCE

Machining program

Status of Stop

Block stop

How to Release

Depress CANCEL button.

~-----------------~--

348 ENGLISH

Description

Message

No. 1

5

10

15

20

25

29

.

No. PI P2 P3

- - 348

Occurrence Status of Stop How to Release No. PI P2 P3

349 ENGLISH

~

349

.-d

350

Occurrence Status of Stop How to Release No. PI P2 P3

350 ENGLISH

Occurrence Status of Stop How to Release No. PI P2 P3

351 ENGLISH

Occurrence Status of Stop How to Release

I 4.71

. . . . 351

~ ~ ------------------~--

352

Description

Message

No. 1.

5

ID

15

20

25

No. PI P2 P3

29

~NGLISH

....352

pccurrence

~

Istatus Iof Stop lHow to lRelease 353

ENGLISH -

No. PI P2 P3

........ 353

Occurrence Status of Stop How to Release

354 ENGLISH

No. PI P2 P3 Occurrence Status of Stop How to Release

I 4.72

~

354

~------------~-

No.

Description

Message

20 25 10 5 355 15 1 HOLE NUMBER OVER (>500) ENGLISH GERMAN ZU ZIELELOCHER ( 500) FRENCH .m: .NOMBR.ALESAG. ( 500) SPANISH EXCESIVO NUMERO AGUJEROS ITALIAN ECCESSIVO NUMERO FORI( 500) AANT. BORING. OVERSCHR._( 5001 DUTCH SPANISH FOR STORT ANTAL HAL( 500) NORWAY FOR MANGE HULL( 500)

29

No. - - 355 Pl Ina point machining P2 UNO unit, shape data were P3 WNO defined beyond the definable number of points per Machining Occurrence unit (500 points when program inputted. (Defining a grid of 20 Status Block stop vertical and 30 hori~f Stop zontal holes will result in an error.) Depress lHow to CANCEL IRelease 20 button.

pcsflll

1M

~

30 pcs. Total of holes: 20 x 30 356 ~NGLISH

GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

UNDEFINED CORNER AT SPT/FPT FEHLER VON R.FASEN IN SPR/END ERREUR DE R AU POINT DEP/ARRI CHF SIN DEFINIR AL PC/PF ANGOLO NON DEFINITO PART/ARR ONBESCHR.HOEKAAN SPR/EPT ODEFINIER HORN I STARTPjANDP UDEFINERT HJORNE VED SPTjFPT

= 600

No. . . . . 356 PI In the graphic definition FSNO. P2 of a line machining UNO. P3 center, right or left WNO. unit or chambering right Machining or left unit, corner R/C Occurrence program has been specified at the starting or ending point. Status Block stop of Stop lHow to !Release

357 ENGLISH GER.."1.Ai'l FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

OFFSET ERROR FEHLER DER KOMPENSATION ERREUR DE COMPENSATION ERROR DE CORRECTOR ERRORE DI OFFSET COMPENSATIEFOUT KOMPENSERINSFEL KOMPENSASJONSFEIL

Since a graphic shape is too fine for a tool diameter, machining has been impossible as programmed. Select a tool with a smaller diameter.

I

()~

LIN IN unit

I 4.73

r

TOO1

No. PI P2 P3

. . . . . 357 UNO. WNO

Machining Occurrence program Status pf Stop

lHow to \ Specified !Release shape

Depress CANCEL button .

Block stop Depress CANCEL button.

~------~-------------~--

'-

358 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH iTALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

Description

Message

No. 1

5

10

15

20

25

UNDEFINED CORNER ~ FEHLER VON R.FASEN ERREUR DE R AU POINT ESQUINA INDEFINDO ANGOLO NON DEFINITO ONBESCHREVEN HOEK ODEFINIERAT HORN UDEFINERT HJORNE

No. Pl P2 P3

29

An inappropriate corner Ric has been specified.

OccurrencE

Machining program

Status of Stop

Block stop

How to Release

Depress Ck'l'CEL button.

I

' - '

359 ENGLISH GER.MAN FREHCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

360 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH ~ORWAY

POINT CUTTING PATTERN ERROR FEF~ER FIGUR(pm~KT)

ER..'{EUR CORrIG LJSINGE(POINT) ERROR MODELO PROG.DE PUNTOS ERRORE LA VOR. FIGURA FORI FOUT.FIGUURBESCHR.PUNTBEH. PUNKTB&L~BETNINGSBILD FEL FElL I HULLMONSTER PUNKT

SOUARE CAN NOT BE DEFINED FEHLER FIGUR DES VIERECK ERREUR DEFINITION CARRE DEFINI.DEL RECTANGULO IMPOS QUADRATO NON DEFINIBILE VIERK.KAN NIET BESCHR.WORD. FYRKANT KAN INTE DEFINIERAS FIRKANT IKKEDEFINERBAR

Point machining shape data were defined inappropriately.

.......... 358 FSNO. UNO. WNO.

No. PI P2 P3

~359

FSNO. UNO. WNO.

OccurrencE

Machining program

Status of Stop

Block stop

How to Release

Depress CANCEL button .

No. . . . . 360 Pl FSNO. With the shape pattern P2 UNO. set to SQUARE, a shape P3 WNO. cannot be defined with an input value. Occurrence Machining Review all starting program point input values, diago nal points and corner Status Block stop RiC. of Stop How to Release

I 4.74

Depress CANCEL button.

~~----~-----------~~

361 ENGLISH K;ERMAN WRENCH SPANISH

Description

Message

No. 1.

5

10

15

20

25

In inputting an arbitrary shape in a line machining unit, "?" was used to define the starting Occurrence . point. (In an undefined shape, "?" cannot be computed Status automatically. In a of Stop closed shape, however, an automatic computation may be possible in some cases. How to In such a case, as a rule, Release no error will result.)

NO STARTING POINT OHNE STARTPUNKT PAS DE POINT DE DEPART FALTA PUNTO DE COMIENZO ITALIAN MANCA IL PUNTO DI PARTENZA GEEN STARTPUNT AANDUIDING ~UTCH iSWEDISH INGEN STARTPUNKT ~ORWAY INTET STARTPUNKT

362 ENGLISH k;ERMAN WRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN !DUTCH SWEDISH ~mRWAY

No. PI P2 P3

29

.-.III!!

361

FSNO. UNO. WNO. Machining program Block stop Depress CANCEL button.

.-.. in::> No. In inputting an arbitrary PI FSNO. in " a P2 shape (open graphic) UNO. P3 line machining unit, "?" WNO. was employed to define Machining the end point. Occurrence program ("?"cannot be calculated automatically. ) Status Block stop of Stop

NO FINAL POINT OHNE ENDEPUNKT PAS DE POINT D'ARRIVEE FALTA PUNTO FINAL MANCA IL PUNTO FINALE GEEN EINDPUNT AANDIDING INGEN k\1)PUNKT INTET SLUTTPUNKT

lHow to lRelease

Depress CANCEL button.

I

363 !ENGLISH K;ERMAN WRENCH iSPANISH ITALIAN

INSUFFICIENT INPUT DATA FEHLENDE EINGABE ADTEN MANQUE D'INFORMATIQN FALTA DE DATOS DATI INGRESSO INSUFFICIENTE ONVOLDOENDE GEGEVENS ~UTCH iSWEDISH OTILLRACKLIGA INGANSDATA ~ORWAY MANGLENDE INPUT DATA

In a line/face machining unit, insufficient arbitrary shape data were inputted and some crossings coordinates were incalculable.

No. PI P2 P3 Occurrence ~tatus

pf Stop ~ow

to !Release

I

4.75

--- 363 FSNO. UNO. WNO. Machining program Block stop Depress CANCEL button.

...:.:::.... '- - - - - - - - " " ' " - - - - - - K l -

364 ~NGLISH

GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN InUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

.---. . .

"-"

Description

Message

No. 1

5

10

IS

20

INPUT DATA EXCEEDED ZU VIELE EINGABE DATEN TROP D'INFORMATION EXCESO DE DATOS DATI INGRESSO ECCESSIVI OVERDREVEN GEGEVENS INGANSDATA OVERSKRIDNA FOR MANGE INPUT DATA

25

29

No.

_...... 364

pl

FSNO UNO

In a line/face machining P? unit, excessive arbitrary {IN() pi shape data were inputted so that a contradiction Machining Occurrence occurred with redundant program data.

365 , !ENGLISH ILLEGAL RADIUS ~ERMAN FEHLER VON KREIS~~IUS FRENCH RAYON TROP PETIT SPANISH RADIO INCORRECTO b:TALIA.~ RAGGIO ILLEGALE FOUTIEVE RADIUS PUTCH ~WEDISH OTILLATEN RADlE INORWAY ,UKORREKT RADIUS

Status of Stop

Block stop

Illow to Release

Depress CANCEL button .

........ 365 No. PI In a line/face machining FSNO. P2 unit, arbitrary shape arc UNO. P3 definition data (starting WNO. point coordinates, end Machining pccurrence point coordinates and program radius) did not agree as follows: -h" IStatus I Block stop 10£ Stop end I point Depress lHow to CANCEL lRelease button. Distance between two Preceding points is graphic larger than end point twice the radius (diameter). 366 No. ~366 !ENGLISH NO DESIGNATED POINT ON CIRCLE In a line/face machining PI FSNO. ~ERMAN OHNE PUNKT AM KREIS unit, the preceding graPl WOo FRENCH POINT D'ARRIVEE OU RAYON FAUX phic did not include an P3 WNO. ~PANISH NO HAY PUNTO EN EL CIRCULO end point on the circum~TALIAN MANCA PUNTO SUL CERCHIO ference determined by the pccurrence Machining program PUTCH PUNT AAND.ONTBR.OP CIRKEL arbitrary shape arc ~WEDISH INGEN PROGR PUNKT PA CIRKELN definition data. IStatus ~ORWAY INTET PUNKT PAA SIRKEL Block stop pf Stop

Q;P1C

~ Gr:~~iC ,

point

A:c center Preceding graphic end point )r

I4.76

~ow

to iRelease

Depress CANCEL button.

~---------------~-

No.

Description

Message

25 ID 20 29 5 15 1 367 ENGLISH HISSING CENTER '(NO DATA)' GERMAN UNMOGLICHE SUCHE VON KREISZEN FRENCH IMPOSSIBLE DE CHERCHER CENTRE ~PANISH FALTAN DATOS DEF CENTRO CIR. ITALIAN HANCANO I DATI DEL CENTRO CENTER ONTBREEKT(GEEN GEGl PUTCH ~WEDISH CENTRID1 SMU~AS(INGA DATA) INTET SENTER(INGEN DATA) ~ORWAY

-.

Status of StOp

Block stop

How to Release

Depress CANCEL button.

No. ~~ 368 PI FSNO. In a line/face machining UNO. unit, an arbitrary shape r- P2 v.,TNO. P3 arc was set to a radius of 0. Machining Occurrence program

368 ENGLISH I R.~DIUS ZERO DREI SR.i\D IUS 1ST l'ULL GER.'1fu.~ FRENCH RAYOi'i DESIRE EST ZERO SPANISH IVALOR RADIO CERO ITALIAN RAGGIO NULLO DUTCH RADIUS IS NUL SWEDISH RADIE NOLL NORWAY RADIUS NULL

369 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

No. ~367 FSNO. PI In a line/face machining UNO. P2 unit, arbitrary shape arc WNO. P3 definition data were insufficient or contained Machining OccurrencE too many"?" to compute program an arc graphic.

DIFFERENT CENTER INPUT VERSCHIEDENE KREISZENTRUM POINT DE CENTRE DU RAYON FAU] FALTA CENTRO (EN PUNTa DEFIN' INGRESSO ERRATO DEL CENTRO VERKEERDE CENTERPUNT INGAVE AVVILANDE INLASNINSCENTRUM AVVIKENDE SENTER INPUT

Status of Stop

Block stop

How to Release

Depress CANCEL button.

No. Pl P2 P3

--- 369 FSNO. In a line/face machining UNO. unit, too much arbitrary WNO. shape arc definition data were inputted resulting in a disagreement among Machining data. Occurrence program [Example] In the illustration below Status Block stop Pl(O,O), P2(lOO,0) and of Stop Q(50,0) are defined. Besides, a numerical value Depress How to other than 50 was CANCEL Release inputted as R. button.

P~k=~ o

I 4.77

<;0

P2 _ 100 x

~ '~------------------~--

"-

370 ENGLISH GERHAN FRENCH SPANISH TTALIAl'l" DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

Description

Message

No. 1"

5

!O

15

20

2S

29

POINT INSIDE CIRCLE ESGIEBT PUNKT IN DEM KREIS UN AUTRE POINT DANS IE CERCLE OTRO PUNTO DENTRO DE CIRCULO UN ALTRO Pu~TO NEL CERCHIO ANDER PUNT IN CIRKEL PUNKT INNANFOR CIRKELN PUNKT INNE I SIRKEL

No. PI PZ P3

- - 370 FSNO. With coordinates of P2 UNO. and P3 taken for (?,?) WNO. (i), the tangential line ing Pl cannot be Machining Occurrence drawn. program P4 P4 )( P P3 Status Block stop of Stop

~

Qo

~

R

No. PI P2 P3

--- 371 FSNO. In the illustration UNO. below, for example, UP or WNO. DOWN should be inputted as P data. Nevertheless, Machining RIGHT or LEFT was input- OccurrencE program ted.

ILLEGAL

P UNEND P INADECAT INCORRECTO P ILLEGALE P FOUTIEVE P OTILLATEN P UGYLDIG P

D 372 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

DATUM

NECESSARY BENOTIGE P EINGABE NECESSITE D'INTRODUIR NECESITO DATOS P DATO P NECESSARIO DATA P IS NODIG REFERENS P ERFODRAS DATUM P NODVENDLG

Depress CANCEL button.

PI (ii)

(i) 371 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

How to Release

P2

P

The crossover point with the arc cannot be determined without P data (right or left or up or down).

~P" PI

I 4.78

Status of Stop

Block stop

How to Release

Depress CANCEL button.

No. PI P2 P3

FSNO.

mm.

WNO.

OccurrenCE

Machining program

Status of Stop

Block stop

How to Release

Depress CANCEL button.

K

P3

~372

~V_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ~--

373 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN . DUTCH SWEDISH ~ORWAY

---. '

374 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

Description

Message

No. 1'

5

10

15

2D

25

29

Both starting and end TWO POINTS OVERLAPPED points were given as ZWEI PUNKTE IN. GLE:ICHER POS POINT D'ARIVEE MEME POINT DEP identical coordinates. 2 PUNTOS EN EL MISMO SITIO DUE PUNTI SOVRAPPOSTI TWEE SAMENVALLENDE PUNTEN 2 PUNKTER OVERKL~P VARANDRA TO SAMMENFALLENDE PUNKTER

Two straight lines are parallel so that their crossing point cannot be obtained.

PARALLEL LINES LINIE PARALLEL LIGNES PARALLELES LINEAS PARALELAS LINEE PARALLELE PARALLELE LIJNEN PARALLELLA LINJER PARALLELLE LINJER

375 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN

NO INTERSECTION ORNE SCHNITTPUNKT PAS DE POINT CROISE NO HAY PUNTO DE INTERSECCION NESSUNA INTERSEZIONE GEEN SNIJPUNT ~UTCH SWEDISH INGEN SKARNINGSPUNKT NORWAY INGEN KRYSNING

No. PI P2 P3

373

Occurrence

Machining program

Status of Stop

Block stop

How to Release

Depress CANCEL button.

No. PI P2 P3

- - 374 FSNO. UNO. WNO.

Occurrence

Machining program

Status of Stop

Block stop

How to Release

Depress CANCEL button.

No. ;;;jiiII 375 In a line/face machining PI FSNO. P2 unit, arbitrary shape UNO. P3 data were insufficient or WNO. ~ contradiction existed Machining OccurrenCE among data so that no program crossover point could be obtained graphically. Status Block stop of Stop How to Release

I

~

FSNO. UNO. WNO.

4.79

Depress CANCEL button.

....::...::...-------------~-

"-

376 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISf 'ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISB NORWAY

Description

Message

No. 1

5

10

15

20

2S

.-!!III

No. PI

29

376

FSNO. Due to a contradiction lTNO P2 in the corner radius or tJN() P3 graphic definition before and after, a shape cannot Machining OccurrenCE program be machined smoothly at the corner radius. In the illustration given Status Block stop at below, the corner of Stop radius is extremely small or large. Depress How to CANCEL Release button.

SMOOTHING FIGURE IMPOSSIBLE KEINE GLATTE FIGUR PAS DE CONFIGURATION LISSE CONFIGURA UNIFORME IMPOSIBLE CONFIGURAZ . UNIFORME IMPOSS EFFEN OVERGANG ONMOGELIJK MJUK OVERGANG OMOJLIG KONTURGLATTING UMULIG

f

"

co~n"r/j0 377 ENGLISH I REPEAT" FIGURE INAPPROPRIATE GER."MAN HIEDERHOLKONTUR NICHT MOGLICf FRENCH REPETITION FIGURE IMPOSSIBLE SPANISH IMPOSIBLE REPETIR FIGURA ITALIAN RIPETIZIONE FIGURA IMPOSSIB. DUTCH FIGUURHERHALING ONHOGELIJK SWEDISH UPPREPAD FIGUT OTILLATEN BORWAY GJENTAGELSE AV KQNTUR UMULIG

~377 FSNO. In defining an arbitrary UNO. £hape of the line/face WNO. machining unit, a contradiction occurred in the Machining OccurrenCE graphic rotation/shift program data. I Block stop Status of Stop

No. PI P2 P3

How to Release

"---'

378 ENGLISH DATA ERROR IN MAN. PROG.UNIT GER.MA..~ KO}N EING FORMAT FEHLER FRENCH ERREUT DU PROGRAMHE CONUENTON SPANISH ERROR DE PROGRAM.CONVENC. ITALIAN MANCANZA PROGRAM. MANUALE DUTCH ONTBREK.MANUELE PROGRAM. SWEDISH PROG.MANUELT ENHET OTILLATEN NORWAY DATAFEIL I MAN.PROG.ENHET

Data have been insufficiently inputted in a program with manual program mode unit.

I 4.80

No. PI P2 P3

Depress CANCEL button •

•

378 FSNO. UNO. WNO.

Machining OccurrencE program Status of Stop

Block stop

How to Release

Depress CANCEL button.

~ ~----------------~~-..

No.

Description

Message

5 10 1 15 20 25 23 379 ENGLISH DISIGN. IDENTIC POS.(G41~G4~) GERMAN ERREICHT POS NOCHMAL(G41,G42) FRENCH PAS DE POINT D'ARIVE(G41~G422 SP&~ISH DESIGN.IDENTICO POS.(G4l.G42 ITALIAN DESIGN.IDENTIC POS.(G4l~G42} DUTCH I ZELFDE POSIT .-AAND. (G4l G42) SWEDISH PROGR IDENT LAG&~ (G4l,G42) NORWAY IDENTISK Al'JGITT POS.(G41.G42'

380 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN /DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

381 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

No. --- 379 PI FSNO. On the offset plane in P2 UNO. the G4l and G42 modes, WNO. P3 the same coordinate value as that for the preceding Machining point was specified. Occurrence program

I

MANUAL PROG. UNIT FOru£~T ERR. Manual program unit KONV EINH FORMAT FEHLER format error ERR.DE FORMAT DE PROG.CONV. ERROR FORMA PROGRAM.CONVENC. ERRORE DI FORMATO FASE SING FOUT FOR}f MAN PROGR-EENH FORMATFEL PROG.MANUELT ENHET FORMATFEIL I ENHETSNR.

Status of Stop

Block stop

How to Release

Depress CANCEL button.

No. PI P2 P3

In a pocket, peak or valley shape unit, no second graphic (inside graphic) was defined.

I 4.81

UNO. WNO.

Occurrence ¥.achining program Status of Stop

Block stop

How to Release

Depress CANCEL button.

No. MOUNT (VALLEY) SHAPE ERROR QHNE I NNERE KONTUR ERR.DE FORME ELEV.(RENFONC.) ERROR FORMA MONTE (VALLE) ERRORE CONTORNO MONTE(VALLE) t'UUTlcVE FIG-VERHOG/VERZ. FORMGEL KLACK(FICKA) FElL VED KONTUR

~ FSNO.

PI P2 P3

.-... 381 FSNO. UNO. WNO.

OccurrencE

Machining program

Status of Stop

Block stop

How to Release

Depress CANCEL button.

~~------~-----------~--

382 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

Description

Message

No. 1

5

10

15

20

2S

29

In a pocket, peak or valley shape unit, the graphic was too small for' the tool diameter.

DEFINED SHAPE TOO SMALL KONTUR 1ST ZU KLEIN FORME TROP PETITE FORMA MUY PEQUENAS CONTORNO TROPPO PICCOLO BESCHR.FIGUUR IS TE KLEIN DEFINIERAD FORM FOR LITEN DEFINERT KONTUR FOR LITEN

No. PI P2 P3 Occurrence

Machining program

Status of Stop

Block stop

How to Release

Depress CANCEL button.

'-

383 ENGLISH GERNAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH SHED ISH NORWAY

~ 383 No. PI FSNO. In a pocket or valley P2 UNO. shape unit, the valley P3 WNO. graphic was too small for the tool to enter into Machining the valley. OccurrenCE program Change the tool or program the pocket machining Status Block stop unit. of Stop -,

(VALLEY) SHAPE TOO SMALL (VERT.)KONTUR 1ST ZU KLEIN (RENFONC.)FORME TROP PETITE (VALLE)FO~~ MUY PEQUENAS CONTORNO TROPPO PICC.(VALLE) VERZ.FIGTJUR IS TE KLEIN FOR LITEN FORM (FICKA) DYBDE KONTUR FORLITEN

How to Release 384 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

....... 382 FSNO. UNO. WNO.

TOOL CAN'T W.K.Z.KANN NICHT HINEIN AGE D'OUTIL IMPOSSIBLE PASO IMPOSIBLE DIL UTIL AGGIO UTENS.IMPOSSIBILE GEREEDSCHAP KAN NIET DOOR VERKTYGET KAN INTE ERA IKKE PLASS FOR VERKTOYET

No tool can enter the graphic in a pocket, peak or valley unit.

' ~.,..

I

4.82

No. PI P2 P3

Depress CA1~CEL

button. ~

384

FSNO. UNO. WNO.

OccurrencE

Machining program

Status of Stop

Block stop

How to Release

Depress CANCEL button.

~ "~ ------------~----~--

385 ENGLISH

"-

Description

Message

No. 1

5

10

15

20

25

No. PI

29

---- 385

p? P1

-

Occurrence Status of Stop How to Release No. PI P2 P3

386 ENGLISH

;;;;iiiiiiI

386

:.:;..iiI

3lj 7

OccurrenCE Status of Stop How to Release

-"

No. PI P2 P3

387 ENGLISH

OccurrencE Status of Stop How to Release No. PI P2 P3

388 ENGLISH

OccurrenCE Status of Stop How to Release

I

4.83

- - - 388

~-----------------~--

389 ENGLISH

Description

Hessage

No. 1

5

10

15

20

25

29

.

No. PI P2 p3

. . . . 389

Occurrence Status of Stop How to Release No.

390 ENGLISH

.......... 390

;P1 P2 P3 Occurrence Status of Stop How to Release No. PI P2 P3

391 ENGLISH

--- 391

Occurrence Status of Stop How to Release No. PI

392 ENGLISH

1'7

P3 Occurrence Status of Stop How to Release

I 4.84

- - 392

~ .~-------------------~--

393

Description

Message

No. 1

5

10

15

20

25

29

ENGLISH

No.

.-IIlII!I

393

¥

P: P3

.

Occurrence Status of Stop How to Release

39-4 iENGLISH

No.

.-.II 394

PI P2 P3 Occurrence Status lof Stop Hm... to Release

395 IENGLISH

No.

PI

.-I11III

395

pi

P3 Occurence '-

IStatus lof Stop How to ~ala"C!e

No-

396 ENGLISH

pi pi

P] !Occurrence 'S· us of Stop 1H0wto

IRelea~~

,-..

I 4.85

~

~ '-------------------~--

397 ENGLISH

Description

Message

No. 1

5

10

JS

20

25

29

.

No. PI P2 P3

- - 397

Occurrence Status of Stop How to Release

398 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH

POINT Nu}IDER EXCEEDED (>200) In a line/face machining ZUVIELE KONTURDATEN( 200) unit, shape definition points exceeded 200. DEPAS.NOMB.POINTS( 200) EXCESIVO NUMERO PUNTOS( 200) ITALIA.T\J ECCESSIVO NOM.PUNTI( 200) TE ' VEEL PUNTEN( 200) IDUTCH SWEDISH ANTAL PUNKTEROVERSKR( 200) INORWAY FOR M&~GE PUNKTER ( 200)

399 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH iSWEDISH ~ORWAY

No. PI P2 P3 Occurrence Status of Stop How to Release No. PI P2 P3

MISSING INPUT DATA UNVOLLE1TDET MANQUE D'INFORMATION FALTA DE DATOS ~urnCANZA DATI INGRESSO OUTBREKENDE INGAVE-DATA INGANGSDATA SAKNAS MANGLENDE INPUT DATA

Occurrence Status of Stop How to Release

I 4.86

. . . . 398

. . . . 399

~~------------------~-'----

400

Description

Message

No. 1

5

10

15

20

25

No PI P2

29

ENGLISH

.......... 400

P1 IOccurrence

~

Status of Stop How to Release 401

ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH

ILLEGAl FORMAT FALSCHE FORM ·DER EINGABE FORMAT NON AUTORISE FORMATO PROHIBIDO FORMATO TT.T.F.r:AT.F. ONGEOORLOOFD FORMAAT 1~tJF.nTSH OTILLATET FORMAT NORWAY 'UGYLDIG FORMAT

inputted format differed from that specified.

An

TT.T .F.r:A T

NUMBER INPUT FALSCHE .AJ.'ilZAHL ZAHT.F.N NOMBRE NON AUTO RISE NUMERO PROHIB IDO NUMERO ILLEGALE ON CF.OORT.OOFD AANTAL-INGAVE INLASN AV OTILLATET DIFFERV GYLDIG TALL INPUT

..-.401

P2

P3 Oc lrrenCE Key input

402

ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

No PI

inputted value exceeded the range of settings.

An

Status of Stop

Operation continued

How to Release

Depress CANCEL button.

No PI

diiiil402

fl P3

OccurrencE Key input

I 4.87

Status of Stop

Operation continued

How to Release

Depress CANCEL button.

---------------------~--

403 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

404 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

405 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

Description

Message

No. 1

5

ID

15

20

25

PROGRAM TOO LARGE ZU LANGES PROGRAMM PROGRAMME TROP LONG PROGRAMA DEMAS IADO LARGO PROG~~ TROPPO LUNGO OVERSCHR.PROGR.-CAPACITEIT FOR STORT PROGRAH PROGRAM FOR STORT

29

A limit of 250 lines per program exceeded.

No. Pl P2 P3

;;;;;iiiiI

403

OccurrencE Key input

A program storage limit MEMORY CAPACITY EXCEEDED (totaled at 580 lines) PROGRAM SPEICHER VOLl DEEMENT CAPACITE MEMOIRE was exceeded. NO HAY ESPACIO DE MEMORIA MEMORIA PlENA OVERSCHR.GEHEUG.-CAPACITEIT HINNESKA.PACITETEN ..OVERSKRIDE~ PROGRAMLAGER FULLT

ILLEGAL EDIT CONDITION During the automatic FALSCHE EDIT POSITION operation, an unedi table CONDITION DEDITION NON AUT OR program search and NO SE PUEDE REDACTAR POR AHOI :Apreparation was attempted CONDIZIONE DI EDIT ILLEGALE The program that can be ON GEROOPLOOGDE UITGAVE edited during automatic OTILLATET FORH FOR REDIGERINC operation must satisfy UGYLDIG REDIGERING the following requirements: It is not the main program being executed. (2) It has a work number of less than 9000. (3) The program has been ed finally.

ell

@ Reprogram

I 4.88

Status of Stop

Operation continued

How to Release

Depress CANCEL button •

No. Pl P2 P3

. . . . 404

OccurrencE Key input Status of Stop

Operation continued

How to Release

Depress CANCEL button .

No. PI P2 P3

.-...

405

OccurrencE Key input Status of Stop

Operation continued

How to Release

Depress CANCEL button.

~d_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _------_~--

'-

~

..

406 ENGLISH GERNAN FRENCH SPANISH

Description

Message

No. 1-

5

JD

15

20

25

29

With the re-programming switch (PROGRAM) positi~ oned at LOCK, a program preparation was attemped.

MENORY PROTECT EINGABE GESPEPPT PROTECTION MEMOlRE MENORIA PROTEGIDA 1TALIA.~ MENOTLA PROTETTA GEHEUGEN BESCHERMING DUTCH SWEDISH MIh'NESSKYDD NORWAY STYRINGEN LAAST

407 ENGLISH GERNAN FRENCH SPAl'HSH ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

408 ENGLISH GERNAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

DESIGNATED DATA NOT FOUND Ofu"JE VORHANDEN. PAS D'INFORMATION DESIGNEE. NO ENCONTRADO DATO CERCATO NON TROVATO GEVRAAGDE DATA NIET GEVONDEN ANGI\~A DATA HITTAS INTE ANGITTE DATA EKSISTERER IKKE

PROGRAN ERROR PROGRAMN FEHLER ERREUR DE PROGRAMNATION ERROR DE PROGRAMA ERRORE DI PROGRAMNA PROGRAMNA-FOUT PROGRAMFEL PROGRAM FElL

When a work number ofWPC is searched, no related data was found.

No. Pl P2 P3

;;;jij( 406

OccurrenCE: Key input Status of Stop

Operation contihued

How to Release

Depress CANCEL button •

No. Pl P2 P3

....

407

OccurrencE Key input

The information stored in the program storage area was destroyed.

Status of Stop

Operation continued

How to Release

Depress CANCEL button .

No. PI P2 P3

........

408

OccurrencE

' --

I 4.89

Status of Stop

Operation continued

How to Release

Depress CANCEL button.

I

--.,.- '

~-----------------~-Description

Message

No.

20 5 10 15 1 409_ IENGLISH ILLEGAL INSERTION ~ERMAN FALSCHES EINFUGEN FRENCH INSERTION ERRONEE SPANISH INSERCION INCORRECTA ITALIAN INSERZIONE ILLEGALE IDUTCH IONGEOORLOOFDE INLASSING ~WEDISH OTILLATET TILLAGG !NORWAY UGYLDIG TILFOYELSE

25

410 ENGLISH ILLEGAL DELETION PER..~Al~ FALSCHES ENTRERNEN FRENCH ANNULATION ERRONEE ~PANISH ANULACION INCORRECTA ~TALIAN CANCELLAZIONE ILLEGALE pUTeH ONGEOORLOOFD WEGLATEN ~l\TEDISH OTILLATEN RADERING NORWAY UGYLDIG FJERNING

No. PI P2 P3

29

With the cursor positioned at the unit data while preparing a program, a one-line-insertion was Occurrence performed. The data that can be Status inserted are limited to of Stop tool sequence and shape sequence data. How to Release

Erasure of data with UNO~O (common unit) was attempted.

I

No. PI P2 P3

409

Key input Operation continued Depr£ss CANCEL button.

;;tiiiI

410

Occurrence

Machining program

Status of Stop

Operation continued

How to Release

Depress CANCEL button.

i

411 ENGLISH ILLEGAL UNIT MOVE GERMAN FALSCHES VERSCHIEBEN EINHETT FRENCH DEPLAC.UNITE DE PROGR E~RON SPANISH DES PLAZA UNI PROGRA. INC ORR • TAL IAN MOVIMENTO FASE ILLEGALE ONGEOORLOOF.EENH.VERPLAATS PUTCH ~WEDISH OTILLATEN RORELSEENHET ~ORWAY ~GYLDIG OMFLYTTING

..-;S

No. ~ 411 Movement of a unit before PI UND-O (common unit) or of P2 the UNO-O was attempted. P3 With the cursor Programe positioned at other than Occurrence unit moved the unit data, the unit was operated.

'---.-,

I 4.90

Status of Stop

Operation continued

How to Release

Depress CANCEL button.

I

~#------------------~~

No.

Description

Message

5 20 2S 10 15 1 412 ENGLISH WPC NES'rING OVER GEPJ.1fu'i ZU VIELE AGP WIEDKRHnT.TTNr.FN FRENCH TROP DE DREPETITON CDP SPANISH DEMASIADAS REPEIIC.DE CDP ITALIAN TROPPE RIPETIZ.ZERO PEZZO WSK-STAPFT .r.FHF.UG. OVERLADEN DUTCH SWEDISH UPPROP FOR MA.'I\1JA NIVAER NORWAY _PROr.RA,M OVERFORGI< ":I'I1NlJ

29

No. PI Subprograms were overP2 nested (upon ~1PC search). P3 Nesting subprograms is limited to 2. OccurrenCE

.

413

IENGLISH PRor.'RAM OVER GERMAN ZU VIELE P'R()f:fH..MM NR FRENCH !TROP DE N()MRRl< DE PROGRAMMF.S SPANISH EXCES IVO NO ,DEPROGRAMAS ITALIAN TROPPI NUMERIOI -PROGRAMMA AAN TAL PROr.'RAMMA~ OVERSCHRED DUTCH S\\TEDISH FOR MANf:A PRn~PAM NORWAY PROr.R AM FULL!

414 'ENGLISH AUTO CALCULATION IMPOSSIBLE IGERMAN IAUTO NICHT B-ERECHNuN(J FRENCH IAUTO OPERATION IHPOSSIBLE SPANISH . CALCULO AUTOHATIC-O IMPOSIBLE ITALIAN CALCOLO AUTOMATICO IMPOSSIB IDUTCH IAUTOl'IAT . BEREKCNING ONM()(:F. SWEDISH IAUTOMATISK BERAKNING OMOJLIG INORWAY rUMULIGAU-fO BEREGNING

attempt was made to the 17th program beyond the maximum number of able programs.

An

.-...n 412

Status of Stop

Operation continued

How to Release

Depress CANCEL button .

No.

..... 411.

PI P2

P3

OccurrenCE Key input Status of Stop

Operation continued

How to Release

Depress CANCEL' button.

No. ~4l4 --pr Neither peripheral speed nor feedrate can be P2 P3 automatically calculated • Recheck parameter cutting :Occurre~ce Key input No. 1 thru 3.

I 4.91

IStatus of Stop

Operation continued

IHow to Release

Depress CANCEL button.

~----------------~-No.

Description

Message

:

29 20 25 5 10 15 1 415 ENGLISH MIS-SET G CODE GERMAN FEHLER DER G CODEEINGABE FRENCH ERREUR D'INTRODUCTON CODE G ~PANISH ERROR EN IN TRODUC CODIGO G ITALIAi'J ERRORE CODICE G VERKEERD GEPUL~TSTE G-CODE DUTCH SWEDISH FEL G-KOD NORWAY FEILINNGITT G-KODE

416 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

AUTO PROCESS DIA EXCEEDED ZU GROSSER F.AUTO-PROZESS FRET TR.GRAND EN MODE AUT BROCA MVi GRANDE MODA AUTO DIA.ECCESSIVO PROC.AUTOM. TE GROTE VOOR AUTOM.BEWERK. AUTOHANTERING DIAM OVERSKRID FOR STOR AUTO PROSESS DIA

Undefined G codes were commanded. [G codes available] GOO, GOl, CO2, G03, G04, G17, G18, G19, G28, G30, G40, G4l, G42, G90, G9l, G94, G95

No. PI P2 P3

~

415

Occurrence

Machining program

Status of Stop

Operation continued

How to Release

Depress CANCEL button •

.......-

416 The point machining unit data had a discrepancy, so that an automatic tool development was impossibl Key input, impossible. OccurrencE machining program

417 Peint machining and back ENGLISH BACK BORING DIA TOO LARGE GER..~~ ZU GROSSER boring unit data have RUCKSENKEN FRENCH ULMAGE ARR.TROP GRAND contraditions so that SPANISH LAMADO TRASERO MUY GRANDE tools cannot develop ITALIAN DIA ALES.ROV.TROPPO GRANDE automatically. ACHTERW.-DOTTER- TE GROOTDE DUTCH SWEDISH FOR STOR DIAM FRANVANO HAL BE~ NORWAY FOR STOR DIA BAKBORING

I 4.92

No. PI p2 P3

Status of Stop

Operation continued

How to Release

Depress CANCEL button •

No. PI P2 P3

. . . . 417

Key input, Occurrence machining program Status of Stop

Operation continued

How to Release

Depress CANCEL button.

~----~-----------~--

No.

Message

5 418 ID 20 25 1 15 ENGLISH ILLEGAL" TAP DIA OR PITCH GEWINDE -STG. ZU GROSS GERMJu~ FRENCH DEPACEM.CAP.TARAUDAGE SPANISH o PASO DE MACHO EXCESIVO -ITALIAN DIA MASCH.O PAS SO ILLEGALE DUTCH ONGEOORLOOGDE TAPO OF-SPOED SWEDISH OTILLATEN GANGDIAM EL STIGN ; NORWAY UGYLDIG TAPPDIA ELR STIGN.

Description 29

The point machining/tap unit data have a contradiction such as in tap name so that tools cannot develop automatically.

419 ENGLISH GERM..<\N FRENCH SPANI SR

AUTO TAP PROCESS IMPOSSIBLE AUTO GEIHNDE EINH.NLEINGABE AuTO UNITE RARADAGE IMPOSSIB PROC ROSCADO AUTO IHPOSIBLE ITALIAl~ PROG.HASCR.AUTO IMPOSSIBILE DUTCH IONMOGEL.AUTOM.TAPBEWERKING SWEDISH AUT BESTAMN FOR GANGN OMOJLIC NORWAY AUTO GJENGEPROSESS UMULIG

420 ENGLISH GER...l1AN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

DISIGNATION OVERLAP PROGRAMM UBERSCHNEIDUNG DESIG.PROGR.REDOUBLEES INFO DUPLICADA EN EL PROG~ SOVRAPP.DESIGNAZ.PROGRAMMA OVERLAPPENDE GEGEVENS DUBBELBESTAMNING OVERLAPP PROHRAMDATA

No. PI P2 P3

~

418

Key input, Occurrence machinning program Status of Stop

Operation continued

How to Release

Depress CANCEL button.

~419 No. The point machining/tap PI unit tap name data has a P2 contradiction so that tap P3 requirements (pitch, Key input, chamfering stroke, etc. ) loccurrence machining cannot be determined program automatically.

the tool layout display, an attempt was made to assign a pocket number which had already been assigned to a tool. Or on the program file control display, during renumbering, an attempt was made to specify an already ed work number. On

I 4.93

Status of Stop

Operation continued

How to Release

Depress CANCEL button.

No. PI P2 P3

.... 420

Program filE control, Occurrence tool layout key input Status of Stop

Operation continued

How to Release

Depress CANCEL button.

-------------~Description

No.

Message

421 ENGLISH GERMf..N FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCF SWEDISH NORWAY

SPARE TOOL GROUP NO. ERROR ERSATZvffiKZGGRUPPE ORNE NU}~R ERR.NO.DU GROUPE OUT.RECH. ERROR NO.DE GRUPO UTIL REPUE ERRORE NO.GRUPPO UT.SING. FOUT.VERV.GER.GROEPSNUMMER FEL GRUPPNR.RESERVVERKTYG RESERVEVKT.GRUPPE UTEN NUMMER

422 ENGLISH GERHAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

423 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

1

5

10

15

2.0

2.5

2.9

SUBPROGRAM RECALL LIMIT UNTERP~OGRAMM ZU OFT DEPAS.NOMB.APPELS PR.AUXI LIMITE DE REPETIC.DE SUBPROG. LIMITE CHIAMATE SOTTOPROGR. OVERSCHR.AA.~T. . SUB-PROGR OPR GRANS UPPROP UNDERPROGRAM SUBPROGRAM OPPKALL GRENSE

OF TOOLS ~X.ANZAHL WERKZ UBERSCHRI DE.NBRE D'OUTILS MAXIM. LIMITE DE NO.DE UTILES M~.UTENSILI ECCESSIVO OVERSCHR . AANTAL GEREEDSCH. MAX.ANTAL VERKTYG OVERSKRIDET FOR MANGE VERKTOY F.xr.EEmm ..MAXJillMBER

I

On the tool layout picture, another group number was inputted as a preliminary tool group number.

No. PI P2 P3

- - 421

Occurrence

Key input, tool layout

Status of Stop

Operation continued

How to Release

Depress CANCEL button

No. --- 422 Subprograms were overPI nested (during tool P2 layout). P3 The maximum allowable Work number subprogram nesting cycles search is 2. Occurrence operation, tool layout

On the tool layout display, the number of tools employed in a specified program exceeded the maximum number of tools storable in a drum (to be set as parameter machine multiplier No. I TLN) when a used number is searched.

4.94

Status of Stop

Operation continued

How to Release

Depress CANCEL button.

No. PI P2 P3

--- 423

Work number search OccurrencE operation, tool layout Status of Stop

Operation continued

How to Release

Depress CANCEL button.

~-----------------~-No.

Description

Message

424 5 2.0 2.5 29 10 15 1 ENGLISH IAtL pbCKEl' NO.s NOt' ASS1GN'ED' GERMAN EINIGE WZ.PLATZ NR.NI.FG. FRENCH NO.S DE POCHE NON ASSIGNES SPANISH HAY BOLSILLOS NO ASIGNADOS ITALIAN NON TUTTI I POST I UT.ASSEGN ALLE PLAATSNUM.NIET TOEGEW DUTCH SWEDISH NR.PA VERKTYGSFASTEN SAKNAS NORWAY IKKE ALLE VKT.LOMMER ANGITT

425 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

426 . ENGLISH GERI1A..\l FRENCH SPANISH ITALIA..N' DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

DATA ERROR (RUN AWAY CHECK) DATEN FEHLER IN PROGRAMM ERR.DE DONN.DE PROGR. ERROR DATOS PROGRAMACION ERRORE NEI DATI FOUTIEVE GEG.IN PROGRAMMA DATAFEL(JAMFORANDE KONTROLL) DATAFEIL(PROGRAM)

On the tool layout

~424

display, some tools do not yet have their pocket numbers determined at Layout layout completion. Occurrence completion tool layou

Program data are inappropriate as values for input data. Check data for a possible contradiction with those before and after.

PROGRAN DATA MISSING FEHLENDE PROGRAMMDATEN MA..~QUE DE DONNEES DE PROGRAM. DATOS INCOMPLETO DATI PROGRAMMA INCOMPLETT ON TBREKENDE PROGR.GEGEVENS PROGRAMDATA SAKNAS MANGLENDE PROGRAMDATA

No. PI P2 P3

Status of Stop

Operation continued

How to Release

Depress CANCEL button

No. PI P2 P3

~

425

Key input, Occurrence machining program Status of Stop

Operation continued

How to Release

Depress CANCEL button .

...... 426 No. Since some of the unit PI data have not been P2 inputted in preparing a P3 machining program, tool Machining Occurrence sequence data cannot be program developted automatically.

I 4.95

Status of Stop

Operation continued

How to Release

Depress CANCEL button.

~>../_-----~-----~-

427 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH S\-lEDISH NORWAY

Description

Message

No. 1

5

10

15

20

No. PI P2 P3

29

25

PARAMETER ERROR FEHLER PARAMETER ERREUR PARAMETRE ERROR DE PARAMETRO ERRORE NE I PARAMETRI FOUTIEVE PARAMETER PARAMETERFEL PARAMETER FElL

--='!I

42

OccurrenCE Status of Stop Row to Release

428 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

429 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

TOOL DATA CHANGE NOT ALLOWED During the automatic IVKZ DAT. w'ECHS JETZT UNMOGLICH operation, data have MODIF.DE DONN.OUTIL NON AUT tried to be changed on PROHIBIDO CAMBIO DE DATOS UTI .... the tool data display. HODIF.DATI UT. IMPOSSIBILE ONGEOORL.VERAND.GER-GEGEV. AND.AV VERK.DATA INTE TILLA FORANDRING VKT.DATA UMULIG

MEASURING NOT ALLOWED w~ LAENGENMESSUNG UNMOGLICH MES.DE LONG.NON AUTORISE PROHIBIDA MEDICION DE UTlL MISURA IMPOSSIBILE ONGEOORLOOFDE GER-METING ~~TNING INTE TILLATEN VERKT.LENGDEMAALING UMULIG

Main requirements for coordinate measurement: (1) The machine must not be in automatic operation. (2) A tool must be mounted in the spindle. (3) The tool data for the spindle tool must already have been set. Main requirements for tool length measurement: (1) The machine must not be in automatic operation. Some of the requirements specified above have not been satisfied.

I 4.96

No. PI P2 P3

.... 42

OccurrencE

Key input, tool data

Status of Stop

Operation continued

How to Release

Depress CANCEL button.

No. PI P2 P3

~429

OccurrencE Tool data, program Status of Stop

Operation continued

How to Release

Depress CANCEL button.

~------------------~--

43U

ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

Description

Message

No. 1

5

10

15

20

25

No.

29

In programming a line/face machining unit, an attempt was made to input unusable tool.

ILLEGAL TOOL DESIGNATED FALSCHE W.K.Z GEWAHLT. DESIGNATION D'OUTIL ILLEGAL DISIGNACION UTIL INCORRECTA DESIGNAZIONE UTENS.ILLEGALE VERKEERDEGEREEDSCHAPSKEUZE OTILLATET VERKTYG BESTAMT UGYLDIG BERKTOY ANGITT

Appl1c.abh Tool

Un1t Jrf . . .

~430

PI P2

P3 Key input, OccurrencE machining program

LiM cascar, fae. • •1111",

rac • • 1111nl cu:.tar.

cutt.r • • ad ail! face .

and .UUna cutter

liD. ' rl.ht. ,Iliae outdd.a.

tnd ullin, cutter

Status of Stop

Operation continued

Chaahrlna cutta:

How to Release

Depress CANCEL button.

I1ne left

11. .

tuu.

;tockat • .ul, pocut peak . poci.et valby. aDd Ilill

,roov. Chaah:1n, d,M; ch. .tar1nl left. cbaafUlnl- 1D.11Ua. Cb.ahr1nl outaUa

'-..- .

No. 431 Pl An arbitrary shape only ENGLISH USE ARBITRARY FIGURE P2 may be inputted in each GERMAN FERTIGE FORM EINGEBEN line center, line right, FRENCH UTILISER.FIGURE ARBITRAIRE 1'3 line left, chamfering SPAl.~ISH USE FIGURA ARBITRARIA right, chamfering left ITALIAN USARE RIGURA ARBITRARIA Occurrenc GEBRUIKT-WILLEKEURIGE FIGUUR and end mill groove unit. DUTCH (All the units enumerated SWEDISH ANVAND GODTYCKLIG FIGUR above are to have un- · NORWAY ANGI ARB. STYKKETS FORM Status defined shapes, in of Stop principle. ) How to Release

.-------

432 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

DATA CHANGE NOT ALLOWED DATENWECHSEL JETZT UNMOEGLICf MODIF.DONN.NON AUTORISE PROHIBIDO CAMBIO DE DATOS MODIF.DATI IMPOSSIBILE ONGEOORLOOFDE DATAWIJZIGING DATAANDRING INTE TILLATEN DATAFORANDRING IKKEMULIG

No. PI Data cannot be changed P2 because the machine is in P3 automatic operation or for any other reason. OccurrenCE

I 4.97

--- 431

Key input, machining program Operation continued Depress CANCEL button •

....

432

Status of Stop

Operation continued

How to Release

Depress CANCEL button.

~-----------~No.

Description

Message

In inputting data, a con~~~~~~~~~----~--~ tradiction occurred between data before and after.

~--=:.=:.._......:.+

Occurrenc

Key input, machining program

Status of Stop

Operation continued

to Release

An attempt was made to specify the tool which can be ed in the ~~~~~~~~~==~~~~~ tool file (face milling cutter, end milling cutter or chamfering cutter) in a program but was not found ed ~~==~~~~~~~~~~......:.--; in the tool file.

_____---

Depress

CANCEL button.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

Occurrenc

Key input, machining program

Status of Stop

Operation continued

How to Release

CANCEL

Depress button.

During the automatic operation, attempts were made to check programs.

I 4.98

Occurr

Graphic check operation, program

Status of Stop

Operation continued

How to Release

CANCEL

Depress button.

~-----------------~--

436 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH

Description

Message

No. 1

5

10

15

20

25

No. PI P2 P3

29

DESIGN. T-NO. NOT. MEAsURABLE WRKZG NICHT AUTOMAT.MESSBAR OUTIL DISIGN.NON MESURABLE INMEDIBLE UTIL ESTA ASIGNADO 1:TALI.A1~ UT.DESIGN.NON MISURABILE DUTCH GEVR.GER-SCHAP NIET MEETBAAR SWEDISH 1J~GIVET T-NR. INTE MATBART NOR~~AY ANGITT VKT.NR KAN IKKE MAALES

To input a measuring tool pocket number in the automatic tool length measurement mode, an Automatic unmeasurable tool number tool meaOccurrence was specified. surement, (Tools capable of an tool data automatic tool length measurement) spot, drill, Status Operation back facing tool, reamer of Stop continued and tap. How to Release

437 ENGLISH NO NOM.-DIA DATA IN PROGRAM GERl1AN ORNE ~~ON. DUTCHM. DATA IN PROG. FRENCH OUTIL SANS DIA-NOMIN DS PROGR SPA..~ISH SIN DIAMETRO NOHINAI nE TTTTT ITALIAN MANCA DATO DIA NOM.IN PROGR. DUTCH INON- ONTBREEKT IN PROGRAMMA SWEDISH INGEN NOMINELL DIAM.IPROGR. NORWAY UTEN NOM.DIA,DATA I PROGRAM

438 !ENGLISH BUBBLE ERROR

........ 436

Depress CANCEL button •

No. . . . . 437 When a work number search PI or layout completion was P2 to be done on the tool P3 layout display, a tool Work number without a nominal diasearch/ meter was ed in Occurrence layout comthe specified program. pletion, tool layout

Bubble memory hardware has failed .. -

I 4.99

Status of Stop

Operation continued

How to Release

Depress CANCEL button.

No. PI P2 P3

~438

Occurrence

Within the system

Status of Stop

Operation continued

How to Release

Depress CANCEL button

. . ; ':' ;:;: --''~----:.---------------:---~-

439 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH "ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

Description

Message

No. 1

5

10

IS

20

25

No. PI P2 P3

29

LOAD IMPOSSIBLE1PROTECT) KEINE EINGABECSCHUTZ) INTR. IMPOSS. (PROTECT. ) CARGA IMPOSIBLE(PROTECION) CARICAM.IMPOSSIBILE(PROTEZ) INGAVE ONHOGELIJK(BESCHERM) LADDN.OMOJL.(PROTEDTION) INNGIVELSE UMULIG(LAAST)

Loading OccurrenCE operation, CMT I/O

440 ENGLISH LOAD IMPOSSIBLE LSIZE OVER) GERMAN KEIN EINGABE(LTMFANG ZU GROS) FRENCH INTR.IMPOSS.(DE CAP) SPfu~ISH CARGA I~OSIBLE(COBRE-TAMNO) ITALIAN CARIC.IMPOSS.(DlMENS.ECCES) DUTCH INGAVE ONMOG.(OVERSCHER-CAP) SWEDISH LADDN.OMOJL.(PROG.FOR ST) NORWAY FOR MANGE DATA(LAGER FULLT)

-

Status of Stop

Operation continued

How to Release

Depress CANCEL button.

~ 440 No. PI When an attempt is made P2 to load a machining P3 program in the memory of the NC unit using a Loading cassette I/O device, the Occurrence operation, specified program was too CMT I/O large (exceeding 250 lines) to be read into Status Operation the memory. of Stop continued

How to Release 441 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

........ 439

Depress CANCEL button.

.-...

LOAD IMPOSSIBLE (TOO MANY) KEIN EINGABE(ZU VIEL NU}lliER) INTRO. IMPOSS. (TROP DE NO.) CARGA IMPOSIBLE NUMERLCAMENTI CARIC. IMPOSS ,(TROPPI NUM.) TNGAVE ONMOG.(TE VEEL NUM.) LADDNING OMOJLIG(FOR MANGA) DATA INN UMULIG(FOR STORT NR)

No. 441 PI When an attempt is made to load a machining P2 program in the memory of P3 the NC unit using a Loading cassette I/O device, 16 OccurrenCE operation, programs had already CMT I/O been ed so that a new program could not be Status Operation field. of Stop continued How to Release

I 4.100

Depress CANCEL button.

~-----------~-

442 ENGLISH GElmAN FRENCH SPANISH

Description

Message

No. 1

5

lD

15

20

25

29

Comparing a cassette r.ONTENTS ARE NOT COINr.TDENT TNHALT GANZ VERSCHrEDEN tape with the NC memory CONTENU NE COINCIDENT PAS through a cassette I/O LOS CONTENIDOS NO COINCIDIDOS device disclosed a ~ITALIAN I CONTEN.NON SONO COINCID. complete difference of DUTCH INHOUD STEMT NIET OVEREEN data. SWEDISH INNEHALL OVERENSSTAMMER INTE (The number of program NORHAY INN HOLD IKKE SAMMENFALLENDE lines was wrong.)

443 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH

CMT FORMAT ERROR KASSETTENSYSTEM FORMATFEHLER ERR.DE FORMAT SYST.CASSET. ERROR FO~~TO GMT ITALl.AJ.~ ERRORE DI FORMATO REGISTRAT. DUTCH FOUT . FOPJ1AAT-CASSETTESYST . SWEDISH FORMATFEL KASSETTBANDSPELARE NORWAY FORMATFEIL KASETTSYSTEM

The format recorded in the cassette tape does not coincide.

444

'- '

ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH SHED ISH NORWAY

_N II : N' DATA ARR NOT INHALT TEILWEISE VERSCHIEDEN DO~~EES NE COINCIDENT PAS LOS DATOS NO COINCIDIDOS DATI NON DOINCIDENTI GEGEVENS STEMMEN NIET OVEREEN

Comparing the cassette tape with the NC memory using a cassette I/O device disclosed a discrepancy in some of the data '.

DATA ER ' IKKE SAMMENFALLENDE

I 4.101

- - ~2

No PI P? P1

OccurrenCE

Comparison CMT I/O

Status of Stop

Operation continued

How to Release

Depress CANCEL button.

~ 44~

No PI P2 P3 OccurrencE

cur

Status of Stop

Operation continued

How to Release

Depress CANCEL button •

No. PI P2 P3

I

I/O

......

444

OccurrenCE

Comparison CMT I/O

Status of Stop

Operation continued

How to Release

Depress CANCEL button.

~-----------------~--

445

Description

Message

No. 1.

5

JD

IS

20

25

No.

29

ENGLISH ILLEGAL 'AnDRESS 'DESiGNED'

Unusable address was designated.

~

445

PI P2 P3 Occurrence

1-

Status of Stop IHow to Release 446

IENGLISH IPROG. SOFTWARE NOT COINCIDENT GERMAN IPROG. SOFTl'lAllli NJC!lT Tlilil"l"t;N FRENCH IPROG.SOFTWARE NON COINCIDENT SPANISH IPROG. SOFTWARE NO COINCIDEN ITALIAN iPROG.SOFn~ARE NON COINCIDENT !DUTCH IPROGR.SOFTW.STEMT NIET OVER. SWEDISH IPROG .MJUKVARA uv t;KKNSS. INTE ,NUW .PROGR. SOFTWARE IKKE FULL ST.

_4,!7

IENGLISH DISIGNATID FILE NOT l"UUNlJ r;ERMAN IGEThlAHLTE DATEN NICHT 1M JNI Jt;N ~NCH IREGIS,!,.CHOISI PAS TROUVE IMF.MO'R TAPED IDA NO AP ARECE :~i~ISH Hill DATO r.F.Rr.A.TONON TROVATO lJUTCH GEKOZEN NIET GEVOND SWED SH AVlilVt;N FIL HITTAS INTE NORWAY ANGITT nATATAGER FINNES IKKE

No PI Revising a version P2 resulted in a partial P3 change of the program data structure. (For example, certain data Occurrence were added to a certain unit. ) St.a tus As a result, an old lof Stop machining program could not be used, as is. Before using any proIHow to Release gram, therefore, check it fully. No. PI In CMT I/O, a specified file was not recorded on P2 the cassette tape. This P~ error, however, takes Occurrence place only when the specified file is recorded on the tape in IStatus lof Stop an order different from that already recorded. IHow to Tape IRelease IWNO.21 WNO.l

I

land 2 are specified in that order, although 2 has no specified file.

I 4.102

~446

Machining program Operation continued Depress CANCEL· button. .-..II ..ffi

CMT I/O Operation continued Depress CANCEL button.

~-----------------~--

448 ~NGLISH

GERMAN FRENCH' SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

Description

Message

No.

2S s 20 29 10 IS r.MT MALFUNCTION KASSETTENSYSTEM UBERSPIELFEHL MALF.SYSTEME A CASSETTES MALFUNC ION CMT MALFUNZ.REGISTR.CASSETTE STORING CASSETTESYSTEEM DEFEKT BANDSPELARE FElL I KASETTSYSTEM

No.

i-

Cassette tape data had an error when loaded or compared through CMT I/O. Load/ . (A check sum, for Dccurrence compar~son, instance, was found out CMT I/O of coincidence.) titatus Operatl.on continued bf Stop How to Release No.

449

ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

CASSETTE' TAPE MIS-EOUIPPED KASSETTENFERLER UTIL.LECT.CASS.ERRONEE CINTA CASET MAL EOUIPADA ERRORE REGISTR.CASSETTE CASSETTE VERKEERD BEDIENT INGEN KASSETTAPE KONTROLLER K..D,.SETTEN

450 ........-

-

ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

MEMuRY WRITING t'KUT.cCT KASSETTEUBERSPIEL SCHUTZ LANG.PROT.MAM.CASSETTE PROTECC ESCRIBIR EN }ffiMORIA PROTEZ . MEMORIA SCRIlTURA BESCHERMING CASSETTE-OPN~~ MINNESSKYDD KASETT KAN IKKE OVERSPILLES

...... 448

PI P2 P3

No cassette tape was loaded.

Depress CANCEL button .

.-...

PI P2 P3

449

Occurrence CMT I/O Status of Stop

Operation continued

How to Release

Depress CANCEL button .

No. ....... 450 PI A cassette tape has been P2 protected (the protective P3 tip removed) and cannot be saved. Occurrence Cassette tape.1 CMT I/O Status Operation of Stop continued How to Release

--

I 4.103

Depress CANCEL button.

~---:.----------~-

.

,-/

No .

Description

Message

ENGLISH MISSING DRUM CHANGE UNIT GERMAN . FEHLENDE TROMELWECHSELEINHEIT PAS DE ClliU~GEUR DE TAMBOUR FRENCH SPANISH FALTA UNIDAD CAMBIO TAMBORES ITALIAN DIMENTICATO CAMBIO TAMBURO GEEN MAGAZIJNWISSELAAR DUTCH SWEDISH YiAGASINSVAEXL. EJ PROGRAlfHERAD MANGLENDE TROMMELSKIFTE NORWAY

....... 451

No. Pl P2

451

With parameter Y02 going 1 (drum changed), a drum P1 change unit is unavailablE in the program which has Occurrence Tool layout searched for a workpiece number on the tool layout Status of picture. Stop ~ow

to Release

ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH S\o.TEDISH NORWAY

NO SHAPE DATA IN THE UNIT KE INE KONTURPROGRAliHIERUNG UNITE SANS DONNEES DU PROFILE SIH DATOS DE TORMA EN UNIDAD Mfu~CANO DATI PROFILO GEEN FIGUURGEGEV.IN EENHEID FORNDATA SAKNAS INGEN FORH DATA

To copy a shape and a unit, no shap~ data have been inputted in the unit specified.

...... 452

No Pl P2 P3

452

Program pc currence picture Status of Stop !How to Release

453

ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

SELECTED SHAPE INADEOUATE GEWAEHLTE KONTUR llfMOEGLICH SELECTION U'UN PROFILE ERRONE FORMA SELECCIONADA INADECUADA PROFILO NON ADEGUATO VERKEERDE FIGUURKEUZE VALD FORM FELAKTIGT VALGT FORL"1 IKKE KORREKT

Status of Stop Depress CANCEL button

With the cursor out of position, a shape and a unit have tried to be copied.

....... 454_

No. Pl P2 P3

454

CURSOR POSITION INADEQUATE

Depress CANCEL button

....... 4')3 No To copy a shape, the data Pl of such a shape type that £2 can not be specified in P3 Program the unit has tried to be Occurrence picture copied.

How to Release

ENGLISH

Depress CANCEL button

pc currence ~tatus

Program picture

of

Stan ~ow to ~elease

I 4.104

Depress CANCEL buttoll

~-----------------~-No.

4» ENGLISH GElmAN SPAiHSH ITALIAN miTeH SWEDISH NORWAY

Description

Message

To copy a shape, a specified unit number is equal to the unit number at which the cursor is currently placed.

SHAPE ERROR ERREUR COP IAGE COPIA ERROR ERRORE DI COPIATURA FOUTIEVE OVERSCHRIJVING KOPIERINGSFEL FELL VED KOPIERING

No. Pl P2 P1

Occurrence Program picture Status of Stop How to Release

456 ENGLISH GEm,IAN FRENCH SP&~ISH

ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

~ll

NO TOOL IN SPINDLE KEIN WERKZEUG IN DER SPINDEL PAS D'OUTIL DANS LABROCHE. SIN UTlL EN HUSILLO tIANCA UTENS 1LE NEL i1ANDRINO GEEN GEREEDSCHAP IN SPIL VERKTYG SA~~AS I SPINDELN LNTET VERKT I SPINDEL

No tool is currently set on the spindle.

No. Pl P2 P3

--- 456

Occurrence Status of Stop How to Release No. Pl P2 P3

457 ENGLISH

Depress CANCEL button

Depress CANCEL button ___ 457

OccurrencE Status of Stop How to Release No. Pl P2 P3

458 ENGLISH

OccurrencE

'-

Status of Stop How to Release

1 4.105

....... 458

- - - - - - - - -- --- -

- -,

~-----------~No. 459 ENGLISH GERMAN FRENCH SPANISH ITALIAN DUTCH SWEDISH NORWAY

Description

Message

No. 20 25 29 - - - 459 lS 5 10 t Pl NO DRUM NO. (TIlE TOOL) With parameter Y02 going 1 KEIN TROM NR. (DAS WERKZEUG) P2 (drum changed), no drum "P1 PAS DE NO.TAMB DESIGN. (L'OUT. ~hange unit is specified Tool layout NO.TAMBOR NO ASIGNADOS(UTIL) prior to the tool data in Occurrence picture NON TAMBURO ASSEGN.(UTENSILlj the related program. MAGAZIJN NIET TOEGEW(VERV.GER ) Status NR.PA TRllWlA SAKN'AS (VERKTYG) of Stop INTET TRO~illELNR.(VERKTOY) How to Release

Depress CANCEL button

~ -

.-..--

-

.... I 4.106

~'----------------~• •

465

1

5

10

ENGLISH OPERATION NOT

15

20

ALLO"~D

.

•• •

,

~

•• _

._

. • , _ _ _ _ _ __

• __ _ _

Description

Message

No.

~

? 'i

29

--...- -- .•..

_

•• _ . _

_

.- : - - _ _ '_ .' _ _

-

'--",

-

,_

~ .

__ • _

_

" _ _

,~.

_

_

•_ _ " _

_

..

- -~ -~- - -

.. .

,

• •

_

. __ •• 0 _

_

. _-

..'

No. " ,- , P1 Processing request has P2 come when the DNC cannot P3 move because the NC unit has started operation. Occurrence - -. - ~. -

'_

...- .- ..

- --, ~ - ., ' ,

" . -~-

. .....

.......- 465

Status of Stop How to Release

466 ENGLISH DNC SYSTEM ERROR

No. P1 P2 P3

........

466

.-.II

467

......

468

Error has been caused in NC when data processing is being executed between the NC and target (host com- Occurrence puter) . Status of Stop How to Release

467 ENGLISH WORK NO. NOT FOUND

No. The first significant data P1 has the address other than P2 "0 " when the setting of P3 the work No. has been Occurrence omitted upon paper tape input. Status of Stop How to Release

468 ENGLISH TAPE ERROR

Upon tape punching, tape ~s not set or tape ~s insufficient.

No. P1 P2 P3 Occurrence Status of Stop How to Release

'---,

I 4.107

~----------------~--

5

10

15

20

, r;

ENGLISH NOT FOUND EIA/ISO OPTION

? c

0-

_ " __ _ _

_____ •

_

_ _ _ . ;_ _ . _

.:. _ _ _

~

1

'

llfiq

Description

Message

No.

··· No. P1 P2 P3

__• _ _ ' . -.

Operation associated with EIA has been executed wheT no EIA option is availabl<=

---

469

Occurrence

r

Status bf Stop How to Release 470 ENGLISH TAPE READER ERROR

I

No. P1 P2 P3

Power to tape reader is not switched on or ca!:>le 1.S not connected.

.......

470

Occurrence

.

Status of Stop !

How to Release 471 iENGLISH TAPE PUNCHER ERROR

Power to tape puncher 1.S not switched on or cable is not connected.

No . P1 P2 P3 Occurrence

~

471

Status of Stop How to Release 472

!ENGLISH BLOCK r.HARA.CTER > 64

During EIA/ISO, data in one block have exceeded I 64 characters.

~-

No. P1 P2 P3 Occurrence Status of Stop How to Release

I I 4.108

.-.

472

--=-------:..----------lTJ',..-/

413

Description

Message

No. 1

ENGLISH CODE

5

10

&

ErA

15

2 0

? "

r.onF OVFRT .APPFn

»

?9

.-

'-,---

--_.._-- , No.

Data (parameter OP3) set as the # code during EIA is equal to the code for anotherEIA.

_ .....

- .-

~

473

~

474

P1 P2 P3 Occurrence Status of Stop How to Release

No. 474 P1 ENGLISH MAZATROL WORK NO. DESIGNATEB The work No. designated P2 upon use of tape puncher P3 happens to be a program in the MAZATROL language. Occurrence , Status Stop

(f

~

I

How to Release 475 ~NGLISH NOM.-DIA. INPUT PROCESS ERROR

The nominal diameter is not entered when the suffix and tool length are inputted for display of the tool data screen.

No. Pl P2 P3 Occurrence

.-....

475

.-..

476

Status of Stop How to Release 476 ENGLISH NOT FOUND ADDRESS OF DATA

'-

'----'

No. P1 P2 P3

During programming, the data was entered without specifying the address ~n the course of input of Occurrence FRM. Status of Stop How to Release

'- ..

I 4.109

~--------- . - - .

-

--

~~~-----------------~--

.Jj.ll

Description

Message

No. 1

5

10

IS

20

25

2

.-... 477

No. PI P2 P3

~

ENGLISH ~

Occurrence Status of Stop How to Release No. PI P2 P3

47g

ENGLISH

. - . . 478

Occurrence Status of Stop How to Release I

I ." 479

No.

ENGLISH

PI

I I

I

I

I .-..

479

........

500

P2 P3 Occurrence Status of Stop How to Release 500

)ENGLISH NOT FOUND SEQUENCE OR BLOCK Sequence No. or block No. can not be found. NO.

No • PI P2 P3 Occurrence Status of Stop tHow to Release

I 4.110

~.~------------------------~--

501

Description

Message

No. 1

5

10

15

20

?:;

No. Pl P2 P3

29

Data in one block have exceeded 64 characters.

ENGLISH 64 CHARACTERS OVER

.

........

501

.-..

502

........

5U]

.......

504

Occurrence Status of Stop How to Release 502 ENGLISH SUB PROGRAM CALL ERROR

No. Data necessary for subprogram call command has not been set.

P.1

P2 P3 Occurrence Status of Stop How to Release

503 ENGLISH SUB PROGRAM NESTING OVER

I No. Pl P2 P3 Occurrence

Data necessary for subprogram call command is too great.

Status of Stop How to Release 504 iENGLISH NOT FOUND WORK NO

(RAM)

The work No. specified not found on the RAM memory.

~s

No. Pl P2 P3 Occurrence Status of Stop How to Release

I I 4.111

, -I

~ -. -' --------------------~-

<;or;

Description

Message

No. 1

5

10

15

?

n

"

I:;

?9

ENGLISH SYSTEM ERROR (TASK)

Error has been caused during data processing.

r

No. Pl P2 P3

........

505

.........

506

Occurrence Status of Stop How to Release 506 ENGLISH NOT FOUND WORK NO. (BUBBLE)

Work No. specified is not present on the bubble memory.

No. Pl P2 P3 Occurrence Status of Stop

I

How to Release 507 ENGLISH NOT ABLE TO CALL MAZATROL PRG

No. P1 During EIA/ISO, MAZATROL program can not be called P2 P3 as sub-program. Occurrence

.........

507

.-..

508

Status of Stop How to Release No. P1 P2 P3 Occurrence

508 ENGLISH

Status of Stop How to Release

I 4.112

~~------~-------------~--

5lJ~

Description

Message

No. 1

5

10

I S

20

?'i

No. Pl P2 P3

29

ENGLISH ~

~

509

Occurrence ' - .;.-

Status of Stop How to Release Dur i ng ErA/ISO, the start510 ENGLISH NO START-POINT OF OFFSET FIG ing point of the specified offset graphic can not be determined.

No. P1 P2 P3

.......

510

.-..

511

~

512

Occurrence Status of Stop

I,

How to

I

I

Release

1

511 ENGLISH G41, G42 FORMAT ERROR

The block where G41 and G42 or G40 is present is in the arc mode.

No. Pl P2 P3 Occurrence Status of Stop How to Release

512 JENGLISH _TOOL DIA OFFSET IMPOSSIBLE

Hore than two blocks of the original graphic are cancelled by tool offset.

No. P1 P2 P3 Occurrence Status of Stop How to Release

I 4.113

~---------------------~--

Description

Message

No. 1

')11

5

NO FINAL IENGLISH MODE)

10

15

20

POINT (G41

? t;

No. P1 P2 P3

? q

.......

513

~

514

........

515

The terminal point on the current plane can not be determined because of the change of the coordinate Occurrence plane . Status of Stop

G42

I

. ~-'

How to Release 514 ENGLISH NO MOVEMENT COMMAND

No movement block available.

No. P1 P2 P3

1.S

Occurrence

I

Status of Stop

I

How to Release 515 ENGLISH ILLEGAL OFS-FIG INPUT PROCESS

-

During EIA/ISO, data for offset graphic is insufficient.

No. P1 P2 P3 Occurrence Status of Stop How to Release

516 IENGLISH

No. Pl

P2 PJ Occurrence

I

Status of Stop How to Release

I 4.114

~

516

-='-------------------~-

517 ENGLISH

Description

Message

No. 1

5

10

15

2n

? '"

........ 517

No. P1 P2 P3

?

p

Occurrence Status of Stop How to Release

---

No. P1 P2 P3

518 ENGLISH

I 518

Occurrence Status of Stop

-"'-.. _ 0.

I

How to Release

I

I No. P1 P2 P3 Occurrence

519 JENGLISH

I

..-...

519

........

520

Status of Stop How to Release 520

No . P1 P2 P3

~NGLISH

Occurrence Status of Stop How to Release

I 4.115

~ ,j----------------------~--

550

Description

Message

No. 1

5

10

15

20

?

~

ENGLISH FORMAT ERROR (EIA/ISO)

.

?

e

The format of the numerical data in the EIA/ISO program ~s incorrect.

No. Pl P2 P3

~

550

;;diI

551

Occurrence Status of Stop How to Release 551 ENGLISH ILLEGAL DATA INPUT

Numerical falling out of the specified range has been entered.

I

No. Pl P2 P3 Occurrence Status of Stop Ho\v to

I

Release 552 ENGLISH VARIABLE NOT ABLE TO READ

Data can not be read from the specified II variables.

I No. P1

.-dI

552

........

55~

P2

P3 Occurrence Status of Stop How to Release

I, 553 /ENGLISH ILLEGAL DATA INPUT

Data specified can not be processed.

No. Pl P2 P3 Occurrence Status of Stop How to Release

I 4.116

~-----------------~--

Description

Message

No. 1

55!..

5

10

15

20

? e;

ENGLISH ILLEGAL G CODE INPUT I .

?q

The specified G code does not exist.

r

No. Pl P2 P3

.......

554

~

555

~

556

Occurrence Status of Stop How to Release 555 ENGLISH IMPOSSIBLE G CODE INPUT

The combination of the specified G code is impossible.

No. P1 P2 P3 Occurrence Status of Stop How to Release

556 IENGLISH NOT FOUND EOB (END OF BLOCK) There is no end of block (EOB) among data in one block.

No. P1 P2 P3 Occurrence

I I I I

Status of Stop How to Release No. P1 P2 P3 Occurrence

'i'i7

ENGLISH

Status of Stop How to Release

I 4.117

.....- 557

~ " ~ ----------------------_~I---

Description

Message

No. 1

3Sa

5

10

15

20

? r;

No. P1 P2 P3

"c

ENGLISH

..

~

558

.......

559

..

Occurrence ' -- '

Status of Stop How to Release No. P1 P2 P3

559 ENGLISH

I

Occurrence Status of Stop

I

I

I

How to

I

560 !ENGLISH DIVISION ZERO

I I

Release ERP~R

(MACRO)

In execution of division (G105), the denominator was zero.

No. P1 P2 P3 Occurrence

.-IIIlII

560

.......

561

Status of Stop How to Release 561 IENGLISH MACRO OVERFLOW

No. P1 P2 P3

The result of operation has exceeded the allowable limit of the variable. Occurrence (> 231 - 1) Status of Stop How to Release

I 4.118

'-~--~~----------~--

'),;?

Description

Message

No. 1

5

10

15

?

n

., r;

iENGLISH MACRO UNDERFLOW r

-,c The result of operation has exceeded the allowable limit of the variable. « - (2 31 -1) )

No. P1 P2 P3

........

562

.......-

563

.......-

564

.........

565

Occurrence Status of Stop How to Release

563 ENGLISH MACRO PROGRAM ERROR

The macro instruction block lacks necessary data

No. P1 P2 P3 Occurrence

I

Status of Stop

I

How to Release

564 jENGLISH MACRO TOOL DATA ILLEGAL INPUT

No. P1 P2 P3 Occurrence Status of Stop How to Release

565 jENGLISH SQUARE ERROR

Error was caused in calculation of a square root.

No . P1 P2 P3 Occurrence Status of Stop How to Release

"-

I 4.119

I

~~------~------------~--

)bb

Description

Message

No. 1

5

10

15

2.11.

?r;

jENGLISH UNDEFINED MACRO VARIABLE

I

?

An unusable macro variable has been designated.

~

No. P1 P2 P3

--- 566

Occurrence

I

Status of Stop How to Release 567 ENGLISH NOT FOUND MACRO OPTION

macro function as option is unavailable.

No. P1 P2 P3

---

567

........

568

........

569

Occurrence

'---c-

Status of Stop How to Release

I I

568 ENGLISH BCD DATA INPUT PROCESS ERROR Error was caused upon input of BCD (binary code) data.

No. Pl P2 P3 Occurrence Status of Stop How to Release

569 ~NGLISH TOOL NO.INPUT ERROR (DIA)

The specified tool No. does not allow the reference to the tool diameter data.

No • Pl P2 P3 Occurrence Status of Stop How to Release

I 4.120

~--------~-------~--

No.

20 5 10 IS 1 570 ENGLISH TOOL NO. INPUT ERROR (LENGTH)

-

Description

Message

?"

........ 570

No. Pl P2 P3

~9

The specified tool No. does not allow the reference to the tool length data. Occurrence Status of Stop How to Release

"_.-

~ 571

No. P1 P2 P3

571 ENGLISH

Occurrence Status of Stop

l

I

How to Release No. P1 P2 P3 Occurrence

!ENGLISH

I

........ 572

Status of Stop How to Release No. P1 P2 P3

573 IENGLISH

Occurrence Status of Stop How to Release

14.121

- - 573

- - - - - - - -- - --

- ~-~ ~ -~~ - -

--

-~--

~------~--------------~I---

574

Description

Message

No. 1

5

10

15

20

,1';

ENGLISH NOT FOUND PROGRAM NO.

-

? q

The program No. is not specified upon calling of a sub-program.

....... 574

No. Pl P2 P3 Occurrence Status of Stop

I

How to Release

575 ENGLISH ILLEGAL P DATA INPUT ERROR

Work No. exceeding 9999 was specified as the program No. upon calling of a sub-program.

No. P1 P2 P3

........ 575

Occurrence Status of Stop

I

I

I

How to Release

576 JENGLISH SUB PROGPJU1 NESTING OVER

More than eight-fold nesting has been commanded with the sub-program (including macro).

No. Pl P2 P3 Occurrence

........ 576

Status of Stop How to Release

577 !ENGLISH iG1Q INPUT

PROCE!=:~ FRROR

Upon receiving of G10 command, any of the data X, Y, Z and A was lacking.

No. Pl P2 P3 Occurrence Status of Stop How to Release

I 4.122

i1ii1577

--=:-------------~-

::>/~

Description

Message

No. 1

5

10

15

20

ENGLISH Gl0 FORMAT ERROR

.

? t;

?

ForG10 command, a numerical greater than 7 has been entered in P •

No. Pl P2 P3

....... 578

Occurrence Status of Stop

I

How to Release

Upon input of the M code 579 tNGLISH ILLEGAL M/B CODE INPUT ERROF or B code, a numerical greater than 99999999 has entered.

No. P1 P2 P3

........ 579

Occurrence Status of Stop How to Release 580 IENGLISH ILLEGAL D/H CODE INPUT ERROR A numerical greater than 127 or negative was entered by means of the D code or H code.

No. P1 P2 P3 Occurrence Status of Stop

I

How to Release 581 ENGLISH ILLEGAL G CODE INPUT

........ 580

The macro given although tive parameter the macro set.

G code was the effec(OP1 ) for was not

No . P1 P2 P3 Occurrence Status of Stop How to Release

I4.123

.......

581

~-----------~-

~R?

Description

Message

No. 1

5

10

15

20

?

'>

ENGLISH SYSTEM ERROR (EIA/ISO)

.

-25

Error was caused in the course of data processing during EIA/ISO •

No. Pl P2 P3

~

582

Occurrence Status of Stop How to Release 583 ENGLISH MACRO PRnr.RAM NESTING OVER

Upon calling of macro modal, more than four-fold nesting was ordered.

No. P1 P2 P3

............

583

Occurrence

I

Status of Stop

II

How to

I

Release

I

584 iENGLISH ILLEGAL RADIUS

I

No. P1 1. In G02, G03,the radius R can not be found from P2 P3 I, J and K commands. Occurrence 2. In G45-G48, other than 1/4 and 3/4 circles was Status specified. of Stop

---....-

584

How to Release

I 585 !ENGLISH G02. G03 INPUT PROCESS ERROR 1. In the arc command of the R command, the input data is insufficient.

No. Pl P2 P3 Occurrence

2. The R command is pre- Status sent for one-revolution of Stop arc. How to Release

I 4.124

--- 585

~--------------~-----~--

586

Description

Message

No. 1

5

10

15

20

? Ii

? c

ENGLISH TOOL LENGTH OFS FORMAT ERROR 1.

-

2. 3.

4.

587 ENGLISH SELECT PLANE MODE CHANGE ERR

1'\

No. Tool length offset was Pl executed during execu-::_ P2 tionof the arc connnand P3 Tool length offset was Occurrence cancelled during execution of the arc command 'Status The amount of tool of Stop length offset has chang ed during execution of How to the arc command. In setting of a desired Release axis, the offset of two No. .axes was going to be / Pl executed at a time. P2 P3

.-...

~

586

587

In the G41, G42 mode, the Occurrence plane. selection mode has Status been changed. of Stop How to

has

!ENGLISH CUTTER COMPENSATION FORMAT ERR

I 5_89

~NGLISH EXT. COORDINATE INPUT ERROR

l

Release No. Pl 1. G41~42 or G42~41 command not thorugh G40 P2 was gl.ven. P3 Occurrence 2. In G41 or G42, a command for G54-G59 was Status given or ATC was going of Stop to be executed in G41 or G42. How to Release No. During input of external P1 coordinate system input, P2 a numerical other than mm P3 -7.999 through 7.999 and Occurrence inch -0.7999 through 0.7999 was entered. Status of Stop How to Release

I 4.125

........

588

---

589

------------------------~--

590

Description

Message

No. 1

5

10

15

20

jENGLISHG31 FORMAT ERROR r

?

0;

?

. - .-

.-

The block which ordered G31 or the previous block was in the G41 or G42 mode

No • P1 P2 P3

.....

590

.........

591

Occurrence Status of Stop

I I

How to Release

591 ENGLISH G60 FORMAT ERROR

G60 was specified in the G41 or G42 mode .

No. Pl P2 P3 Occurrence Status of Stop How to

I

Release No. 592 other than 1/4 Pl ERR Arc command ENGLISH TOOL POSITION OFS FORMAT spec iarc was 3/4 arc and P2 fied in the tool position P3 offset. Occurrence

........

592

---

593

Status of Stop How to Release 'lQ1

ENGLISH r,02

r,01 FORMA']' F.RROR

1. Either I, J and K or

R is not specified in the G02, G03 command.

No. Pl P2 P3 Occurrence

2. During execution of G02, G03 command, the Status diameter correction mode has been changed. of Stop How to Release

I

4.126

~---------------------~--

594

Description

Message

No. 1

5

10

15

?rI

-?- t;

?9

In the fixed cycle, the input data was insufficient.

ENGLISH FIXED CYCLE INPUT PROCESS ERR r

No. P1 P2 P3

~

594

.......

595

Occurrence Status of Stop How to Release 59S ENGLISH il"TXF.D

r.Vr.T.F. l"ORMAT lC'R1U)R

1

No. P1 P2 P3

G71, G72 Hole diameter P < Diameter D *2 Hole diameter P < Lower Occurrence hole diameter Q Status Radius D ~ of Stop

.

I

How to Release 596 ENGLISH FIXED CYCLE FORMAT ERROR 2

G73, G83 Cut Q > 0

No. Pl P2 P3 Occurrence

.........

596

..........

597

Status of Stop How to Release 597 ~NGLISH

TOOL-DIA. OfFSET IS NEGATIVE The data put in the off set No. indicated by is negative. D

No. Pl P2 P3 Occurrence Status of Stop How to Release

I 4, 127

~--------~--~---~-.~-

No.

Message

Description

? r; ? n 5 10 15 29 1 598 No. The sub-program call/retur Pl IN A BLOCK & ATC SUBPRO CALL ENGLISH (G22, 23, M98, 99) and ATC P2 (T code or M06) were speci P3 fied in the same block. Occurrence

~

598

.......

599

~

Status of Stop

I 599 ENGLISH G22, 23 & M98, 99 IN ONE BLOCK

How to Release G22, 23 and M98, 99 were specified in the same block.

No. Pl P2 P3 Occurrence Status of Stop How to Release No. Pl P2 P3 Occurrence

ENGLISH

.......

Status of Stop How to Release No. Pl P2 P3 Occurrence

IENGLISH

Status of Stop How to Release

I 4.128

.......

~---------------------~--

gOO

Description

Message

No. 1

5

10

15

20

?

~

No. Pl P2 P3

?q

ENGLISH ~

.......

900

........

901

Occurrence Status of Stop How to Release 1

901 ENGLISH MACRO

I

AL~~

NO.1

No. P1

Displayed by NC alarm data in macro

p2 P3 Occurrence Status of Stop

..

J

.

I

Release 902 ENGLISH NACRO ALA&'1 NO.2

No. Displayed by NC alarm data P1 in macro P2 P3 Occurrence

........

How to Release Displayed by NC alarm data ~n macro

No. P1 P2 P3 Occurrence Status of Stop How to Release

I 4.129

I

902 .

Status of Stop

903 !ENGLISH MACRO ALARM NO.3

I

I

How to

. - 903

~ . ~ ----------------------~--

904

Description

Message

No. 1

5

10

15

?n

?

~

ENGLISH MACRO ALARM NO.4

-

2~

Displayed by NC alarm data in macro

No. Pl PZ P3

.......

904

.......

905

Occurrence Status of Stop How to Release

905 ENGLISH i USFRMA rw'l

AT.A RM NO I)

Displayed by NC alarm data in macro

No. Pl P2 P3 Occurrence Status of Stop

i

How to

I 906 ENGLISH

I

Release USE~MACRO

ALARM NO.6

Displayed by NC alarm data in macro

No. Pl PZ P3 Occurrence

---

906

Status of Stop How to Release 907 ENGLISH MACRO ALARM NO.7

Displayed by NC alarm data in macro

No. P1 P2 P3 Occurrence Status of Stop lHow to Release

I 4. 130

.......

907

- - - - - - -- - -- -----.. -- . ---

~~--~---------------~--

No.

Description

Message

? t; :2 n 5 10 15 1 908 MACRO ALAR..~ NO.8 ENGLISH

-

2.9

Displayed by NC alarm data in macro

No. P1 P2 P3

.......

908

........

909

Occurrence Status of Stop How to Release

909 ENGLISH MACRO ALARM NO.9

Displayed by NC alarm data in macro

No. P1 P2 P3 Occurrence Status of Stop

I

HOlv to

I 910 ENGLISH MACRO ALARM NO.10

I

Release No. Displayed by NC alarm data P1 ~n macro I P2 P3 Occurrence

.-..

910

Status of Stop

I

I

How to Release

911 IENGLISH

No. P1 P2 P3 Occurrence

'--"

Status of Stop How to Release

I4.131E

.......~11

I

----------------~-~-5. 'BUBBLE MEHORY (OPTION) 5-1 Bubble Memory Usage

The maximum number of blocks stored in RAM is 580 for the Mazatrol M-I. When more blocks are required for programming, bubble memory has to be utilized. When more storage is required, bubble memory can be used to expand the storage capacity greater than 580 blocks (including sub-programs). Since bubble memory transfer is automatic, there is no operational procedure necessary to use bubble memory.

r------

Program storage Bubble

(

Automatic transfer

memory

Bubble Push the Menu key Directory on the CRT to check the contents of the bubble memory. All program numbers and the number of used blocks are displayed on the C.R.T.

I

WOR!( NO.

SIZE

WOR!( NO.

SIZE

IIOR!( NO .

SIZE

WOR!( NO.

SIZE

WOR!( NO.

SIZE

2

3

•

S 6 7

8 9

10 II 12

13 14

15 16 USED

0lS80

0 - 20290

PAGE 1/2

•••

PROGRAM FILE

PROC~ ERASE

* ..

I I

I

ALL ERASE-

PAG E

Part or all of the programs in the bubble memory can be erased by pressing the appropriate menu key on the CRT.

I 5.1

5-2

Automatic Program Transfer (1)

Program transfer time between RAM and Bubble Memory is approximately 10 seconds maximum.

(2)

When a program is called for by Work No. Search and the program is not in the RAM, it is transferred to the RAM from the Bubble Memory.

(3)

Program transfer between RAM and Bubble Memory is performed according to the program ,storage order when the number of unused blocks is less than 250 or the number of programs stored is more than 15. A program being executed (machining) and a program in the process of being entered are not transferred to Bubble Memory.

(5.)

A program has already been stored in RAM when automatic operation, programming &: graphic display are being performed.

(6)

The message, "RAM/BUBBLE MEMORY TRANSFER" 'is qisplayed on the CRT during program transfer.

"

I 5.2

-------------------. ~-........,..

5 ~- 3

Bubble Memory Precautions

(1)

It is not possible to search for a program stored in Bubble Memory

during automatic operation. (2)

During background programming, a program must not be editted when a sub-program of the main program is being automatically transferred from Bubble Memory to RAM.

(3)

When a program has been transferred from Bubble Memory to RAM, the program still remains in the Bubble Memory. In other words, the program is stored in two different memories.

(4)

When a program with a sub-program is to be run, prior to machining, the entire program contents must be transferred to RAM.

-'

I 5.3

~------~------------~-5 -4

Bubble Memory TYPE

There are 3 kinds of bubble memory classified according to the memory capacity.

Bubble memory printed circuit board number

-

Memory Max. number Parameter set capacity of blocks value (Y"&.O) (KE)

Max. number of programs

I

Fx 124-

128

2370

1

128

2

Fx 144

512

10050

2

128

3

Fx 154

1024-

20290

3

128

Standard

RAM

24

580

0

16

5- 5

Initial Bubble Memory Setting

Bubble memory printed circuit board is installed in the NC . control unit.

Printed circuit board is installed between Fx04-1 and Fx27 control unit.

'/

Parameter Y~O is set according to the Bubble Memory capacity.

'v

Erasure of bubble memory

'-

Contents of the bubble memory are made permanently unusable if the incorrect parameter is set.

1

Bubble memory is completely erased when a new bubble memory printed circuit board is installed or parameter y~O is input.

'--"

Note:

The CRT will be locked by pressing "Work No. Search" or "Input" when bubble memory is not used and the parameter Y~O is set at O.

-' -

I

S.4E

---......-----~---~ ..

Mirror image (Option) Mirror image function with respect to X or Y axis can be used for point machining, line machining, face machining and all kinds of arbitrary machining byM code command. -...--

a)

M90: Mirror image cancel

b)

M91: Mirror image, X-axis

c)

M92: Mirror image, Y.,..axis

When M91 and M92 are simultaneously commanded, the point of symmetry is the new work zero pint.

---

Note 1: Mirror image is not effective unless it is commanded by M code. Note 2: Be sure to cancel mirror image by M90 command. Note 3: Workpiece graphic display and tool path are not shown when mirror image is used. Note 4: Do not command axis shift in the first sequence of arbitrary machining when arbitrary machining follows the mirror image M code command. (EXA.11PLE) UNQ

MAT

INITIAL-Z

0

FC

50

UNQ

UNIT

X

1

FRM-l

-200

UNQ

UNIT

Ml

M CODE

91

UNIT

TOOL

2 UNQ 3

PITCH X

PITCH Y

0

0

Y

Q

Z

-200

0

-200

MULTI 00000000000

M2

M4

M3

M5

M6

M7

M8

NOM-~

HANU PRO END MILL

20.A

'-- ",

SNQ 1 2 3 4 5

G

G

DATA 1

DATA 2

X3

Y30

Z10 Z-lO

X60

a

DATA 5

DATA 6

SM/B

F250 f500

Z10 Ml

M CODE

90

UNQ

UNIT

CONTL.

NUMBER

5

END

0

0

4

DATA 4

500 M3 0 1 94

UNIT

UNQ

DATA3

M2

M3

M4

I 6.1

M5

M6

M7

M8

~--------------~---~--

GRAPHIC DISPLAY

----.,....

/ / /

y

Actual tool path

? .

/

/

/

/ If I

I I I

I

08

>T001

by mirror image

command

4+ /

I

-L __ ~

z

L-~------------~---=============x

I 6.2E

path

~------------ll7.

Time study function Machining time is shown on the CRT after the tool path check. It is indicated at the lower right corner of the CRT. (Ex.999999: 59'59") (1)

Parameter for time study Parameter setting (2) Contents

Parameter

(2)

AT2

M code execution time (minimum increment : 0.01 sec.)

AT3

B

AT4

ATC execution time (minimum increment : 0.01 sec. )

code execution time (minimum increment : 0.01 sec. ) ,

Remarks a) A sigral is sent to the NC unit when the probe touches the workpiece. However, in the case of performing a time

st~dy,

the signal is sent

to the NC unit when the probe re2ches a position which is set as a limit of the probe range. b) The following are not included for time study calculation. Drum changing time Dwell time M code execution time is included only for one M code command. If more are programmed in the same block of information, their execution time will not be included.

I 7.1 E

~ ~. --------~--------~--

INSTRUCTION MANUAL FOR MAZAK CAM SYSTEM

"-- '

I 8.1

(Option)

~PICTURE

CRT unit

trol unit

Keyboard

"----

I 8.2

~ .j ------~----------~-This Instruction Manual covers operating procedures of MAZAK CAM SYSTEM software

which can be handled almost in the same manner as the software for MAZATROL M1. Therefore, materials described here shall be restricted to those which differ from MAZATROL M1.

~.

I.

SYSTEM START Start the system as follows after turning the power on. 1)

Insert the system diskette into the drive "0" slot. (See Fig. 1.1.)

2)

Press (BOOT) on the keyboard.

After the steps 1) and 2) above, the program is read from the diskette and the system starts operation.

Label

Drive 1 Fig. 1.1

Insert the system diskette into the disk drive unit with the label side facing to the right (i.e., the lable faces the door of the disk drive unit).

I 8.3

~--~-------------~-2.

TO PROGRAM MACHINING CYCLE When the system starts, the screen displays the system version (see appendix). Select the screen display mode using the menu keys for the

de~ired

programming.

Operations for the selected screen display are the same as the operations for MAZA TROL M1. Note that some screen modes are not available On this system although provided on MAZATROL MI.

3.

SCREEN MODES AND FUNCTIONS NOT PROVIDED ON THIS SYSTEM 1)

Following screen modes are not available on this system. a)

Position

b)

Command

c)

Diagnose (alarm, time and memory monitor}

d)

Parameter (pitch error)

e)

Graphic trace function

f)

Background programming

g)

Detailed information

h)

DNC function

2)

For parameters, all the display modes except pitch error compensation are available.

3)

The system has no (RESET) key. To reset the system, press (CL) while pressing "CTRL".

4.

JOB TERMINATION After completing the job, follow the procedure below instead of directly turning the power off. 1)

2) 3) 4)

Press the CRT display selection key to get the screen selection menus. Press "EXIT". A message "EXIT" appears in reverse video. Press "EXIT" again.

I 8.4

~~--------~--~----~-The operation above saves the data currently ed in the memory, such as machining programs and tool data. These data will be lost by ending the operation without following the procedure above, directly turning the power off, for instance.

5.

SYSTEM START-UP AFTER ENDING OPERAnON The system operation can be resumed without loading the system program from the diskette, if you have ended the operation in the manner as indicated in section 4 and the power has not yet been turned off. Simply press (G) and (RETURN) in succession. (In this case, it is not necessary to set the system diskette in the disk drive unit.)

6.

CAUTIONS 1)

The operation is ended any time irrespective of the state of the system by pressing (C) while pressing (CTRL). In this case, the system operation can be resumed by pressing (BOOT). However, the data ed in the memory will be lost.

2)

Never enter the parameters of this system into the NC unit. (Note that it is possible to enter the parameters into the NC unit.) Since many parameters

'- -,-

used on the NC are not used on this system, the NC might fail to function when the parameters of this system are entered into the NC.

I 8.5

-... . <------------~: APPENDIX

SYSTEM START-UP DISPLAY The CRT displays the following information at system start-up. - Program name Software version - Language - Language version These are same as written on the diskette label • .....

__.

Diskette Label

MAZAK CAM SYSTEM

I

MAZAK CAM - Ml ENGLISH

~

Language

Vl.OQ

Indicates language version Indicates system version Display

'----

MAZAK CAM SYSTEM

MAZAK CAM - Ml Vl.O LANGUAGE ENGLISH V(O) j

Lan gua ge

I 8.6

System version Language version

.

MAZAK

CAM

(

(

(

(

Menu selection key

Menu . key

FslIF7]

"-

DISPLAY

1

I

$

#

It .

a

2!

% 5

4

,

&

7

S

w

Q

E

R

T

Y

u,

(

)

8

9 I

'-.I

CTRL

SHIFT HTAB

l

Key to load the sys from the diskette

m software

"'-

~PRINT ~Il JT II J

'BOOT

JI

]

MENU

H CXJ

(

Hard copy print-out start key

~@ I 1<'8] 1 F9J 1 ] I JI1 ...

JII 1 r Fl] IF2]F3]II F4] I F5] I

,

(

SYSTEM

Display selection-!<ey

~~

(

S

A

Z

D

X

II

F C

G

V

.~Ir

H B

N

=

~

<

\

•

\

+

f,r,l. uP

[

FEED

*:

;

.>

? /

BACK SPACE

r--r--~

L

K

} ]

-

0

RETURN

SHlF:s:~

\ numenckeys of NC

......

--+

f

..

.

! )-----.

7

8

9

CL

4

5

6

-

1

2

8

E N T E R

0

I'~ I"~

contro~k. eyS for cursor f NC system CRT

Resettipg and clearins NC system

... NC

rJ

~-------------------------,~-..

'-./

_------_.- - '----".'

... _.

1.

After inserting the diskette into the disk drive, press (BOOT).

3.

Programs can be entered using the keys shown above: each key corresponds to the key used on an NC unit (some of the keys are not used.) Program a workpiece referring to the above key layout.

(FO - (F9)

Keys used for selecting menus on the lower part of the CRT display.

(-), (0) - (9), t.)

Same as numeric keys on the NC operation

(-), (-+), (

4-.

t ), ( f)

Cursor control keys

(CL)

Reset and cancel

(RETURN), (ENTER)

Setting keys

Pressing (RESET) commands the printer to print out a hard copy of the selected display.

I

8.BE

. "

,~ "

"

. --,:...,/

~.,

.

~YAMA2AK.J

" J

AMAZAKI MACHINERY WORKS, L TO .

... ,.~. . .,.

'

1, Norifune, OguChi~ChO, N iwa~gun j Ai chi-pref ., Japan Phone : Oguchi (05879) 5-1131 Tele x: J59777 Cable : "MAZAK" NAGOYA JAPAN Fax: 05879-5-2717

SEATLLE REGIONAL OFFICE 7857 South 180 Bldg . No. 1 Kent, Wa shington 98031 Phone : 206-251-6015 Fax : 206-251-5419

,--,'

TULSA REGIONAL OFFICE

MAZAK CORPORATION '\ 8025 Production Drive, Florence , ~entuckey 41042 F'l,one: 606-727-5700 Telex : 230214674 Fax: 606-727 -9022/ 9023

MAZAK MACHINERY SERVICE, INC. BbiFFALO SERVICE OFFICE 7661 Seneca Avenue East Aurora , NY 14052 Phone : 716-655-4388 Fax: 716-655-4915

CHICAGO REGIONAL OFFICE --",

600 N. Wheeling Road Mt. Prospec! , Illinois 60056 Phone: 312-298-9797 Fax : 31'2-298-4748 ~i

HARTFO~ REGIONAL OFFICE 10 Bidllf"eli Road Sout~ .Windsor, Connecticut 06074 h" 203-528-95.11 Fax: 203- 528-2955

ATLANTA REGIONAL OFFICE , 1964 P;bvidence Court College Park, Georgia 30337 Phone : ' 404-996-1030 Fax : ~404-996-3533

LOS ANGELES MAZAK TECHNICAL CENTER 1333 West 190th Street Los Angeles , California 90248 Phone : 213-327-7172 Fax: 213-538-4087

HOUSTON REGIONAL OFFICE 770 North Belt East Houston, Texas 77060 ~. Phone : 713-931-7770 ~ax : 713-931-6191

'- - . , /

11424 East 58th Street Tulsa , Oklahoma 74145 Phone : 918-252-9533 Fax : 918-250-8298

'--/

'--'

YAMAZAKI MAQUINAS HERRAMIENTAS, SA DE C.V.

', - ,

Boulevard Toluca 22-E P.B. Naucalpan de juarez Edo.de Mexico Phone : 905-358-5340 Fax : 0015253585341

'---"

YAMAZAKI MACHINERY EUROPE N. V. . Research Park , Grauwmeer 7 3030 Leuven BELGIUM Phoen : 016-230902 Telex: 4662552 Fax: 016-224587

YAMAZAKI MACHINERY DEUTSCHLAND GmbH Industriegebiet Ost Esslingerstrasse 4-6, 7320 G6ppingen W. Phone : 7161 - 68057/ 68058 Telex : 41727653 Fax: 7161-73613

~'

YAMAZAKI MACHINERY DEUTSCHLAND GmbH NIEDERLASSUNG Deutschland NOR-DENSTRASSE 46 6082 MORFELDEN-WALLDORF DEUTSCHLAND Phone : 06105-71025 / 26 Telex : 4185773 Fax : 6105-71272

YAMAZAKI MACHINERY UK LTD. Buckholt Drive Warndon Industrial Estate Warndon , Worcester UNITED KINGDOM Phone: 0905-57024 Telex : 338889 Fax : 0905-57644

..... ~ . "

~

;. ,

..~ . ,

.". 19a3.8.5000A.P.